ACTIVIST CALENDAR, Feb. 8, 2010, Issue #155
Of the Hudson Valley Activist Newsletter
Send event announcements to jacdon@earthlink.net
——————————
JOIN THE BIG PEACE MARCH IN WASHINGTON
MARCH 20. WE’LL EVEN GET YOU THERE AND BACK
The Activist Newsletter and Peace and Social Progress Now have chartered several buses to the nation's capital Saturday, March 20, leaving from Kingston, New Paltz, and Poughkeepsie in the early hours and returning at night. We will consider establishing other pickup locations farther down the Valley if groups of a dozen or more people commit to boarding at a particular location convenient to our buses. The roundtrip cost is $60 per person. Some discounts are possible for students and low-income people. To reserve a seat, send us an email at jacdon@earthlink.net with your name, town, email address, phone number, and boarding location of the three listed. When and if other stops are added you can switch to a more suitable boarding location. After emailing, make out your check to Activist Newsletter and promptly mail to Activist Newsletter, PO Box 662, New Paltz, NY 12561. Your check will secure your reservations. Please consider making a contribution to our scholarship fund, which will enable us to offer low income discounts.
————————————
ACTIVIST EVENTS
Tuesday, Feb. 10, NEW PALTZ (SUNY campus): A free showing of the film "Age of Stupid" will be shown at Coykendall Science Building Auditorium at 7 p.m. The film portrays the observations of a single man, living in a devastated future world, looking back at footage from 2008, and asking why climate change was not stopped while there was still a chance. Sponsored by SUNY New Paltz Environmental Task Force and NYPIRG. Campus map is at http://www.newpaltz.edu/map/. Information, (845) 257-3447.
Thursday, Feb. 11, DELMAR: Melanie Trimble, director of the Capital Region Chapter of the New York Civil Liberties Union, will discuss current U.S. Immigration Policy, various pending proposals, and the position of the American Civil Liberties Union at Bethlehem Public Library, 451 Delaware Ave., 7-9 p.m. Find out what can be done to support immigration reform, and discuss the most important current issues. Sponsored by Bethlehem Neighbors for Peace. Information: (518) 439-1968, jlombard@nycap.rr.com, http://www.bethlehemforpeace.org.
Saturday, Feb. 13, ALBANY: Joyce Ajlouny, the director of the Ramallah Friends School (RFS) in the West Bank/Palestine, will speak 7-9 p.m. about the impact the school has had on the community throughout its 140-year history as an important educational institution in the Middle East. She will also describe her personal challenges, as well as those of the RFS community of students and teachers, which result from living and working under a military occupation. The free public event takes place at the Friends Meeting House, 727 Madison Ave. It’s sponsored by the Old Chatham Quaker Meeting. Information, poetapoetus@taconic.net, (518) 766-2992, http://www.oldchathamquakers.org.
Monday, Feb. 15, ROSENDALE: The documentary “Poto Mitan,” which has been called “a testimony to the courage, resilience and determination of Haitian women,” will be shown at the Rosendale Theater, 408 Main St., starting at 6 p.m. Following the 50-minute film, New Paltz resident and Haiti solidarity activist Mark Schuller will report on his experience participating in grassroots response efforts to the devastating earthquake. Schuller, an assistant professor of African American Studies and Anthropology at York College, CUNY, collected $2,000 cash and 1,000 pounds of humanitarian aid from the New Paltz community, as part of one of the first medical missions to arrive in response to the catastrophe. Suggested donation $10. For more details about Poto Mitan, see http://www.potomitan.net/. Information, Karl Bryant, bryantk@newpaltz.edu.
Saturday, Feb. 20, MOUNT KISCO: The documentary, "The End of Suburbia" will be screened at 7 p.m. at Unitarian Universalist Fellowship of Northern Westchester, 236 South Bedford Road. The film examines the "American way of life," and its future as demand exceeds supply for fossil fuels. Part of the Transition Westchester Winter Film Series. Information, http://www.transtionwestchester.org, contact@transitionwestcher.org.
Sunday, Feb. 21, KINGSTON: Dr. Sally Roesch Wagner, a well known lecturer on women’s rights, will discuss the life of Matilda Joslyn Gage (1826-1898). We’re told: “Although she was considered as important as Elizabeth Cady Stanton and Susan B. Anthony (they were called the ‘triumvirate of the movement’), Gage has been all but forgotten by history.” Wagner, an authority on Gage, details how she offered her Fayetteville, N.Y., home as a station on the Underground Railroad, was adopted into the Wolf Clan of the Mohawk Nation, edited a newspaper, encouraged her son-in-law, L. Frank Baum, to write his "Oz" stories, offered civil disobedience when she tried (illegally) to vote, and worked for the separation of church and state. This free public event begins at 2 p.m. at the Unitarian Universalist Congregation of the Catskills, 320 Sawkill Rd. The sponsor is Hudson Valley Humanists. Information, (845) 247-0098, hvhumans@yahoo.com, http://hudsonvalley.humanisits.net.
Sunday, Feb. 21, WHITE PLAINS: The documentary, "The End of Suburbia" will be screened at 7 p.m. at Community Unitarian Church, 468 Rosedale Ave. The film examines the "American way of life," and its future as the demand for fossil fuels surpasses its supply. Part of the Transition Westchester Winter Film Series. Information, http://www.transtionwestchester.org, contact@transitionwestcher.org.
Sunday, Feb. 21, POUGHKEEPSIE (Vassar Campus): Lecture: "My Life in Immigrant America: Stories of Young Latina Women," will take place at the Blodgett Auditorium at 4 p.m. Joanna and Gabriella tell the stories of their families coming to New York and their crusade to create a more just world. Information, (845) 485-6827.
Sunday, Feb. 21, BEACON: Two speakers will deliver a "Report Back From Copenhagen: What Was Accomplished, What Can We Do Now?" beginning at 2:30 p.m. at the Beacon Institute for Rivers and Estuaries, 199 Main St. They are Professor Richard Ottinger, Dean Emeritus of Pace University School of Law, who attended the Dec. 7-18 UN climate conference as a delegate of the International Union for Conservation of Nature, and Rev. Paul Mayer a long time activist who co-founded and serves on the board of the Climate Crisis Coalition. This free public event is sponsored by Mid-Hudson Progressive Alliance, Philipstown for Democracy, River Pool at Beacon, Climate Crisis Coalition, Sustainable Hudson Valley, Beacon Sloop Club, South Dutchess NAACP and Clearwater.
Monday, Feb. 22, ALBANY (SUNY Campus): A show featuring original hip-hop and spoken word from five artists, exploring narratives of conflict and co-existence between Muslims and Jews, will take place 8-10:30 p.m. in the Campus Center Ballroom, 1400 Washington Ave. Public and free, sponsored by University at Albany Hillel, and the University at Albany Muslim Students Association. The event is also made possible with support from Arts on the Move, the Interfaith Alliance of NYS, the Men of Reform Judaism, University Auxiliary Services, U Albany Student Involvement, RUACH and Cornerstone Campus Ministry. Information, Lisa Friedman, lfriedman@uamail.albany.edu, (518) 588-1539, http://www.ualbanyhillel.org.
Thursday, Feb. 25, WOODSTOCK: The Middle East Crisis Response group of Hudson Valley residents opposed to Israeli and U.S. policies toward the Palestinians meets 7-8:30 p.m. at the Library, 5 Library Lane, just off Tinker St. All welcome. Information, (845) 876-7906, http://www.mideastcrisis.org, gale@mideastcrisis.org.
Thursday, Feb. 25, NEW PALTZ (SUNY Campus): The Shawangunk Regional Biodiversity Partnership Lecture, "Bats on the Wane," will be given by Carl Herzog in Lecture Center 100 at 7 p.m. Find out why several species of native bats are experiencing a rapid decline in the Northeast. Information, (845) 255-0752.
Saturday, Feb. 27, ALBANY: A documentary on universal health care — in Cuba and the world — titled "Salud!" will be shown free at 7:30 p.m. at First Unitarian Universalist Society of Albany, 405 Washington Ave. This film discusses how Cuba provides universal health care to its citizens and helps other developing nations do the same. We’re told: “The film travels with some of the 28,000 Cuban health professionals who serve in 68 countries, and explores the thoughts of young international medical students in Cuba. These students now number 30,000, including nearly 100 from the U.S.” According to former U.S. Surgeon General Joycelyn Elders, "Salud!" provides a "deeply moving portrayal of a healthcare system designed to keep people healthy rather than the 'sickcare' system that currently exists in the United States." The film is sponsored by Solidarity Committee of the Capital District, Bethlehem Neighbors for Peace, and Upper Hudson Peace Action. Information, dbull4@verizon.net, (518) 426-0883.
Sunday, March 14, ROSENDALE: A Pancake Breakfast to benefit the Rosendale Farmers' Market, will be held at the Rosendale Community Center, Route 32, from 8 a.m. to noon. $7 for adults, $5 for seniors, $4 for kids 5-12, children under 5 eat free. Live music, real maple syrup, etc.
Tuesday, March 16, ELMSFORD: A public meeting on immigration starts at 7 p.m. at Greenburgh Public Library, 300 Tarrytown Rd. The N.Y. Civil Liberties Union (NYCLU) discusses its fight for comprehensive immigration reform that respects fundamental civil rights and liberties. Hear personal stories of several immigrants now resident in the Lower Hudson Valley. Sponsors of this free public event include the NYCLU, Hudson Valley Community Coalition, WESPAC Foundation, and others. Information and directions, Nada Khader, (914) 449-6514, http://www.wespac.org, http://www.nyclu.org/immigrationreform.
Friday to Sunday, March 19 to March 21, NEW YORK CITY: The theme of Left Forum 2010 is "The Center Cannot Hold: Rekindling the Radical Imagination." This annual event is a must-attend for many regional left activists (except for those who are traveling to Washington on Saturday for the big peace demonstration). It takes place at Pace University, 1 Pace Plaza, in Manhattan just south of the Brooklyn Bridge. The times are Friday 7-9 p.m.; Saturday and Sunday, 10 a.m.-9 p.m. The Left Forum gathers intellectuals and activists from around the world to address the key political, economic and social issues of our times. There will be up to 200 workshops, hundreds of speakers and thousands of attendees. In addition there are two international art shows, a film festival, book sale, and theater arts performances. This year's speakers include, Michael Moore, Jessie Jackson, and Noam Chomsky, to mention a few. Registration, $15-$70, check http://leftforum.org/node/23 for registration details. List of speakers and other information is at http://leftforum.org.
Saturday, March 20, WASHINGTON: Today will determine whether our peace movement is well on its way toward recovery after a couple of iffy years. People from throughout the East Coast are heading to the nation's capital for a noon rally across from the White House, followed by a march through downtown, stopping at targeted locations. The procession will stop in front of selected corporate and government buildings connected to the wars. Flag-draped mock coffins will be deposited at the front entrances of each building, as speakers explain over loudspeakers why the action is taking place. A large coalition of American national and regional peace groups is organizing this event, which is calling for the withdrawal of all U.S. and NATO forces from Afghanistan and Iraq. To take the peace buses from the Hudson Valley to DC and back that evening, see the first item in this calendar, which contains all the details, and/or email jacdon@earthlink.net.
Monday, February 8, 2010
Sunday, January 31, 2010
01-29-10 March 20 DC Protest
JOIN THE BIG PEACE MARCH
IN WASHINGTON MARCH 20!
1. Hudson Valley buses. 2. Details about DC protest. 3. Who's behind the demonstration? 4. Other information. 5. How can we end the wars? 6. Remembering Howard Zinn.
1. TAKE THE PEACE BUSES FROM THE HUDSON VALLEY
The Activist Newsletter and Peace and Social Progress Now have chartered several buses to the nation's capital Saturday, March 20, leaving from Kingston, New Paltz, and Poughkeepsie in the early hours and returning at night. We will consider establishing other pickup locations farther down the Valley if groups of a dozen or more people commit to boarding at a particular location convenient to our buses.
The roundtrip cost is $60 per person. Discounts for students and low-income people will be offered when we receive contributions from readers for that purpose.
To reserve a seat, send us an email at jacdon@earthlink.net with your name, town, email address, phone number, and boarding location of the three listed. When and if other stops are added you can switch to a more suitable boarding location. After emailing, make out your check to Activist Newsletter and promptly mail to Activist Newsletter, PO Box 662, New Paltz, NY 12561. Your check will secure your reservations. Seats are unassigned, so you have your pick.
Since $60 is the price we must pay the bus company for each seat, we cannot afford to offer discounts for those unable to pay full price without generous donations from our readers. Please help them with any amount you can afford, however small (or large!). Send your check to the same PO Box, but note that it is a donation.
We have received messages from some friends in Beacon, Newburgh and Spring Valley, requesting that we consider stops at those locations. This depends on the peace groups in those areas. Get a dozen people (or more) for a stop and we can probably do it. Let us know very soon if you are working on this. For readers in the Capital District and more northern locations, our antiwar friends in Albany are also sending buses.
2. DETAILS ABOUT THE WASHINGTON DEMONSTRATION
People from all over the country, though mostly from the eastern half, are organizing to converge on Washington March 20 to demand the immediate and unconditional withdrawal of all U.S. and NATO forces from Afghanistan and Iraq. There will also be large demonstrations in San Francisco and Los Angeles.
The principal organizer is the ANSWER Coalition (Act Now to Stop War & End Racism) backed by dozens of peace groups (a partial listing is below).
The event will begin with a rally in the park directly across from the White House. This will be followed by a two-mile march through downtown Washington. The procession will stop in front of selected corporate and government buildings connected to the wars. Flag draped mock coffins will be deposited at the front entrances of each building, as speakers explain over loudspeakers why the action is taking place. The march will end with a brief rally at the same park where it began. Our buses should be parked nearby for the trip home.
3. WHO IS BEHIND THE PROTEST?
The March 20 protest has been endorsed by over 1,000 organizations and individuals. Scores of veterans' group chapters have backed the march, including from Veterans for Peace, Iraq Veterans Against the War, Vietnam Veterans Against the War, March Forward!, and Veterans For America. Here is a small sampling of individual sponsors, followed by a similar sampling of organizational sponsors.
Individual sponsors include:
Cynthia McKinney, former House member, and political activist
Cindy Sheehan, the well-known peace activist
Medea Benjamin, co-founder of CODEPINK
Ramsey Clark, the former U.S. Attorney General
Debra Sweet, Director, World Can’t Wait
Malik Rahim, co-founder of Common Ground Collective
Mike Ferner, President, Veterans for Peace
Blase & Theresa Bonpane, Office of the Americas
Heidi Boghosian, Executive Director, National Lawyers Guild
Ron Kovic, disabled vet and author of “Born on the 4th of July”
Juan Jose Gutierrez, Director, Latino Movement USA
Col. Ann Wright (ret.), indefatigable peace activist
Michael Letwin, Co-founder, Harlem Anti-War Coalition
Some of the organizations sponsoring the March 20 protests include:
ANSWER Coalition
Muslim American Society Freedom
National Council of Arab Americans
National Assembly to End the Iraq and Afghanistan Wars and Occupations
U.S. Labor Against the War
New York City Labor Against the War
Arab American Union Members Council
Al-Awda, the Palestine Right to Return Coalition
March Forward!
Partnership for Civil Justice
Palestinian American Women Association
MANA Muslim Alliance in North America
Alliance for Global Justice
Coalition for Peace and Democracy in Honduras
Comite Pro-Democracia en Mexico
Frente Unido de los Pueblos Americanos
Free Palestine Alliance
GABRIELA Network
Students Fight Back
Latin America Solidarity Coalition
Malcolm X Center for Self-Determination
Freedom Socialist Party
Party for Socialism and Liberation
Peace and Freedom Party of California
Hawai'i Solidarity Committee
New Black Panther Party
Queer Today
Humanists for Peace
Women's International League for Peace and Freedom (Iraq/Iran/Afghanistan Committee)
Bay Area United Against War
Center For A Livable World, Darien, NY
Hudson Valley Activist Newsletter
Neoyorquinos Socialistas, NYC
University of Pittsburgh Students for Justice in Palestine
Mobilization Against War & Occupation (MAWO) Canada
Casa las Américas, Puerto Rico
4. MORE WASHINGTON INFORMATION:
• Website for the event: http://march20.org
• Full list of sponsors: http://www.pephost.org/site/PageServer?pagename=M20_endorserslist
• High school students and teachers speak out on “Why I’m marching on March 20”
http://www.pephost.org/site/News2/1454916576?page=NewsArticle&id=9294&news_iv_ctrl=4062
• Veterans and military families speak out on “Why I’m marching on March 20”
http://www.pephost.org/site/News2/1454916576?page=NewsArticle&id=9282&news_iv_ctrl=4062
• March Forward, the vet's group affiliated with ANSWER, is at https://secure2.convio.net/pep/site/SPageServer?JServSessionIdr004=348t9lkej5.app202a&pagename=VSMTF_home
5. HOW CAN WE END THE WARS?
Who or what is going to stop America's spreading trillion-dollar wars in the Middle East and Central Asia?
Congress? Genuine antiwar progressives in the House and Senate are far too small in number to do the job. The White House? There are no antiwar progressives in the White House. The Supreme Court? We should be glad the reactionary majority in the Supreme Court has no say in the matter.
Clearly, at this point, the government will not stop the wars. Who will?
How about the American people? Majorities have told pollsters in recent years that they oppose the wars. They have helped end wars before. After several years of war they united against the Vietnam conflict and played a major role in forcing the withdrawal of American troops.
As journalist Robert Dreyfuss wrote in The Nation last week:
"How will the war in Afghanistan end? This isn't a trick question. The answer is simple: the war will end when President Obama signs an order ending it; that is, when the president tells his commanders: 'It's over.' Opponents of the war — including left-wing antiwar activists, liberal progressives, centrists, 'realists,' and conservative libertarians — will have to unite to pressure, cajole, persuade, and convince Obama to issue that order."
If all Americans who want these wars to end united in action — from the centrists tired of war to the center-left liberals, to the progressives and the entire broad left, and the libertarians as well — we could bring these ill-conceived and counterproductive wars to a halt.
Peace is long overdue. Counted separately as two different wars, the Afghan and Iraq fighting (over nine years and nearly seven years respectively) have lasted 16 years . That's longer than the combined years of the War of 1812, the Civil War, the Spanish-American war, World War I, World War II, the Korean War, and the Persian Gulf War.
There’s no end in sight for the conflict in Afghanistan/Pakistan. And there’s no guarantee that the Yemen engagement won't blow up in Washington's face as did President Bush's Iraq and Afghan adventures, or any certainty that all U.S. troops will finally vacate Iraq as scheduled two years from now.
These bloody, expensive and unnecessary wars can and must be stopped! The political system has miserably failed the people of our country and the world, and shows no interest in changing course. But American civil society, despite serious erosions in our democracy, still has the ability to relentlessly pressure Washington to do the right thing and bring the troops home.
We have done it before and we can do it again if we unite and insist upon peace through our actions and whatever deeds are required.
6. REMEMBERING HOWARD ZINN, HISTORIAN & ACTIVIST
The ANSWER Coalition joins with the antiwar and progressive movement worldwide in mourning the loss of historian and activist Howard Zinn, who died Wednesday at the age of 87. While we extend our deepest condolences to his friends and family, we also note that his 87 years constituted one proud, unceasing effort in the fight for justice.
We know further, that while Prof. Zinn may be gone, his books, which have opened so many eyes and minds to the hidden history of the United States, will continue to inspire generations of activists to come. It is no accident that each year the sales of his People's History of the United States continued to outpace the prior year's sales (a nearly unprecedented feat in book publishing).
But his intellectual and historical contributions are only one part of Professor Zinn's life and legacy. Indeed, he learned about history by taking part in it. Professor Zinn became involved in the struggle for justice in the 1950s, as the modern Civil Rights Movement was beginning to grow in the Deep South. As a professor at Spelman, he lent his advice and support to the Student Nonviolent Coordinating Committee (SNCC), the youth movement that was taking bold action against the Jim Crow. While his activism ultimately cost him his job, Prof. Zinn recalled that he "learned more from [his] students than [his] students learned from [him.]"
Prof. Zinn dedicated the next half-century to opposing militarism and war abroad, and injustice at home. He practiced what he preached, frequently joining the picket lines of striking workers and lending his voice to the anti-war movement.
In 2007, in a statement for the ANSWER website, Prof. Zinn wrote: "I'll be marching March 17th, with my wife, with friends, to express our solidarity with all those people, all over the country, who demand that the United States bring our troops back from Iraq. We need to make clear to the Democrats in Congress that we expect bold action from them to stop the war, to save the lives of Americans and Iraqis, and use the enormous sums wasted on war to serve the needs of the people."
Howard Zinn endorsed and worked with the antiwar movement to build the strongest opposition to the Iraq invasion and other colonial-type wars. On March 20, when tens of thousands march together we will honor the work, the legacy and the example of Howard Zinn.
Indeed, this is how we will be honoring the life and legacy of Howard Zinn: by building the movement and protests that he always approached with so much energy and enthusiasm.
Long live Howard Zinn, activist and people's historian!
IN WASHINGTON MARCH 20!
1. Hudson Valley buses. 2. Details about DC protest. 3. Who's behind the demonstration? 4. Other information. 5. How can we end the wars? 6. Remembering Howard Zinn.
1. TAKE THE PEACE BUSES FROM THE HUDSON VALLEY
The Activist Newsletter and Peace and Social Progress Now have chartered several buses to the nation's capital Saturday, March 20, leaving from Kingston, New Paltz, and Poughkeepsie in the early hours and returning at night. We will consider establishing other pickup locations farther down the Valley if groups of a dozen or more people commit to boarding at a particular location convenient to our buses.
The roundtrip cost is $60 per person. Discounts for students and low-income people will be offered when we receive contributions from readers for that purpose.
To reserve a seat, send us an email at jacdon@earthlink.net with your name, town, email address, phone number, and boarding location of the three listed. When and if other stops are added you can switch to a more suitable boarding location. After emailing, make out your check to Activist Newsletter and promptly mail to Activist Newsletter, PO Box 662, New Paltz, NY 12561. Your check will secure your reservations. Seats are unassigned, so you have your pick.
Since $60 is the price we must pay the bus company for each seat, we cannot afford to offer discounts for those unable to pay full price without generous donations from our readers. Please help them with any amount you can afford, however small (or large!). Send your check to the same PO Box, but note that it is a donation.
We have received messages from some friends in Beacon, Newburgh and Spring Valley, requesting that we consider stops at those locations. This depends on the peace groups in those areas. Get a dozen people (or more) for a stop and we can probably do it. Let us know very soon if you are working on this. For readers in the Capital District and more northern locations, our antiwar friends in Albany are also sending buses.
2. DETAILS ABOUT THE WASHINGTON DEMONSTRATION
People from all over the country, though mostly from the eastern half, are organizing to converge on Washington March 20 to demand the immediate and unconditional withdrawal of all U.S. and NATO forces from Afghanistan and Iraq. There will also be large demonstrations in San Francisco and Los Angeles.
The principal organizer is the ANSWER Coalition (Act Now to Stop War & End Racism) backed by dozens of peace groups (a partial listing is below).
The event will begin with a rally in the park directly across from the White House. This will be followed by a two-mile march through downtown Washington. The procession will stop in front of selected corporate and government buildings connected to the wars. Flag draped mock coffins will be deposited at the front entrances of each building, as speakers explain over loudspeakers why the action is taking place. The march will end with a brief rally at the same park where it began. Our buses should be parked nearby for the trip home.
3. WHO IS BEHIND THE PROTEST?
The March 20 protest has been endorsed by over 1,000 organizations and individuals. Scores of veterans' group chapters have backed the march, including from Veterans for Peace, Iraq Veterans Against the War, Vietnam Veterans Against the War, March Forward!, and Veterans For America. Here is a small sampling of individual sponsors, followed by a similar sampling of organizational sponsors.
Individual sponsors include:
Cynthia McKinney, former House member, and political activist
Cindy Sheehan, the well-known peace activist
Medea Benjamin, co-founder of CODEPINK
Ramsey Clark, the former U.S. Attorney General
Debra Sweet, Director, World Can’t Wait
Malik Rahim, co-founder of Common Ground Collective
Mike Ferner, President, Veterans for Peace
Blase & Theresa Bonpane, Office of the Americas
Heidi Boghosian, Executive Director, National Lawyers Guild
Ron Kovic, disabled vet and author of “Born on the 4th of July”
Juan Jose Gutierrez, Director, Latino Movement USA
Col. Ann Wright (ret.), indefatigable peace activist
Michael Letwin, Co-founder, Harlem Anti-War Coalition
Some of the organizations sponsoring the March 20 protests include:
ANSWER Coalition
Muslim American Society Freedom
National Council of Arab Americans
National Assembly to End the Iraq and Afghanistan Wars and Occupations
U.S. Labor Against the War
New York City Labor Against the War
Arab American Union Members Council
Al-Awda, the Palestine Right to Return Coalition
March Forward!
Partnership for Civil Justice
Palestinian American Women Association
MANA Muslim Alliance in North America
Alliance for Global Justice
Coalition for Peace and Democracy in Honduras
Comite Pro-Democracia en Mexico
Frente Unido de los Pueblos Americanos
Free Palestine Alliance
GABRIELA Network
Students Fight Back
Latin America Solidarity Coalition
Malcolm X Center for Self-Determination
Freedom Socialist Party
Party for Socialism and Liberation
Peace and Freedom Party of California
Hawai'i Solidarity Committee
New Black Panther Party
Queer Today
Humanists for Peace
Women's International League for Peace and Freedom (Iraq/Iran/Afghanistan Committee)
Bay Area United Against War
Center For A Livable World, Darien, NY
Hudson Valley Activist Newsletter
Neoyorquinos Socialistas, NYC
University of Pittsburgh Students for Justice in Palestine
Mobilization Against War & Occupation (MAWO) Canada
Casa las Américas, Puerto Rico
4. MORE WASHINGTON INFORMATION:
• Website for the event: http://march20.org
• Full list of sponsors: http://www.pephost.org/site/PageServer?pagename=M20_endorserslist
• High school students and teachers speak out on “Why I’m marching on March 20”
http://www.pephost.org/site/News2/1454916576?page=NewsArticle&id=9294&news_iv_ctrl=4062
• Veterans and military families speak out on “Why I’m marching on March 20”
http://www.pephost.org/site/News2/1454916576?page=NewsArticle&id=9282&news_iv_ctrl=4062
• March Forward, the vet's group affiliated with ANSWER, is at https://secure2.convio.net/pep/site/SPageServer?JServSessionIdr004=348t9lkej5.app202a&pagename=VSMTF_home
5. HOW CAN WE END THE WARS?
Who or what is going to stop America's spreading trillion-dollar wars in the Middle East and Central Asia?
Congress? Genuine antiwar progressives in the House and Senate are far too small in number to do the job. The White House? There are no antiwar progressives in the White House. The Supreme Court? We should be glad the reactionary majority in the Supreme Court has no say in the matter.
Clearly, at this point, the government will not stop the wars. Who will?
How about the American people? Majorities have told pollsters in recent years that they oppose the wars. They have helped end wars before. After several years of war they united against the Vietnam conflict and played a major role in forcing the withdrawal of American troops.
As journalist Robert Dreyfuss wrote in The Nation last week:
"How will the war in Afghanistan end? This isn't a trick question. The answer is simple: the war will end when President Obama signs an order ending it; that is, when the president tells his commanders: 'It's over.' Opponents of the war — including left-wing antiwar activists, liberal progressives, centrists, 'realists,' and conservative libertarians — will have to unite to pressure, cajole, persuade, and convince Obama to issue that order."
If all Americans who want these wars to end united in action — from the centrists tired of war to the center-left liberals, to the progressives and the entire broad left, and the libertarians as well — we could bring these ill-conceived and counterproductive wars to a halt.
Peace is long overdue. Counted separately as two different wars, the Afghan and Iraq fighting (over nine years and nearly seven years respectively) have lasted 16 years . That's longer than the combined years of the War of 1812, the Civil War, the Spanish-American war, World War I, World War II, the Korean War, and the Persian Gulf War.
There’s no end in sight for the conflict in Afghanistan/Pakistan. And there’s no guarantee that the Yemen engagement won't blow up in Washington's face as did President Bush's Iraq and Afghan adventures, or any certainty that all U.S. troops will finally vacate Iraq as scheduled two years from now.
These bloody, expensive and unnecessary wars can and must be stopped! The political system has miserably failed the people of our country and the world, and shows no interest in changing course. But American civil society, despite serious erosions in our democracy, still has the ability to relentlessly pressure Washington to do the right thing and bring the troops home.
We have done it before and we can do it again if we unite and insist upon peace through our actions and whatever deeds are required.
6. REMEMBERING HOWARD ZINN, HISTORIAN & ACTIVIST
The ANSWER Coalition joins with the antiwar and progressive movement worldwide in mourning the loss of historian and activist Howard Zinn, who died Wednesday at the age of 87. While we extend our deepest condolences to his friends and family, we also note that his 87 years constituted one proud, unceasing effort in the fight for justice.
We know further, that while Prof. Zinn may be gone, his books, which have opened so many eyes and minds to the hidden history of the United States, will continue to inspire generations of activists to come. It is no accident that each year the sales of his People's History of the United States continued to outpace the prior year's sales (a nearly unprecedented feat in book publishing).
But his intellectual and historical contributions are only one part of Professor Zinn's life and legacy. Indeed, he learned about history by taking part in it. Professor Zinn became involved in the struggle for justice in the 1950s, as the modern Civil Rights Movement was beginning to grow in the Deep South. As a professor at Spelman, he lent his advice and support to the Student Nonviolent Coordinating Committee (SNCC), the youth movement that was taking bold action against the Jim Crow. While his activism ultimately cost him his job, Prof. Zinn recalled that he "learned more from [his] students than [his] students learned from [him.]"
Prof. Zinn dedicated the next half-century to opposing militarism and war abroad, and injustice at home. He practiced what he preached, frequently joining the picket lines of striking workers and lending his voice to the anti-war movement.
In 2007, in a statement for the ANSWER website, Prof. Zinn wrote: "I'll be marching March 17th, with my wife, with friends, to express our solidarity with all those people, all over the country, who demand that the United States bring our troops back from Iraq. We need to make clear to the Democrats in Congress that we expect bold action from them to stop the war, to save the lives of Americans and Iraqis, and use the enormous sums wasted on war to serve the needs of the people."
Howard Zinn endorsed and worked with the antiwar movement to build the strongest opposition to the Iraq invasion and other colonial-type wars. On March 20, when tens of thousands march together we will honor the work, the legacy and the example of Howard Zinn.
Indeed, this is how we will be honoring the life and legacy of Howard Zinn: by building the movement and protests that he always approached with so much energy and enthusiasm.
Long live Howard Zinn, activist and people's historian!
Friday, January 22, 2010
01-22-10 Activist Newsletter
January 22, 2010, Issue #155
HUDSON VALLEY ACTIVIST NEWSLETTER
jacdon@earthlink.net, http://activistnewsletter.blogspot.com/
P.O. Box 662, New Paltz, NY 12561
—————————————
CONTENTS
1. CORRECTION FOR LOCAL READERS
2. SUPREME COURT UNDERMINES DEMOCRACY
3. HEALTH CARE COMPROMISES
4. DEMOCRATS BOOSTING RIGHT-WING POPULISM
5. AVATAR'S WORTH VIEWING
—————————————
1. CORRECTION FOR LOCAL READERS READERS
TIME CHANGE: Saturday, Jan. 23, BEACON: "'Walk, Don't Ride," a play by Peter Manos celebrating Martin Luther King and Freedom Riders in Nashville and Montgomery in the 1950-'60s, will be performed 4-6 p.m. at Beacon High School, 101 Matteawan Rd. We're told that this production has been funded by a donation from Pete Seeger, who is a Beacon resident.
—————————————
2. SUPREME COURT UNDERMINES DEMOCRACY
On Dec. 12, 2000, the U.S. Supreme Court handed the presidential election to Texas Gov. George W. Bush, by denying Vice President Albert Gore a recount of the vote in Florida, which probably would have brought him to the White House.
This was and remains a great shock to many Americans, particularly given the disastrous results of Bush's eight years in office. But the judicial branch of the U.S. government had even greater shocks in store for supporters of democracy.
On Jan. 21, 2010, the U.S. Supreme Court — weighted toward right wing Bush appointees — in effect handed future elections to the candidate most slavishly devoted to America's powerful corporate business interests and those who possess extreme wealth.
This historic decision, in the case of Citizens United v. FEC, represents a change in degree, not kind. After all, big business and wealth, through their campaign contributions, lobbying and bribes, already wields disproportionate influence in federal and state elections.
But the new decision removes restraints on corporate funding, amounting to the transformation of an already weakened American democracy into an outright oligarchy, even while maintaining the façade of a two-party system and so-called free elections.
The Supreme Court decided that "the constitutional guarantee of free speech means that corporations can spend unlimited sums to help elect favored candidates or defeat those they oppose." This kind of funding must be spent independently, in support of, or against, a candidate or issue, but not by the candidate.
This ruling destroyed a ban going back to the 1940s that prevented corporations from directly intervening in elections, although they have had great leeway in utilizing indirect means to support pro-business candidates. A 1990 Court ruling upholding restraints on corporate spending and much of the 2002 McCain-Feingold campaign finance reform act — limited as it was — are also now unconstitutional.
In order to grant corporations the legal right to decisively control the U.S. political system, the reactionary Court disinterred and elaborated upon the legal precedent established 125 years ago when incorporated businesses were granted the same rights as people, this time in terms of participation in elections. Thus, if people have free political speech, and can individually make campaign contributions, so can corporations.
Under the Court decision, unions now also have the right to independently spend funds directly supporting or opposing candidates, but the sum of corporate profits available for political investment and the money spent by unions from membership dues is hardly comparable.
Said Justice John Paul Stevens in dissent, "At bottom, the Court's opinion is thus a rejection of the common sense of the American people.... While American democracy is imperfect, few outside the majority of this Court would have thought its flaws included a dearth of corporate money in politics."
In the words of a New York Times editorial Jan. 22, "With a single, disastrous 5-to-4 ruling, the Supreme Court has thrust politics back to the robber-baron era of the 19th century. Disingenuously waving the flag of the First Amendment, the court’s conservative majority has paved the way for corporations to use their vast treasuries to overwhelm elections and intimidate elected officials into doing their bidding."
President Obama said the ruling had "given a green light to a new stampede of special interest money in our politics. It is a major victory for Big Oil, Wall Street banks, health insurance companies and the other powerful interests that marshal their power every day in Washington to drown out the voices of everyday Americans."
Commented New York Sen. Chuck Schumer "The Supreme Court has just predicted the winners of the next November election. It won't be Republicans. It won't be Democrats. It will be Corporate America."
Fred Wertheimer, president of Democracy 21, charged that "this is the most radical and destructive campaign finance decision in the history of the Supreme Court. With a stroke of the pen, five justices wiped out a century of American history devoted to preventing corporate corruption of our democracy."
There will be a fightback against this latest right wing blow to democracy, from Congress and various liberal, progressive and left organizations. Here are the various methods under discussion.
• Public Financing: The 2009 Fair Elections Now Act (S.752, H.R.1826) is now pending before Congress. Robert Weissman, president of Public Citizen, says it "would provide congressional candidates with an alternative to corporate-funded campaigns before fundraising for the 2010 election is in full swing. Sponsored by Sen. Richard Durbin (D-IL), and Rep. John Larson ( D-CT), the bill encourages unlimited small-dollar donations from individuals and provide candidates with public funding in exchange for refusing corporate contributions or private contributions in amounts of more than $100." The proposal has some 126 co-sponsors in the House. Of course, those who want private financing may refuse public financing and opt for the corporate support.
• Restraints on Corporations: Ian Millhiser of the Center for American Progress Action Fund says some in Congress are contemplating requiring additional disclosures by corporations engaged in electioneering, empowering shareholders to demand that their investment not be spent to advance candidates they disapprove of." He also says Schumer and Rep. Chris Van Hollen (D-MD) are considering "potential fixes including banning political advertising by corporations that hire lobbyists, receive government money, or collect most of their revenue abroad."
• Constitutional Amendment: Several organizations advocate this course to overturn the new ruling, including Voter Action, Public Citizen, the Center for Corporate Policy, and the American Independent Business Alliance, among others. Says Ralph Nader: "This corporatist, anti-voter decision is so extreme that it should galvanize a grassroots effort to enact a Constitutional Amendment to once and for all end corporate personhood and curtail the corrosive impact of big money on politics."
• Impeachment: While they have lifetime positions, it is as legally possible to impeach members of the high court as it is a President or Member of Congress. First the House agrees on impeachment, then it is sent to the Senate for conviction. Only one Supreme Court Justice, Samuel Chase in 1804, has ever been impeached by the House, but he was acquitted by the Senate.
Though the matter is hardly ever mentioned, the Supreme Court is perhaps the most supremely undemocratic of the powerful institutions in our society. The masses of people have no say in selecting the justices who will make some of the most crucial decisions in national history. The nomination is made by whatever president is in the White House when a vacancy happens to occur. If a majority of the Senate approves, as it usually does, the new justice will serve for life, without any oversight by the people. (Likewise hardly mentioned is the fact that the elitist Senate, which in effect "elects" a justice of the Supreme Court, constitutes the second most undemocratic institution in society.)
One way to reduce continuing government erosion of democracy in the U.S., such as the Court's support for increased corporate control of our society, is to restructure the judicial branch to make it accountable to the people.
All progressive thinking people have lent their support to the measures to weaken the Court's onerous attack on what's left of popular democracy. At the same time it must be understood that such attacks come from the executive and legislative branches of government as well, such as the Patriot Act and other more recent dilutions of civil liberties under the Obama Administration.
It is also well to remember that the influence of corporations and the wealthy on the electoral process was grossly excessive before the Supreme Court's latest outrage, and that if we desire truly effective campaign finance reform the entire process must be democratically revamped in favor of the masses of people, which none of the suggested measures is prepared to do.
——————————————
3. HEALTH CARE COMPROMISES
The New York Times reported Jan. 21: "President Obama signaled on Wednesday that he might be willing to scale back his proposed health care overhaul to a version that could attract bipartisan support, as the White House and Congressional Democrats grappled with a political landscape transformed by the Republican victory in the Massachusetts Senate race."
Why are we not surprised? Compromise has been the name of this endeavor.
Compromise 1: Between the Obama Administration and the health insurance and pharmaceutical industries. Before legislation was ever introduced in Congress, both sides agreed on a watered down healthcare bill that would greatly benefit both industries, keep prices high, and cover more people. This agreement eliminated single payer immediately and anticipated the elimination of the Public Option and other somewhat progressive aspects when it goes through Congress.)
Compromise 2: Between Congressional Democrats and their conservative/Blue Dog Democratic colleagues. (This ditched the Public Option, and led to right-wing additions, such as the Stupak Amendment.)
Compromise 3: Between Congressional Democrats and Republicans. (This further weakened the health plan.)
Compromise 4: The post-Massachusetts election compromise will come about because the 60-40 Democratic Senate majority will be "reduced" to 59-41, not that the "filibuster proof" 60 votes amounted to much after the Blue Dogs were turned loose.
Compromise 5: Between the Senate and House to resolve differences between bills when each is finally ready.
The undoubted result of all these compromises will be a final bill approximating the legislation the Obama Administration and the health insurance and pharmaceutical industries agreed to privately in the first place.
The struggle for single-payer (or Medicare for all) has been going on in one form or another since the mid-1940s. Decades usually transpire between serious efforts to revive the measure in the White House and Congress.
If we don't want to wait another 10 or 20 years for the next opportunity it is important that the latest popular struggle for single payer continue, and that the movement stick together, win additional allies, and keep fighting year after year until victory.
——————————————
4. DEMOCRATS BOOSTING RIGHT-WING POPULISM
By Norman Solomon
In his triumphant speech on election night Jan. 19, the next senator from Massachusetts should have thanked top Democrats in Washington for all they did to make his victory possible.
For a year now, leading Democrats have steadily embraced more corporate formulas for "healthcare reform." In the name of political realism, they have demobilized and demoralized the Democratic base. In the process, they've fueled right-wing populism.
The Democratic leadership on healthcare and so much else — including bank bailouts, financial services, foreclosures and foreign policy — has been so corporate that Republicans have found it easy to play populist.
Fixated on passage of something that could be called "healthcare reform," the Democratic establishment has propagated the myth that enacting such a law is vital to the political viability of the Obama presidency.
With few exceptions, the most progressive members of Congress have twisted themselves into knots to move with the choreography from the White House. The worse the healthcare bill got, the more they strained to lavish incongruous praise on it.
Defenders of the current healthcare legislation don't like to acknowledge how thoroughly corporate it is. In the wake of the Senate election in Massachusetts, we're sure to see a new wave of mass emails from progressive groups urging a renewed fight for a public option. But the Obama administration threw a public option under the Pennsylvania Avenue bus well before the GOP victory in Massachusetts finalized its burial.
Key provisions — such as a mandate requiring individuals to buy private health insurance without a public option — are giveaways to mega-corporations on a scale so vast that it boggles the mind.
Such a federal healthcare law — massively combining an intrusive government mandate with corporate power — would be a godsend to right-wing populism for decades.
Government power should be used for the common good, not for humongous profiteering. But on the near horizon is a law that would further bloat already-bloated corporate coffers while undermining basic precepts of a social compact.
The mandate places legal, financial and ideological burdens on the individual for healthcare. In the process, at best, many low-income people would only have access to inferior coverage with plenty of holes.
Rather than affirm the principle of healthcare as a human right, the current scenarios for healthcare reform lay out limited federal subsidies for private insurance premiums — in effect, an entitlement program in political terms, sure to be vulnerable to the kind of safety-net shredding that has done so much harm in recent decades.
The current versions of healthcare reform, New York Times economics writer David Leonhardt noted on Jan. 20, "are more conservative than Bill Clinton's 1993 proposal. For that matter, they're more conservative than Richard Nixon's 1971 plan, which would have had the federal government provide insurance to people who didn't get it through their job."
One of the biggest themes — repeated endlessly by pundits and meme-prone Democrats — has been the assertion that getting "healthcare reform" signed into law is essential for the political viability of a Democratic Congress and the Obama presidency. But at this point, given what's on the table under the Capitol Dome, the opposite is likely to be the case.
If Obama signs the kind of healthcare legislation now in the pipeline, it will be a political gift to the Republicans — and a crowning negative achievement of bad leadership for the congressional majority.
Key House Democrats declared throughout most of 2009 that they would only support a healthcare reform bill with a "robust" public option. Now the same members of Congress are saying they'll be pleased to vote for a final bill with no public option at all.
Meanwhile, at the grassroots, many progressives are apt to buy into a false choice between capitulating inside the Democratic Party or staying away from it. But there's another option: an inside/outside strategy that involves openly fighting for progressive power within the party while also organizing outside of it.
If we want more progressive officeholders, then elections are part of the process: beginning with Democratic primaries this year. Support genuine progressive candidates — and if you don't see any, maybe you should do some recruiting. There's no time to lose.
— Norman Solomon is a journalist, historian, and progressive activist. His book "War Made Easy: How Presidents and Pundits Keep Spinning Us to Death" has been adapted into a documentary film of the same name. His most recent book is "Made Love, Got War." He is a national co-chair of the Healthcare NOT Warfare campaign.
— Printed Jan. 20, 2010 by Common Dreams
——————————————
5. SUPREME COURT RULES AGAINST MUMIA ABU-JAMAL
The following article by Eugene Puryear is excerpted from Liberation newspaper
A new Supreme Court ruling Jan. 19 has brought African American leader and political prisoner Mumia Abu-Jamal one step closer to execution.
The Third Circuit Court of Appeals upheld Mumia’s conviction in 2008, but ruled that he deserved a new sentencing hearing because the jury had been given flawed instructions. The Supreme Court’s ruling reverses that decision, sending the case back to the Third Circuit. The lower court can either let the death sentence stand or order a new trial to hear other claims brought by Mumia.
Mumia was wrongly convicted in 1983 of the 1981 murder of police officer Daniel Faulkner. His trial was marred by the coercion of witnesses and the vilification of his political activism. Ten of the 12 jurors were white in a city with a black majority. Judge Albert Sabo was a well-known racist, and was overheard by a court stenographer saying he would “help them fry the n----r.”
Mumia had been a well-known local activist and investigative journalist known in Philadelphia as the “Voice of the Voiceless.” He had been a member of the Black Panther Party in Philadelphia and later the MOVE organization. Both groups faced intense persecution by the Philadelphia police.
Inconsistencies in the prosecution’s case, the surfacing of new witness testimony and recantation of testimony by prosecution witnesses led to the building of a movement determined to free Mumia. Original and new evidence overwhelmingly pointed to his innocence.
The struggle to gain freedom for Mumia became the principal death penalty issue of the 1990s. Mass demonstrations around the world in 1995 and 1999 brought the case to worldwide prominence. In 1999, dockworkers in the San Francisco Bay Area shut down the port for one day demanding Mumia’s freedom. In 2006, a street in Saint Denis, a suburb of Paris, was named in his honor.
Despite the worldwide outcry for his freedom, however, the state of Pennsylvania has vigorously worked to block justice and execute Mumia. The legal battle over the death sentence will continue, but the inherently racist courts have shifted the focus away from justice. Commuting a death sentence to a life sentence for an innocent man is hardly justice. Mumia must be set free.
——————————————
5. AVATAR'S WORTH VIEWING
We saw the film Avatar this week and recommend it to readers who haven't seen it yet.
Avatar is not only a fascinating futuristic science fiction adventure story with spectacular cinematic technology, but delivers an implicit criticism of imperialism and corporate greed. The subtitle could have read: "The Cruelty of Putting Profits Before People." It is excellent on the interdependent relationship between nature and human beings.
There are shortcomings. For example, it's not believable except as metaphor. This is okay, but the metaphor itself is not always clear, and sometimes drifts way too far into spiritual and magical realms for solutions to the very concrete problems afflicting our own reality.
But to us this and other problems are secondary to the attributes it brings to a mass market film production that will be seen throughout the world. The war scene, when the American corporate/mercenary army attacks a small and essentially powerless indigenous tribe, is reminiscent of the "shock and awe" bombardment that began the Iraq war, or the "carpet bombings" of Vietnam and Cambodia.
HUDSON VALLEY ACTIVIST NEWSLETTER
jacdon@earthlink.net, http://activistnewsletter.blogspot.com/
P.O. Box 662, New Paltz, NY 12561
—————————————
CONTENTS
1. CORRECTION FOR LOCAL READERS
2. SUPREME COURT UNDERMINES DEMOCRACY
3. HEALTH CARE COMPROMISES
4. DEMOCRATS BOOSTING RIGHT-WING POPULISM
5. AVATAR'S WORTH VIEWING
—————————————
1. CORRECTION FOR LOCAL READERS READERS
TIME CHANGE: Saturday, Jan. 23, BEACON: "'Walk, Don't Ride," a play by Peter Manos celebrating Martin Luther King and Freedom Riders in Nashville and Montgomery in the 1950-'60s, will be performed 4-6 p.m. at Beacon High School, 101 Matteawan Rd. We're told that this production has been funded by a donation from Pete Seeger, who is a Beacon resident.
—————————————
2. SUPREME COURT UNDERMINES DEMOCRACY
On Dec. 12, 2000, the U.S. Supreme Court handed the presidential election to Texas Gov. George W. Bush, by denying Vice President Albert Gore a recount of the vote in Florida, which probably would have brought him to the White House.
This was and remains a great shock to many Americans, particularly given the disastrous results of Bush's eight years in office. But the judicial branch of the U.S. government had even greater shocks in store for supporters of democracy.
On Jan. 21, 2010, the U.S. Supreme Court — weighted toward right wing Bush appointees — in effect handed future elections to the candidate most slavishly devoted to America's powerful corporate business interests and those who possess extreme wealth.
This historic decision, in the case of Citizens United v. FEC, represents a change in degree, not kind. After all, big business and wealth, through their campaign contributions, lobbying and bribes, already wields disproportionate influence in federal and state elections.
But the new decision removes restraints on corporate funding, amounting to the transformation of an already weakened American democracy into an outright oligarchy, even while maintaining the façade of a two-party system and so-called free elections.
The Supreme Court decided that "the constitutional guarantee of free speech means that corporations can spend unlimited sums to help elect favored candidates or defeat those they oppose." This kind of funding must be spent independently, in support of, or against, a candidate or issue, but not by the candidate.
This ruling destroyed a ban going back to the 1940s that prevented corporations from directly intervening in elections, although they have had great leeway in utilizing indirect means to support pro-business candidates. A 1990 Court ruling upholding restraints on corporate spending and much of the 2002 McCain-Feingold campaign finance reform act — limited as it was — are also now unconstitutional.
In order to grant corporations the legal right to decisively control the U.S. political system, the reactionary Court disinterred and elaborated upon the legal precedent established 125 years ago when incorporated businesses were granted the same rights as people, this time in terms of participation in elections. Thus, if people have free political speech, and can individually make campaign contributions, so can corporations.
Under the Court decision, unions now also have the right to independently spend funds directly supporting or opposing candidates, but the sum of corporate profits available for political investment and the money spent by unions from membership dues is hardly comparable.
Said Justice John Paul Stevens in dissent, "At bottom, the Court's opinion is thus a rejection of the common sense of the American people.... While American democracy is imperfect, few outside the majority of this Court would have thought its flaws included a dearth of corporate money in politics."
In the words of a New York Times editorial Jan. 22, "With a single, disastrous 5-to-4 ruling, the Supreme Court has thrust politics back to the robber-baron era of the 19th century. Disingenuously waving the flag of the First Amendment, the court’s conservative majority has paved the way for corporations to use their vast treasuries to overwhelm elections and intimidate elected officials into doing their bidding."
President Obama said the ruling had "given a green light to a new stampede of special interest money in our politics. It is a major victory for Big Oil, Wall Street banks, health insurance companies and the other powerful interests that marshal their power every day in Washington to drown out the voices of everyday Americans."
Commented New York Sen. Chuck Schumer "The Supreme Court has just predicted the winners of the next November election. It won't be Republicans. It won't be Democrats. It will be Corporate America."
Fred Wertheimer, president of Democracy 21, charged that "this is the most radical and destructive campaign finance decision in the history of the Supreme Court. With a stroke of the pen, five justices wiped out a century of American history devoted to preventing corporate corruption of our democracy."
There will be a fightback against this latest right wing blow to democracy, from Congress and various liberal, progressive and left organizations. Here are the various methods under discussion.
• Public Financing: The 2009 Fair Elections Now Act (S.752, H.R.1826) is now pending before Congress. Robert Weissman, president of Public Citizen, says it "would provide congressional candidates with an alternative to corporate-funded campaigns before fundraising for the 2010 election is in full swing. Sponsored by Sen. Richard Durbin (D-IL), and Rep. John Larson ( D-CT), the bill encourages unlimited small-dollar donations from individuals and provide candidates with public funding in exchange for refusing corporate contributions or private contributions in amounts of more than $100." The proposal has some 126 co-sponsors in the House. Of course, those who want private financing may refuse public financing and opt for the corporate support.
• Restraints on Corporations: Ian Millhiser of the Center for American Progress Action Fund says some in Congress are contemplating requiring additional disclosures by corporations engaged in electioneering, empowering shareholders to demand that their investment not be spent to advance candidates they disapprove of." He also says Schumer and Rep. Chris Van Hollen (D-MD) are considering "potential fixes including banning political advertising by corporations that hire lobbyists, receive government money, or collect most of their revenue abroad."
• Constitutional Amendment: Several organizations advocate this course to overturn the new ruling, including Voter Action, Public Citizen, the Center for Corporate Policy, and the American Independent Business Alliance, among others. Says Ralph Nader: "This corporatist, anti-voter decision is so extreme that it should galvanize a grassroots effort to enact a Constitutional Amendment to once and for all end corporate personhood and curtail the corrosive impact of big money on politics."
• Impeachment: While they have lifetime positions, it is as legally possible to impeach members of the high court as it is a President or Member of Congress. First the House agrees on impeachment, then it is sent to the Senate for conviction. Only one Supreme Court Justice, Samuel Chase in 1804, has ever been impeached by the House, but he was acquitted by the Senate.
Though the matter is hardly ever mentioned, the Supreme Court is perhaps the most supremely undemocratic of the powerful institutions in our society. The masses of people have no say in selecting the justices who will make some of the most crucial decisions in national history. The nomination is made by whatever president is in the White House when a vacancy happens to occur. If a majority of the Senate approves, as it usually does, the new justice will serve for life, without any oversight by the people. (Likewise hardly mentioned is the fact that the elitist Senate, which in effect "elects" a justice of the Supreme Court, constitutes the second most undemocratic institution in society.)
One way to reduce continuing government erosion of democracy in the U.S., such as the Court's support for increased corporate control of our society, is to restructure the judicial branch to make it accountable to the people.
All progressive thinking people have lent their support to the measures to weaken the Court's onerous attack on what's left of popular democracy. At the same time it must be understood that such attacks come from the executive and legislative branches of government as well, such as the Patriot Act and other more recent dilutions of civil liberties under the Obama Administration.
It is also well to remember that the influence of corporations and the wealthy on the electoral process was grossly excessive before the Supreme Court's latest outrage, and that if we desire truly effective campaign finance reform the entire process must be democratically revamped in favor of the masses of people, which none of the suggested measures is prepared to do.
——————————————
3. HEALTH CARE COMPROMISES
The New York Times reported Jan. 21: "President Obama signaled on Wednesday that he might be willing to scale back his proposed health care overhaul to a version that could attract bipartisan support, as the White House and Congressional Democrats grappled with a political landscape transformed by the Republican victory in the Massachusetts Senate race."
Why are we not surprised? Compromise has been the name of this endeavor.
Compromise 1: Between the Obama Administration and the health insurance and pharmaceutical industries. Before legislation was ever introduced in Congress, both sides agreed on a watered down healthcare bill that would greatly benefit both industries, keep prices high, and cover more people. This agreement eliminated single payer immediately and anticipated the elimination of the Public Option and other somewhat progressive aspects when it goes through Congress.)
Compromise 2: Between Congressional Democrats and their conservative/Blue Dog Democratic colleagues. (This ditched the Public Option, and led to right-wing additions, such as the Stupak Amendment.)
Compromise 3: Between Congressional Democrats and Republicans. (This further weakened the health plan.)
Compromise 4: The post-Massachusetts election compromise will come about because the 60-40 Democratic Senate majority will be "reduced" to 59-41, not that the "filibuster proof" 60 votes amounted to much after the Blue Dogs were turned loose.
Compromise 5: Between the Senate and House to resolve differences between bills when each is finally ready.
The undoubted result of all these compromises will be a final bill approximating the legislation the Obama Administration and the health insurance and pharmaceutical industries agreed to privately in the first place.
The struggle for single-payer (or Medicare for all) has been going on in one form or another since the mid-1940s. Decades usually transpire between serious efforts to revive the measure in the White House and Congress.
If we don't want to wait another 10 or 20 years for the next opportunity it is important that the latest popular struggle for single payer continue, and that the movement stick together, win additional allies, and keep fighting year after year until victory.
——————————————
4. DEMOCRATS BOOSTING RIGHT-WING POPULISM
By Norman Solomon
In his triumphant speech on election night Jan. 19, the next senator from Massachusetts should have thanked top Democrats in Washington for all they did to make his victory possible.
For a year now, leading Democrats have steadily embraced more corporate formulas for "healthcare reform." In the name of political realism, they have demobilized and demoralized the Democratic base. In the process, they've fueled right-wing populism.
The Democratic leadership on healthcare and so much else — including bank bailouts, financial services, foreclosures and foreign policy — has been so corporate that Republicans have found it easy to play populist.
Fixated on passage of something that could be called "healthcare reform," the Democratic establishment has propagated the myth that enacting such a law is vital to the political viability of the Obama presidency.
With few exceptions, the most progressive members of Congress have twisted themselves into knots to move with the choreography from the White House. The worse the healthcare bill got, the more they strained to lavish incongruous praise on it.
Defenders of the current healthcare legislation don't like to acknowledge how thoroughly corporate it is. In the wake of the Senate election in Massachusetts, we're sure to see a new wave of mass emails from progressive groups urging a renewed fight for a public option. But the Obama administration threw a public option under the Pennsylvania Avenue bus well before the GOP victory in Massachusetts finalized its burial.
Key provisions — such as a mandate requiring individuals to buy private health insurance without a public option — are giveaways to mega-corporations on a scale so vast that it boggles the mind.
Such a federal healthcare law — massively combining an intrusive government mandate with corporate power — would be a godsend to right-wing populism for decades.
Government power should be used for the common good, not for humongous profiteering. But on the near horizon is a law that would further bloat already-bloated corporate coffers while undermining basic precepts of a social compact.
The mandate places legal, financial and ideological burdens on the individual for healthcare. In the process, at best, many low-income people would only have access to inferior coverage with plenty of holes.
Rather than affirm the principle of healthcare as a human right, the current scenarios for healthcare reform lay out limited federal subsidies for private insurance premiums — in effect, an entitlement program in political terms, sure to be vulnerable to the kind of safety-net shredding that has done so much harm in recent decades.
The current versions of healthcare reform, New York Times economics writer David Leonhardt noted on Jan. 20, "are more conservative than Bill Clinton's 1993 proposal. For that matter, they're more conservative than Richard Nixon's 1971 plan, which would have had the federal government provide insurance to people who didn't get it through their job."
One of the biggest themes — repeated endlessly by pundits and meme-prone Democrats — has been the assertion that getting "healthcare reform" signed into law is essential for the political viability of a Democratic Congress and the Obama presidency. But at this point, given what's on the table under the Capitol Dome, the opposite is likely to be the case.
If Obama signs the kind of healthcare legislation now in the pipeline, it will be a political gift to the Republicans — and a crowning negative achievement of bad leadership for the congressional majority.
Key House Democrats declared throughout most of 2009 that they would only support a healthcare reform bill with a "robust" public option. Now the same members of Congress are saying they'll be pleased to vote for a final bill with no public option at all.
Meanwhile, at the grassroots, many progressives are apt to buy into a false choice between capitulating inside the Democratic Party or staying away from it. But there's another option: an inside/outside strategy that involves openly fighting for progressive power within the party while also organizing outside of it.
If we want more progressive officeholders, then elections are part of the process: beginning with Democratic primaries this year. Support genuine progressive candidates — and if you don't see any, maybe you should do some recruiting. There's no time to lose.
— Norman Solomon is a journalist, historian, and progressive activist. His book "War Made Easy: How Presidents and Pundits Keep Spinning Us to Death" has been adapted into a documentary film of the same name. His most recent book is "Made Love, Got War." He is a national co-chair of the Healthcare NOT Warfare campaign.
— Printed Jan. 20, 2010 by Common Dreams
——————————————
5. SUPREME COURT RULES AGAINST MUMIA ABU-JAMAL
The following article by Eugene Puryear is excerpted from Liberation newspaper
A new Supreme Court ruling Jan. 19 has brought African American leader and political prisoner Mumia Abu-Jamal one step closer to execution.
The Third Circuit Court of Appeals upheld Mumia’s conviction in 2008, but ruled that he deserved a new sentencing hearing because the jury had been given flawed instructions. The Supreme Court’s ruling reverses that decision, sending the case back to the Third Circuit. The lower court can either let the death sentence stand or order a new trial to hear other claims brought by Mumia.
Mumia was wrongly convicted in 1983 of the 1981 murder of police officer Daniel Faulkner. His trial was marred by the coercion of witnesses and the vilification of his political activism. Ten of the 12 jurors were white in a city with a black majority. Judge Albert Sabo was a well-known racist, and was overheard by a court stenographer saying he would “help them fry the n----r.”
Mumia had been a well-known local activist and investigative journalist known in Philadelphia as the “Voice of the Voiceless.” He had been a member of the Black Panther Party in Philadelphia and later the MOVE organization. Both groups faced intense persecution by the Philadelphia police.
Inconsistencies in the prosecution’s case, the surfacing of new witness testimony and recantation of testimony by prosecution witnesses led to the building of a movement determined to free Mumia. Original and new evidence overwhelmingly pointed to his innocence.
The struggle to gain freedom for Mumia became the principal death penalty issue of the 1990s. Mass demonstrations around the world in 1995 and 1999 brought the case to worldwide prominence. In 1999, dockworkers in the San Francisco Bay Area shut down the port for one day demanding Mumia’s freedom. In 2006, a street in Saint Denis, a suburb of Paris, was named in his honor.
Despite the worldwide outcry for his freedom, however, the state of Pennsylvania has vigorously worked to block justice and execute Mumia. The legal battle over the death sentence will continue, but the inherently racist courts have shifted the focus away from justice. Commuting a death sentence to a life sentence for an innocent man is hardly justice. Mumia must be set free.
——————————————
5. AVATAR'S WORTH VIEWING
We saw the film Avatar this week and recommend it to readers who haven't seen it yet.
Avatar is not only a fascinating futuristic science fiction adventure story with spectacular cinematic technology, but delivers an implicit criticism of imperialism and corporate greed. The subtitle could have read: "The Cruelty of Putting Profits Before People." It is excellent on the interdependent relationship between nature and human beings.
There are shortcomings. For example, it's not believable except as metaphor. This is okay, but the metaphor itself is not always clear, and sometimes drifts way too far into spiritual and magical realms for solutions to the very concrete problems afflicting our own reality.
But to us this and other problems are secondary to the attributes it brings to a mass market film production that will be seen throughout the world. The war scene, when the American corporate/mercenary army attacks a small and essentially powerless indigenous tribe, is reminiscent of the "shock and awe" bombardment that began the Iraq war, or the "carpet bombings" of Vietnam and Cambodia.
Wednesday, January 20, 2010
01-20-10 Senate defeat for Dems
What Massachusetts Got Right
By Robert Scheer
Truthdig Jan 20, 2010
The president got creamed in Massachusetts. No amount of blaming this disastrous outcome on the weaknesses of the local Democratic candidate or her Republican opponent’s strengths can gainsay that fact. Obama’s opportunistic search for win-win solutions to our health care concerns and our larger economic problems is leading to a lose-lose outcome for the president and the country.
The two issues that mattered on Election Day were the economy, which Obama has sold out to Wall Street—as quite a few disgruntled voters pointed out—and his plea to save health care reform, which the voters who had backed him for the presidency with a huge majority now spurned. It is significant that it was the voters of Massachusetts who have now derailed the Democrats’ efforts to revamp the country’s health care system by denying them the necessary 60th vote in the Senate, for these voters know the subject well.
The federal proposal is based on their own state’s model requiring people to obtain health insurance without the state doing anything to effectively control costs through an alternative to the private insurance corporations. Lacking a public option, the cost of health care in Massachusetts, already the highest in the nation at the time of the plan’s implementation, has spiraled upward. Services have been curtailed, and many, particularly younger people, feel they are being forced to sacrifice to pay for a system that doesn’t work.
Instead of blindly following the failed Massachusetts model, Obama should have insisted on an extension of the Medicare program to all who are willing to pay for it. He squandered the opportunity to bring about meaningful health care change that the public would have supported had it been kept simple and just. Instead, Obama gave away the store to medical profiteers. They, in turn, hopelessly muddied the waters with well-funded scare advertising tactics that principled leadership on Obama’s part could have thwarted.
A mere seven months ago, The New York Times/ CBS poll found that 72% of Americans “supported a government-administered insurance plan—something like Medicare for those under 65—that would compete for customers with private insurers.” Even half of those identified as Republican said they would back such a public plan, as would three out of four independents and 90% of Democrats. Instead of heeding that call by endorsing a serious extension of Medicare, along with increased subsidies for those who could not afford it, Obama played to the conservatives in Congress—and they rolled him.
If he wasn’t prepared to make a breakthrough in health care, and that meant a reform program that would begin sooner rather than later, he should have put it on a back burner. The furor over a very unsatisfactory plan drew attention from the far bigger crisis concerning the meltdown of the nation’s economy. By accepting and indeed expanding the Bush administration’s strategy of throwing money at Wall Street, Obama ceded the populist label to the Tea Party Republicans who now pretend that a banking mess brought about by their radical deregulatory philosophy is not of their making.
It is the economy, stupid, and the sooner Obama grasps that, the better for his and the nation’s prospects. A new Wall Street Journal/NBC poll finds that “Americans ranked job creation and economic growth as their clear top priority for the federal government, well above national security and deficit reduction. Health care, Mr. Obama’s top domestic priority in 2009, now ranks fourth, closely trailing the deficit and government spending.”
Of course, the public is right. In the midst of the worst economic crisis in 70 years, why waste enormous political capital battling to pass a health care plan that is modeled on a proven failure in Massachusetts, as voters there clearly registered? Meanwhile, the president has dropped the ball in the effort to make bankers act responsibly by forcing them to forego outrageous bonuses and help homeowners stay in their homes.
Again quoting the message of that Wall Street Journal/NBC poll: “The president’s focus on health care amid heightened job concerns could be hurting his ratings. At the one-year mark of his presidency, 35% of Americans said they were ‘quite’ or extremely’ confident he had the right priorities to improve the economy, down from 46% at midyear.” The Journal noted that a majority disapproved of the government’s response to the financial crisis, adding, “The related problem for Mr. Obama is the public’s lingering anger about the bailouts of 2008 and 2009, which helped boost bank profits even as unemployment grew—a toxic political problem.”
To salvage his presidency, Obama must reverse course and make solving the “toxic political problem” of Wall Street greed that’s bankrupting the country his highest priority.
—
Robert Scheer is a well known progressive journalist. He is the chief editor of the online publication Truthdig, and a professor of communications at Univ. of Southern California.
Tuesday, January 19, 2010
01-19-10 Activist Calendar
ACTIVIST CALENDAR, January 19, 2010, Issue 154 #2
Of the Hudson Valley Activist Newsletter
Send event announcements to jacdon@earthlink.net.
http://activistnewsletter.blogspot.com/
————————————————————————
CORRECTION:
In the Activist Newsletter published yesterday, Jeff Cohen, the author of the article titled "Don't Apologize for Democrats," was identified as a strong Obama supporter during last year's campaign. Jeff tells us that's an error, for which we apologize. We eliminated the reference on our Web page before most readers ever got to the article. If you haven't read the piece yet, find it at http://activistnewsletter.blogspot.com/. All his articles are archived at http://www.jeffcohen.org/articles.html
————————————————————————
Jan. 20, SAUGERTIES: The Haitian People' s Support Project is holding a "Relief Buffet" to help its work in earthquake-battered Haiti. The event will be 6-9 p.m. at New World Home Cooking on Rt. 212, between Woodstock and Saugerties. The suggested donation is $7. There will be live music. We're told, "Pierre and Terry Leroy are relieved to report that the 120 children at the House of Hope, the orphanage the HPSP maintains, have all survived. The day after the earthquake the HPSP was mobilizing a six-person team to travel to the orphanage. What's needed now is cash." Information (845) 246-0900, http://www.haitiansupportproject.org.
Saturday, Jan. 23, WOODSTOCK: A "Report Back From the Gaza Freedom March" will take place 2:30-5 p.m. at Woodstock Community Center, 56 Rock City Rd. Ten Hudson Valley residents took part in this dramatic act of solidarity from Dec. 25 to Jan. 4, traveling to Gaza to demonstrate against the Israeli blockade. They journey was stopped in Cairo by the Egyptian government. Members of this delegation will discuss their experiences, as well as the emerging International Coalition to End the Illegal Siege of Gaza. Speakers include Nicholas Abramson, Helaine Meisler and Maurizio Morselli. This free public event is sponsored by Middle East Crisis Response. Information, (845) 679-5301, fred@acornfilm.com, http://www.hudsontogaza.blogspot.com.
Saturday, Jan. 23, BEACON: "'Walk, Don't Ride," a play by Peter Manos celebrating Martin Luther King and Freedom Riders in Nashville and Montgomery in the 1950-'60s, will be performed 7-9 p.m. at Beacon High School, 101 Matteawan Rd. We're told that this 45-minute production has been funded by a donation from Pete Seeger, who is a Beacon resident.
Saturday, Jan. 23, ALBANY: "Juan Meléndez – 6446," a documentary about an innocent man who spent 17 years on death row, will be shown at 7:30 p.m. at the First Unitarian Universalist Society of Albany, 405 Washington Ave. We're informed: "Meléndez, a migrant farmer of Puerto Rican background raised in New York City, was unjustly accused of murder in Florida and sentenced to death for a crime he did not commit. Told by Meléndez, his mother, lawyers and friends, this personal drama illustrates the legal, political and public policy issues around the application of the death penalty in the U.S. and Puerto Rico." Free and public, sponsored by the Solidarity Committee of the Capital District, Bethlehem Neighbors for Peace, New Yorkers for Alternatives to the Death Penalty, and Upper Hudson Peace Action. Information, (518) 426-0883, dbull4@verizon.net, http://www.jflan.net/solidarity.
Sunday, Jan. 24, ROSENDALE: The film, "Freeing Silvia Baraldini" will be screened at the Rosendale Theatre, 408 Main St. at 2:30 p.m., followed by a discussion and wine and cheese reception with the filmmakers. This documentary follows the life of an Italian-American activist who spent 24 years in prison following her conviction for helping to free Black Panther Assata Shakur from prison. Sponsored by The Haitian People's Support Project and The Martin Luther King Day Planning Committee. Snow date: Jan. 31, 2:30 p.m. About the film: http://www.thinedgefilms.com/.
Monday, Jan. 25, ALBANY: A "Rally to Protect New York from Natural Gas Drilling" will be held 10:30 a.m.-12 noon in the park on the west side of State Capitol building. This will be followed 1:30-3:30 p.m. by lobbying state legislators with the message: "Tell Gov. Paterson to ditch New York’s flawed plan to drill for natural gas in the Southern Tier and Catskill regions." We're informed: "The natural gas industry is eager to drill in New York. Drilling companies propose to use a dangerous technique, called hydraulic fracturing or 'fracking,' to extract natural gas buried beneath the rock of the Marcellus and Utica Shale formations. In other parts of the country, fracking has poisoned wells and spilled toxic chemicals across landscapes." Groups involved include Environmental Advocates of New York, Sierra Club (Atlantic Chapter), Citizens Campaign for the Environment, and Catskill Mountainkeeper. Information, Roger Downs, Sierra Club at (518) 426-9144. To register, http://www.citizenscampaign.org/fracking-action-day/register.asp.
Monday, Feb. 1, OLD CHATHAM: The film, "A Man Named Pearl" will be screened at 7 p.m. at Powell House Quaker Conference and Retreat Center, 524 Pitt Hall Road off County Route 13. The film documents the topiary artist Pearl Fryar, a sharecropper's son, and his rise to fame in his field in the poorest county in South Carolina, and the hope that he gave to the people there. Sponsored by Old Chatham Quaker Meeting. Free and public. Information (518) 766-2992. Directions, http://www.oldchathamquakers.org/.
Thursday, Feb. 4, NEW PALTZ (SUNY campus): Are invasive species here to stay? Dave Strayer of the Institute of Ecosystems Studies will discuss this topic as part of the Shawangunk Ridge Biodiversity Partnership (SRBP) lecture series. This free public lecture takes place on campus at Lecture Center room 100. Campus map: http://www.newpaltz.edu/map.
Sunday, Feb. 7, NEW PALTZ: The current economic and social trauma in Puerto Rico has seen massive layoffs and demonstrations, a general strike, repression and ongoing unrest. This is the topic of a 6 p.m. talk by seasoned activist and former jailed SOA protester Rev. Luis Barrios, chair of Latin American Studies at John Jay College of Criminal Justice (CUNY). This free public event will take place at Village Hall, 25 Plattekill Ave., a block south of Main St. An optional potluck begins at 5 p.m. The sponsor is CLASP (Caribbean & Latin America Support Project). Information, (845) 255-0113.
Of the Hudson Valley Activist Newsletter
Send event announcements to jacdon@earthlink.net.
http://activistnewsletter.blogspot.com/
————————————————————————
CORRECTION:
In the Activist Newsletter published yesterday, Jeff Cohen, the author of the article titled "Don't Apologize for Democrats," was identified as a strong Obama supporter during last year's campaign. Jeff tells us that's an error, for which we apologize. We eliminated the reference on our Web page before most readers ever got to the article. If you haven't read the piece yet, find it at http://activistnewsletter.blogspot.com/. All his articles are archived at http://www.jeffcohen.org/articles.html
————————————————————————
Jan. 20, SAUGERTIES: The Haitian People' s Support Project is holding a "Relief Buffet" to help its work in earthquake-battered Haiti. The event will be 6-9 p.m. at New World Home Cooking on Rt. 212, between Woodstock and Saugerties. The suggested donation is $7. There will be live music. We're told, "Pierre and Terry Leroy are relieved to report that the 120 children at the House of Hope, the orphanage the HPSP maintains, have all survived. The day after the earthquake the HPSP was mobilizing a six-person team to travel to the orphanage. What's needed now is cash." Information (845) 246-0900, http://www.haitiansupportproject.org.
Saturday, Jan. 23, WOODSTOCK: A "Report Back From the Gaza Freedom March" will take place 2:30-5 p.m. at Woodstock Community Center, 56 Rock City Rd. Ten Hudson Valley residents took part in this dramatic act of solidarity from Dec. 25 to Jan. 4, traveling to Gaza to demonstrate against the Israeli blockade. They journey was stopped in Cairo by the Egyptian government. Members of this delegation will discuss their experiences, as well as the emerging International Coalition to End the Illegal Siege of Gaza. Speakers include Nicholas Abramson, Helaine Meisler and Maurizio Morselli. This free public event is sponsored by Middle East Crisis Response. Information, (845) 679-5301, fred@acornfilm.com, http://www.hudsontogaza.blogspot.com.
Saturday, Jan. 23, BEACON: "'Walk, Don't Ride," a play by Peter Manos celebrating Martin Luther King and Freedom Riders in Nashville and Montgomery in the 1950-'60s, will be performed 7-9 p.m. at Beacon High School, 101 Matteawan Rd. We're told that this 45-minute production has been funded by a donation from Pete Seeger, who is a Beacon resident.
Saturday, Jan. 23, ALBANY: "Juan Meléndez – 6446," a documentary about an innocent man who spent 17 years on death row, will be shown at 7:30 p.m. at the First Unitarian Universalist Society of Albany, 405 Washington Ave. We're informed: "Meléndez, a migrant farmer of Puerto Rican background raised in New York City, was unjustly accused of murder in Florida and sentenced to death for a crime he did not commit. Told by Meléndez, his mother, lawyers and friends, this personal drama illustrates the legal, political and public policy issues around the application of the death penalty in the U.S. and Puerto Rico." Free and public, sponsored by the Solidarity Committee of the Capital District, Bethlehem Neighbors for Peace, New Yorkers for Alternatives to the Death Penalty, and Upper Hudson Peace Action. Information, (518) 426-0883, dbull4@verizon.net, http://www.jflan.net/solidarity.
Sunday, Jan. 24, ROSENDALE: The film, "Freeing Silvia Baraldini" will be screened at the Rosendale Theatre, 408 Main St. at 2:30 p.m., followed by a discussion and wine and cheese reception with the filmmakers. This documentary follows the life of an Italian-American activist who spent 24 years in prison following her conviction for helping to free Black Panther Assata Shakur from prison. Sponsored by The Haitian People's Support Project and The Martin Luther King Day Planning Committee. Snow date: Jan. 31, 2:30 p.m. About the film: http://www.thinedgefilms.com/.
Monday, Jan. 25, ALBANY: A "Rally to Protect New York from Natural Gas Drilling" will be held 10:30 a.m.-12 noon in the park on the west side of State Capitol building. This will be followed 1:30-3:30 p.m. by lobbying state legislators with the message: "Tell Gov. Paterson to ditch New York’s flawed plan to drill for natural gas in the Southern Tier and Catskill regions." We're informed: "The natural gas industry is eager to drill in New York. Drilling companies propose to use a dangerous technique, called hydraulic fracturing or 'fracking,' to extract natural gas buried beneath the rock of the Marcellus and Utica Shale formations. In other parts of the country, fracking has poisoned wells and spilled toxic chemicals across landscapes." Groups involved include Environmental Advocates of New York, Sierra Club (Atlantic Chapter), Citizens Campaign for the Environment, and Catskill Mountainkeeper. Information, Roger Downs, Sierra Club at (518) 426-9144. To register, http://www.citizenscampaign.org/fracking-action-day/register.asp.
Monday, Feb. 1, OLD CHATHAM: The film, "A Man Named Pearl" will be screened at 7 p.m. at Powell House Quaker Conference and Retreat Center, 524 Pitt Hall Road off County Route 13. The film documents the topiary artist Pearl Fryar, a sharecropper's son, and his rise to fame in his field in the poorest county in South Carolina, and the hope that he gave to the people there. Sponsored by Old Chatham Quaker Meeting. Free and public. Information (518) 766-2992. Directions, http://www.oldchathamquakers.org/.
Thursday, Feb. 4, NEW PALTZ (SUNY campus): Are invasive species here to stay? Dave Strayer of the Institute of Ecosystems Studies will discuss this topic as part of the Shawangunk Ridge Biodiversity Partnership (SRBP) lecture series. This free public lecture takes place on campus at Lecture Center room 100. Campus map: http://www.newpaltz.edu/map.
Sunday, Feb. 7, NEW PALTZ: The current economic and social trauma in Puerto Rico has seen massive layoffs and demonstrations, a general strike, repression and ongoing unrest. This is the topic of a 6 p.m. talk by seasoned activist and former jailed SOA protester Rev. Luis Barrios, chair of Latin American Studies at John Jay College of Criminal Justice (CUNY). This free public event will take place at Village Hall, 25 Plattekill Ave., a block south of Main St. An optional potluck begins at 5 p.m. The sponsor is CLASP (Caribbean & Latin America Support Project). Information, (845) 255-0113.
Monday, January 18, 2010
01-18-10 Activist Newsletter
January 18, 2010, Issue #154
HUDSON VALLEY ACTIVIST NEWSLETTER
jacdon@earthlink.net, http://activistnewsletter.blogspot.com/
P.O. Box 662, New Paltz, NY 12561
—————————————————
Contents:
1. LET'S GO TO WASHINGTON FOR PEACE! — Sign up for our buses to Washington to participate in the March 20 antiwar rally and march.
2. OBAMA'S FOREIGN/MILITARY POLICY — President Obama's policy is aimed at maintaining U.S. global supremacy, as has that of every Washington government since 1945, including that of George Bush. We try to explain what's really going on.
3. SKY HIGH FOR THE CUBAN FIVE — Three Argentine men have just scaled the highest mountain in the Western Hemisphere in order to unfurl a banner inscribed, "Obama: Free the five Cuban heroes."
4. "TERROR" TRUMPS CIVIL RIGHTS — Amid incessant government terrorism warnings and the foiled effort to destroy a Detroit bound airliner, civil liberties are taking a beating in the United States.
5. AN UNEASY FEELING — "We’re escalating in Afghanistan, falling back into panic mode over an attempted act of terror, and squandering a golden opportunity to build a better society."
6. DON'T APOLOGIZE FOR DEMOCRATS — From media critic Jeff Cohen: "Don't defend Democrats when they don't deserve defending. And that certainly includes President Obama."
7. LET'S EDUCATE FOR PEACE — Antiwar activists must also become antiwar educators. We recommend a couple of books that will help.
8. TEA PARTY, MEET THE RELIGIOUS RIGHT — The old-school Christian right is trying to take over the tea-party movement.
9. HONDURAS: PRESIDENTIAL 'PEACEMAKING' — Noam Chomsky's take on Obama and the Honduras coup.
10. HONDURAS: UNCLE SAM'S SIGNATURE — The death squads are circulating once more, and Washington doesn't really seem to mind.
11. A WITCH'S CAULDRON BREWS IN YEMEN — A fast-paced geopolitical analysis from Lebanon to Syria, Saudi Arabia, Iraq, Iran, Afghanistan, Pakistan, India, and Yemen.
12. NEWS BRIEFS — Juvenile detention center abuse; U.S. still won't sign treaty to end Korean war; unemployment hits new high.
13. CLIMATE CHANGE AND CAPITALISM - 1 — Bolivia's Evo Morales tells UN environmental conference in Copenhagen: "We are here to save Mother Earth."
14. CLIMATE CHANGE AND CAPITALISM - 2 — Venezuela's Hugo Chávez tells conference: "Let’s not change the climate, let’s change the system! And consequently we will begin to save the planet."
15. "BURN" & "THE ECOLOGICAL REVOLUTION" — Check out this a 40-year-old film, and a new book — very different, very connected.
16. MORE ACCEPTANCE FOR MARIJUANA IN U.S. — The "Top 10 events in 2009 that will change the way we think about marijuana." That's cool.
17. JOURNEY TO NOWHERE — Writes columnist Gideon Levy on Israel and the Palestinians: "Here we are again: The season of negotiations is upon us, negotiations that amount to nothing."
18. SCIENTISTS BLAST MOUNTAINTOP MINING — Environmental experts want it halted.
—————————————————
1. LET'S GO TO WASHINGTON FOR PEACE!
Dear Hudson Valley Friends: We urge you to join us Saturday, March 20 — nine weeks from now — on a bus trip to Washington to join a mass rally and march for peace sponsored by most of our country's major national antiwar organizations.
The United States in engaged in armed conflicts in Afghanistan, Pakistan, Iraq, Yemen, Somalia and the Philippines. Can anyone doubt America needs a strong peace movement? It's time to revive our movement — and the place to do it is where the U.S. government and the Pentagon plan and finance their wars.
Washington is spending trillions on these wars, while its just been reported 2.8 million families received foreclosure notices last year, and that a million families actually lost their homes and were put out on the streets in 2009.
We must tell President Obama that it is time — indeed 12 months past time — to end George W. Bush's neoconservative wars! We need money for jobs, housing and education at home, not for unjust wars and violence around the world.
The Activist Newsletter and Peace and Social Progress Now are chartering comfortable buses to the nation's capital March 20 leaving from Kingston, New Paltz, and Poughkeepsie in the early hours. We will consider establishing other pickup locations farther down the Valley if groups of a dozen or more people commit to boarding at a particular location convenient to our buses. We'll eat at highway restaurants for breakfast and dinner and get home that same night.
We will be sending more information soon. We don't have a price for a few more days but the roundtrip will probably cost between $50 to $60. If we receive contributions from readers we will be able to offer discounts for students and low-income people who otherwise couldn't make it. Your generosity will determine how many can go. If you plan to make a donation for this purpose please send your contributions early so we can offer discounts up front. Make out your check to Activist Newsletter, and address it to Activist Newsletter, PO Box 662, New Paltz, NY 12561. Mark the check "donation."
If you plan travel with us, we need to hear from you very soon in order to figure out how many buses to charter and to work out the stops and other details. Send us an email to reserve a seat as soon as possible with your name, town, email and phone. Don't send checks yet. We'll get back to you about costs, locations and other details in a week or so. Don't wait until the last week , because our buses may be filled up by then — we hope!
This will be the 24th time we have organized buses to out-of-town peace demonstrations, averaging three or four charters each time, except for last year when our movement was weaker and we managed just one. We estimate that about 2,000 of our present readers are veterans of some of those bus trips. Let's do it again, friends! It takes repeated efforts to stop wars, and stop them we must. Urge your friends, family and co-workers to come with you to the big demo. Let's work together to make our peace movement stronger than ever.
Jack Smith and Donna Goodman, jacdon@earthlink.net,(845) 255-5779.
————————————————
2. OBAMA'S FOREIGN/MILITARY POLICY
A year has gone by since Sen. Barack Obama assumed the presidency, replacing George W. Bush, who was among the worst chief executives in American history.
The election of an African American to the White House is an historically positive development. And his first year in office has shown his superiority to Bush and his defeated opponent, rightist Sen. John McCain, in several areas.
At the same time, in terms of foreign/military policy, President Obama has essentially continued many of the Bush Administration's initiatives — first and foremost his predecessor's "global war on terrorism," but in other international endeavors as well.
Democrats of the political center and center right have remained uncritical of President Obama— some to the extent of keeping quiet about, or supporting, his administration's expanding wars, although they may have opposed the wars during Bush's reign.
But a number of liberal Obama supporters who identify with the party's center left are expressing serious disappointment. Center right governance, continual compromise with the right wing Republicans, and more wars are not the changes they expected from a candidate some believed to harbor progressive intentions.
In this article we will explore the first year of President Obama's foreign/military policies — a principal source of progressive dissatisfaction.
On one level, the Bush-Obama global war on terrorism, with its military moves in Afghanistan, Iraq, Pakistan, Yemen, Somalia, the Philippines and elsewhere, are aimed at defeating al-Qaeda, which claims responsibility for the attack of Sept. 11, 2001, and other organizations it deems to be "terrorist," even if their activities are confined to their own countries or in fact are not actually terrorists at all.
But on another far more important level the real objective of this endless series of wars is the attainment of geostrategic advantage against any country or bloc that potentially might undermine Washington's dominion over world affairs.
Within this strategic context the Obama government is particularly interested in five objectives: (1) Winning the Afghan war, or at least conveying the impression that the U.S. has not lost; (2) Making sure Washington's old Cold War rivals — now reconstituted as the economic powerhouse of China and resource-rich Russia — are "contained," or at least are not subverting American power; (3) keeping the European Union in tow as a junior partner; (4) insuring that Latin America and the Caribbean remain firmly within the Yankee sphere of influence; and (5) certifying that the lion's share of the world's petroleum and natural gas resources continue to accrue to the world's only military superpower.
Obama's foreign/military strategy is a continuation of policies that began in the aftermath of World War II in 1945. For the first 45 years, to 1990, the main goal was to dominate and lead the capitalist countries in a Cold War to overpower socialist and communist alternatives to capitalism. For the remaining 20 years the main goal was for the U.S. to dominate and lead all of countries of the world as the "indispensable" unipolar hegemon.
The eight years of the Bush Administration deviated from America's postwar international line, but not in its devotion to fulfilling the political system's hegemonic and militarist goals. Where Bush ruptured the continuity of traditional U.S. foreign/military policy was in the counterproductive methodology and dysfunctional risk evaluation emanating from the hubris and gross misperceptions of the neoconservative ideologists who crafted presidential decisions.
Starting unjust wars against much smaller countries hardly contradicts traditional U.S. international behavior. Indeed, it is the hallmark of such behavior. But responding to 9/11 with an amorphous, endless, and unwinnable "war on terrorism" was absurd. The subsequent attack on desperate, underdeveloped Afghanistan, and then invading already half-crippled Iraq, were disastrous errors that have cost Washington mightily in terms of treasure and reputation.
Bush announced early in his administration: (1) that the Pentagon would exercise its full spectrum military dominance, preemptively when desired, against any challenge from anywhere — and demanded worldwide allegiance to Washington's adventurism; (2) that the mission of the White House was to transform the governments of "rogue countries," "failed states," and societies that "harbored terrorists" into "democratic" subsidiaries of the U.S. government by violence if persuasion failed; (3) that other countries — especially America's NATO allies — must dance to Washington's martial music or risk being shunned or even tossed aside like a used tissue or an Old Europe.
The result of Bush' overt imperialist grab to extend Washington's global domination, coupled with rude treatment and bullying of hesitant allies, was the weakening of U.S. world power politically, militarily, and economically.
Politically, many allied nations grew more distant. Much of heretofore subordinate Latin America began to move left and to ignore Uncle Sam's orders. The Muslim world was aghast at Bush's unjust wars against two Islamic countries and 100% support for Israel. Militarily, the Pentagon's armies suffered the humiliation of being fought to a stalemate by small and poorly armed guerrilla forces in Iraq and Afghanistan. Economically during this period the U.S. became the world's greatest debtor nation, and of course it sank into a painful recession.
Regarding debt, which is often brushed aside, an article in the Dec. 29 Financial Times pointed out: "Over the next decade U.S. publicly held debt is forecast to more than double to 85% of gross domestic product — the highest rate since the second world war. And that is without including the intra-government debt in Social Security and Medicare, the government health scheme for the elderly, which would push U.S. indebtedness well above 100% of GDP during Mr. Obama’s second term. Hegemons cannot for long survive such rising indebtedness."
As President Obama entered the White House a year ago, the U.S. was still the world's only superpower and despite its debts and the recession it remained a rich and dominant country. Its share of global income remains about where it has been for decades: 22%. But America's standing in the world was greatly diminished because of its past and especially more recent policies. Also, other nations were rising, such as the BRICs (Brazil, Russia, India, China). And some previously subordinate countries were disinclined to continue playing follow the leader after Washington's neoliberal economic model caused them grave hardship and its extreme laissez faire form of capitalism sparked the present recession.
What principally props up the U.S. today is (1) its overall military power and hair-trigger willingness to use it; (2) the continuing political and organizational weakness of the European Union, a potentially powerful economic competitor and rival were it to leave Washington's orbit; (3) and China's expressed indifference to displacing the U.S. as the global hegemon. Beijing has been committed for decades to multipolarity — global leadership by several countries and blocs, not just the present unipolar superstate. Many other countries support such a reorganization.
Washington grudgingly recognizes that some form of multipolarity is unavoidable within the next decade or two at most, in which case it would certainly seize the opportunity to become "first among equals," retaining as much "leadership" as possible.
This is where Obama fits in, and we'll begin at the beginning. At 48, he is an exceptionally intelligent, self-confident and ambitious man who obviously feels comfortable wielding power. He had not even served a full first Senate term in Washington, after several years as an obscure Illinois state legislator, when he put himself forward and was selected by the power elite to seek the Democratic nomination for the presidency.
By power elite —the term coined by the great sociologist C. Wright Mills — we're speaking of that informal assemblage of corporate, financial, military, and political leaders and their intellectual minions in the U.S. who together possess hugely disproportionate influence and access to wealth. During the grueling primaries and the presidential campaign corporate and financial institutions were among Obama's biggest contributors, uniquely investing more in the Democrat this time than in his openly pro-business Republican opponent.
Obama of course was elected by the masses of American people, but it is extremely doubtful he would have been a serious candidate to begin with were it not for the backing of these powerful interests.
The elite wanted a chief executive who would (1) repair the damage Bush caused, and quickly restore U.S. dominance in world affairs; and (2) should the days of unipolarity prove short, as seems likely, manipulate the transition to multipolarity so that the United States comes out on top.
Obama made it clear in the two years before the election that his foreign/military strategy would rest upon a combination of the reliable hegemonic policies of the Democratic Clinton Administration and the "realist" international program of the Republican administration of George H. W. Bush (the First). These were the "successful" policies that existed during the dozen halcyon years before the neocon Vandals sacked Washington.
Obama won election for several reasons. The most important were that the Democratic candidate followed eight dreadful years of President Bush, and the country was in an economic recession. But equally important was the "hope for change" he cultivated in the minds of multitudes of Democrats and independents, while never specifying clearly what that "change" was supposed to be, though many voters assumed it would be progressive. That he opposed the Iraq war was a big plus, even though he voted to fund it during each of his few years in national politics. Not to be overlooked, of course, were his winning personality, and spellbinding ability as a public speaker.
Obama's first payback to his elite backers was the selection of an economic team that would not impose overly harsh regulations on the financial system. Treasury Secretary Geithner, National Economic Council Director Summers, and Federal Reserve Chairman Ben Bernanke had also supported policies that facilitated the recession but they've supposedly learned from their colossal mistakes.
The second payback was keeping Bush's Defense Secretary Robert Gates (who is also connected to Bush the First's administration) in his old job, naming pro-Iraq war Democratic Sen. Hillary Clinton Secretary of State, and retaining Gen. David Petraeus as head of Central Command. This triumvirate seems mainly responsible for the vast expansion of the Afghan war, its overlapping into Pakistan and now the extension to Yemen. With their help, Obama believes he will "win" the Afghan war (and thus a second term).
Obama's immediate task upon assuming office was to repair the Bush Administration's mishandling of relations with the rest of the world. He quickly made peace with the major U.S. allies who had been offended by the Bush regime's arrogance and unilateralism. He promised a new policy for Latin America based on equality and mutual respect. He assured the nearly 1.6 billion Muslims that America was their friend.
When these overtures were made, it seemed as though the conduct of the old foreign policy — which had served the U.S. handsomely since the mid-1940s until the neoconservative train wreck — was back on track. No more alienating our friends, and no more harebrained wars.
After a year, what does this foreign/military policy look like? It's quite similar to Bush's but without with the neocon management, so it looks better.
There has been a huge expansion of the Afghan war, increasing thrusts into Pakistan, and now Yemen's the target of Washington's bombings, pilotless drones, military aid and bribes. The war budget is more bloated than ever before. The costs of it all are astronomical, but it will be future generations of Americans — those of our children and grandchildren — who will pay big time for the imperial wars of the Bush-Obama years.
The overture to Latin America was a charade. Washington mildly criticized but facilitated the successful anti-democratic Honduran coup to prevent a reliable satellite from possibly turning toward the left in future years. Meanwhile, the Pentagon is taking over seven new military bases in Colombia, threatening adjacent Venezuela — the CIA's number one target in South America. And of course the Cold War with Cuba is as cold as ever.
The Obama Administration is still pursuing the goal of exercising hegemony over the entire oil-rich Middle East. Washington's total partiality to Israel at the expense of the Palestinian people remains unchanged. The attitude of the Democratic Congress and the Obama White house toward the suffering people of Gaza is unforgivably cruel. The White House still supports dictatorial Egypt and backward Saudi Arabia against the aspirations of their own people.
Muslims around the world welcomed Obama's Cairo speech June 4, but the good will it generated has dissipated. Efforts to destabilize Iran are continuing apace, along with threats of "killer" sanctions, and the prospect of war remains "on the table."
NATO, which is remotely controlled from Washington like a drone over western Pakistan, is still inching toward Russia, to Moscow's continuing annoyance. And by penetrating Afghanistan, the armies of the North Atlantic are situated close to the Central Asian oil and gas reserves located in several former southern republics of the late Soviet Union. NATO bases are now virtually touching western China.
Billions are being spent to convert Guam into a major U.S. base in the Pacific, undoubtedly with China in mind. In northeast Asia Obama is continuing Washington's 57-year refusal to sign a peace treaty with North Korea to officially end the Korean War — a major irritant stimulating Pyongyang's antipathy toward Washington. All the over 700 U.S. major military outposts abroad — "America's Empire of Bases," as Chalmers Johnson puts it — are remaining in place, as are the nuclear-armed missiles targeting China's cities, a push-button away from oblivion.
Despite its rhetoric about taking environmental action — a foreign policy issue of enormous importance — the Obama Administration's performance at the UN's December climate conference in Copenhagen was big on posturing but small indeed on programmatic commitments.
The Obama White House couldn't do much about Iraq because Bush made the deal with the Baghdad government to withdraw at the end of 2011. We will believe the complete withdrawal when we see it. At this stage it is likely that there will be an eventual agreement between Baghdad and Washington to prolong the Iraq occupation with a substantial number of American troops remaining indefinitely.
Progressives have every reason to be dismayed by the Obama Administration's foreign/military policy. It's essentially a continuation of the postwar policy that brought the U.S. to global power, though in a bright new wrapping. It's better than the Bush years, but that's the faintest of praise.
Barack Obama was the candidate of change, but the reality in international endeavors is small change indeed. Social commentator Glenn Greenwald remarked on this general point during an interview on Democracy Now in early January:
"It's ironic, given that the campaign was all based on changing the nature of how Washington works — [but] the central attribute of the Obama Administration is to accommodate and keep in place the same power factions that have run Washington forever, and as a result, the same mindset, the same dynamic that governs Washington in virtually every area."
Unless we Americans take a public stance against war and hegemony, and associate ourselves with the antiwar and social movements struggling for substantial change, there will be no change at all. It'll just be war after war. Maybe if Albert Einstein said this it would be more convincing. Well, he did:
"We must not conceal from ourselves that no improvement in the present depressing situation is possible without a severe struggle; for the handful of those who are really determined to do something is minute in comparison with the mass of the lukewarm and the misguided. And those who have an interest in keeping the machinery of war going are a very powerful body; they will stop at nothing to make public opinion subservient to their murderous ends."
————————————————
3. SKY HIGH FOR THE CUBAN FIVE
In a dramatic expression of support for the Cuban Five political prisoners incarcerated in the United States for the last 11 years, three Argentine men on Jan. 10 reached the top of Mt. Aconcagua — at 22,841 feet the highest peak in the Western Hemisphere — to unfurl a banner inscribed, "Obama: free the five Cuban heroes." They also waved a Free the Five flag. (See video link at end.)
The climbers, all from the province of Neuquén, were radio and TV journalist Santiago Vega, bank employee Aldo Bonavitta, and social activist Alcides Bonavitta. The Andean mountain — the tallest outside of Asia — is in Argentina close to the border with Chile.
According to the Cuban news agency ACN, "After finishing the deed, the three young men arrived euphoric at the Penitentes upper level camp on the first stop of their descent. They are expected to reach home Jan. 18.
"The purpose of the expedition was to join the world demand for the release of the five Cuban prisoners — Ramon Labañino, Gerardo Hernandez, Antonio Guerrero, Fernando Gonzalez and Rene Gonzalez."
The plight of the Cuban Five is well known throughout Latin America and much of the world, though the American people are generally ignorant of their astonishingly unjust case since positive news about Cuba or Cubans loyal to their own government is routinely distorted or omitted by the U.S. mass media.
To break the silence locally, the Activist Newsletter, Peace and Social Progress Now, and the Caribbean and Latin America Support Project conducted an informational picket line in New Paltz in September.
So who are the Cuban Five? They are anti-terrorists who have been locked up in U.S. prisons since Sept. 12, 1998.
The "crime" of these Cuban men is opposing terrorism. They joined émigré groups in Florida that had committed many past acts of terrorism against Cuba. The five monitored the groups, and when they discovered plans for a new attack on Cuba they notified authorities in Havana, who then told Washington about the plan.
But instead of moving against the terror group, the U.S. government arrested the five opponents of terrorism. They were sentenced to from 15 years to double life.
The U.S. government not only considers these five men to be terrorists but claimed on Jan. 5 that the Havana government itself was a terrorist organization — a charge that the Obama Administration well knows is a complete fabrication.
Ironically, over the years the U.S. has sponsored or covered up for numerous and well documented acts of terrorism and violence against Cuba, from the CIA invasion and hundreds of attempts to assassinate Fidel Castro to the bombing of a Cubana Airlines plane in 1976, killing all 73 people aboard. Confessed terrorists Orlando Bosch Avila and former CIA operative Luis Posada Carriles were responsible for the airline tragedy, but have been protected by the U.S. government. Bosch was even pardoned by President G. H. W. Bush.
The National Committee to Free the Cuban Five in San Francisco urges that the men be released, and requests in the interim that Washington at least allow the prisoners to receive visits from their families, which have been prohibited.
— Details about the Cuban Five case and suggestions about how to help are at http://www.freethefive.org/.
— A brief video of the climbers atop Aconcagua is at: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=crmT_3r9Gmg&NR=1
— Here's a link to a list of Cuban exile terrorist acts:
http://cuban-exile.com/doc_051-075/doc0073.html
—————————————————
4. "TERROR" TRUMPS CIVIL RIGHTS
Amid the plethora of incessant government terrorism warnings and obsessive media concentration on the young Nigerian man who bungled an attempt to destroy an airliner headed for Detroit from Amsterdam, civil liberties are taking a beating in the United States.
As a result of Umar Farouk Abdulmutallab's Christmas day misadventure (the explosive powder hidden in his underwear didn't detonate properly), the Obama Administration is overhauling its airport "watch list" to intensify surveillance of passengers boarding in 14 different countries, and expanding its use of full-body scanning machines in U.S. airports, subjecting American citizens and foreign visitors to virtual strip searches.
Further, President Obama caved in to Republican pressure and announced Jan. 5 that he will prohibit the transfer of up to 91 Yemeni prisoners held in the Guantanamo concentration camp to their homes in Yemen, including 40 to 45 already cleared but not yet released.
The actual Republican goal is to scuttle Obama Administration plans to close the detention facility, which at this point is on indefinite hold until it's decided what to do with the Yemenis. Conservative politicians opportunistically criticized the White House because Abdulmutallab was allowed to board Northwest Flight 253, which prompted Obama to cover his right flank by widening Washington's covert war in Yemen and engaging in ethnic profiling.
The rationale for preventing the prisoners from returning to Yemen is that Abdulmutallab is alleged to have received training in that country from the group al-Qaeda in the Arabian Peninsula. It is also alleged that two former "Yemeni" prisoners returned home and joined AQAP, but it turns out — according to a Jan. 7 report on the website of the Neiman Foundation for Journalism at Harvard University — that both men were actually from Saudi Arabia.
Two top U.S. civil liberties organizations — the Center for Constitutional Rights (CCR) and American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) — issued strong criticisms of the Obama Administration's actions.
The ACLU, which has argued against intrusive scanning in the past, declared Jan. 5 that "full body screening machines pose serious threats to privacy with uncertain benefits to our safety. The machines should only be used when individualized suspicion suggests they are the best method for screening specific passengers, not as an automatic procedure for all passengers.... [W]e need to act wisely, and that means not trading away our rights and liberties for ineffective policies."
Both groups deplored the order continuing the incarceration of Yemeni prisoners.
Said the ACLU: "The decision to halt all transfers of detainees to Yemen will prolong a shameful chapter in American history without making Americans any safer. Continuing to detain individuals who have been cleared for release simply because they come from a certain country is unwise, unjust and does absolutely nothing to improve our security."
Said the CCR: " Dozens of men from Yemen who have been cleared for release after extensive scrutiny by the government’s Guantanamo Review Task Force are about to be left in limbo once more due to politics, not facts. Many are about to begin their ninth year in indefinite detention. Halting the repatriation... is unconscionable. It will effectively prevent any meaningful progress towards closing Guantánamo. As we approach the eighth anniversary of Guantanamo and the president’s failed deadline for its closure, it is important to remember that the vast majority of the men at Guantánamo should never have been detained in the first place."
According to Anthony D. Romero, ACLU executive director, "We are also deeply troubled by the administration's decision to subject the citizens of 14 nations who are flying to the United States to intensified screening. Using national origin or religion as proxies for suspicion is nothing less than racial profiling. Such profiling is ineffective, unconstitutional and counter to American values. Instead of profiling, we should be focusing on evidence-based, targeted investigations based on individualized suspicion, which would be both more consistent with our values and more effective at making us safer."
The Transportation Security Administration (TSA) now requires enhanced passenger screening for all people flying from or through these countries to the U.S., including a full-body scan or body "pat-down" and a thorough investigation of carry-on luggage.
Thirteen of the countries have majority Islamic populations. They are Afghanistan, Algeria, Iran, Iraq, Lebanon, Libya, Nigeria, Pakistan, Saudi Arabia, Somalia, Sudan, Syria and Yemen.
The 14th is Cuba, which the State Department charges is a sponsor of terrorism — a vindictive, politically motivated allegation based on no evidence whatsoever. The implicit suggestion that Cuba is a transmission point for al-Qaeda operatives makes Washington look ridiculous. We surmise Cuba was included to convey the fabrication that the ruling is not entirely aimed at Muslims, which of course it is.
Associated Press notes that "While there are no direct commercial flights between Cuba and the U.S. because of the trade embargo, several companies operate charter services to take Cuban-Americans to the island. The security measures would presumably apply to such flights." Havana calls the measure "discriminatory and selective" and registered protests with the U.S. government.
Nihad Awad, executive director of the Council on American-Islamic Relations, charged the ruling amounted to "ethnic cleansing." He also declared Jan. 5 that "while singling out travelers based on religion and national origin may make some people feel safer, it only serves to alienate and stigmatize Muslims and does nothing to improve airline security."
Agence France-Press reported the same day that Nigeria's Information Minister Dora Akunyili said "It is unfair to discriminate against over 150 million [Nigerian] people because of the behavior of one person." Syria also protested, terming the measures an "unfriendly double-standard,'' indicating it might be "forced to reciprocate."
According to CNN, "150 new full-body scanning machines are set to be placed in airports across the United States .... The Transportation Security Administration ordered the scanners before the bombing attempt for up to $170,000 apiece. Plans are also in place to purchase an additional 300 units by 2012, TSA officials said."
Aside from the dreadfully intrusive aspect of such scanners, which observe the naked body beneath the clothing (supposedly distorted but not in the samples we've seen), the machines may not spot all dangerous devices and substances. According to Time magazine Jan. 5, "One of the main criticisms of the scanners, which have already been installed at 19 airports in the U.S., is that they cannot detect low-density materials such as powders, liquids, thin pieces of plastic or anything that resembles skin. Nor can they detect any explosives concealed internally. Some politicians and aviation experts have questioned whether the scanners would have detected the powder that Abdulmutallab carried."
A Jan. 4 report in The Epoch Times points out that "FlyersRights, a nonprofit advocacy group, said in a press release that canines would be more effective in detecting explosive devices on people. FlyersRights represents approximately 25,000 people. Dr. Kenneth G. Furton, professor of chemistry at Florida International University said that full body scanners are "both expensive and not proven to be able to reliably detect the explosives used in this last terrorist event." He too said canines are more effective than scanners in detecting explosives.
Britain's Daily Telegraph noted Jan. 4 that "Swabbing airline passengers and their hand luggage for chemicals is cheaper, easier and more effective than the hotly-debated use of X-ray style body scanners, according to two top former US government security officials.... Supporters of the trace detection tests say not only are they easy and quick but also cheap.... By contrast, the X-ray style scanners are expensive, raise privacy issues for some and may not pick up devices hidden in body folds and cavities."
In an indication of the extreme fear of terrorism in the U.S., despite the paucity of domestic incidents in the eight years since 9/11, USA Today reported Jan. 11 that "Air travelers strongly approve of the government's use of body scanners at the nation's airports even if the machines compromise privacy, a USA Today/Gallup poll finds.... In the poll, 78% of respondents said they approved of using the scanners, and 67% said they are comfortable being examined by one.... The survey was taken Jan. 5-6 of 542 adults who have flown at least twice in the past year."
The U.S. mass media reaction to the Northwest Flight 253 incident was breathlessly hysterical. The story, mostly without significant updating, led the network and cable news cycles for over two weeks. The White House — ever mindful that the Republicans were set to pounce at its first misstep — responded as though it was a mini-9/11. Billions more dollars will now go down the drain to "protect the Homeland."
According to the Pew Research Center's Project for Excellence in Journalism, "More than eight years after 9/11, the ability of a terror attack — even a failed one — to transform and dominate the news landscape was evident last week. With the fallout from the Christmas Day airline bombing plot as the No. 1 story, topics intertwined with terrorism accounted for more than one-third (36%)" of news programs from Jan. 4-10. At the same time, the two top domestic policy issues, the economy and health care, combined to account for 15% of the week's overall coverage.
The Obama administration's sweeping measures led African American progressive columnist Earl Ofari Hutchinson to write: "Are Muslim-only lines at airports next? The thought is offensive, disgusting, and blatantly unconstitutional. But it's hardly far-fetched."
—————————————————
5. AN UNEASY FEELING
[Editor's Note: Many of the new year editorials and opinion columns this January were surfeit with gloom about the state of American society. It's entirely justified, of course, as New York Times columnist Bob Herbert makes clear in this article, which appeared Jan. 5. We append a brief commentary at the end.
By Bob Herbert
I’m starting the new year with the sinking feeling that important opportunities are slipping from the nation’s grasp. Our collective consciousness tends to obsess indiscriminately over one or two issues — the would-be bomber on the flight into Detroit, the Tiger Woods saga — while enormous problems that should be engaged get short shrift.
Staggering numbers of Americans are still unemployed and nearly a quarter of all homeowners owe more on their mortgages than their homes are worth. Forget the false hope of modestly improving monthly job numbers. The real story right now is the entrenched suffering (with no end in sight) that has been inflicted on scores of millions of working Americans by the Great Recession and the misguided economic policies that preceded it.
As The Washington Post reported over the weekend, the entire past decade “was the worst for the U.S. economy in modern times.” There was no net job creation — none — between December 1999 and now. None!
The Post article read like a lament, a longing for the U.S. as we’d once known it: “No previous decade going back to the 1940s had job growth of less than 20 percent.”
Middle-class families in 2008 actually earned less, adjusted for inflation, than they did in 1999. The data for 2009 are not yet in, but you can just imagine what happened to those families in that nightmarish downturn. Small children over the holidays were asking Santa Claus to bring mommy or daddy a job.
One in eight Americans, and one in four children, are on food stamps. Some six million Americans, according to an article in The Times on Sunday, have said that food stamps were their only income.
This is a society in deep, deep trouble and the fixes currently in the works are in no way adequate to the enormous challenges we’re facing. For example, an end to the mantra of monthly job losses would undoubtedly be welcomed. But even if the economy manages to create a few hundred thousand new jobs a month, it would do little to haul us from the unemployment pit dug for us by the Great Recession. We need to create more than 10 million new jobs just to get us back to where we were when the recession began in December 2007.
What’s needed are big new innovative efforts to fashion an economy that creates jobs for all who want and need to work. Just getting us back in fits and starts over the next few years to where we were when the recession began should not be acceptable to anyone. We should be moving now to invest aggressively in a new, greener economy, leading the world in the development of alternative fuels, advanced transportation networks and the effort to restrain the poisoning of the planet. We should be developing an industrial policy that emphasizes the need for America to regain its manufacturing mojo, as tough as that might seem, and we need to rebuild our infrastructure.
We’re not smart as a nation. We don’t learn from the past, and we don’t plan for the future. We’ve spent a year turning ourselves inside out with arguments of every sort over health care reform only to come up with a bloated, Rube Goldberg legislative mess that protects the insurance and drug industries and does not rein in runaway health care costs.
The politicians will be back soon, trust me, screaming about the need to rein in health costs.
We keep talking about how essential it is to radically improve public education while, at the same time, we’re closing libraries and firing teachers by the tens of thousands for economic reasons.
The fault lies everywhere. The president, the Congress, the news media and the public are all to blame. Shared sacrifice is not part of anyone’s program. Politicians can’t seem to tell the difference between wasteful spending and investments in a more sustainable future. Any talk of raising taxes is considered blasphemous, but there is a constant din of empty yapping about controlling budget deficits.
Oh, yes, and we’re fighting two wars.
If America can’t change, then the current state of decline is bound to continue. You can’t have a healthy economy with so many millions of people out of work, and there is no plan now that would result in the creation of millions of new jobs any time soon.
Voters were primed at the beginning of the Obama administration for fundamental changes that would have altered the trajectory of American life for the better. Politicians of all stripes, many of them catering to the nation’s moneyed interests, fouled that up to a fare-thee-well.
Now we’re escalating in Afghanistan, falling back into panic mode over an attempted act of terror and squandering a golden opportunity to build a better society.
—
From the Activist Newsletter:
We agree with most of what Bob Herbert so powerfully expressed. He is accurate in pointing to the White House, Congress and the mass media as culpable in America's dilemma, but it is not correct that "the fault lies everywhere."
It principally reposes with a political system that is failing the needs of America's working class, lower middle and middle class and the poverty caste, plus a foreign policy based on militarism and imperialism, and an economic system that primarily serves the interests of wealth, and that — at minimum — requires a major overhaul.
This will only change when the American people bring forth a political left that can break the center right/right wing control of government that has paralyzed social progress for decades
—————————————————
6. DON'T APOLOGIZE FOR DEMOCRATS
[Editor's Note: The author is a well known media critic, and an associate professor of journalism and the director of the Park Center for Independent Media at Ithaca (N.Y.) College. During the 2008 election campaign he was a board member of Progressive Democrats of America.]
By Jeff Cohen
For the new year, let's resolve: Don't defend Democrats when they don't deserve defending. And that certainly includes President Obama.
Let's further resolve: Put principles above party and never lose our voice on human rights and social justice.
When we mute ourselves as a Democratic president pursues corporatist or militarist policies, we only encourage such policies.
If it was wrong for Bush to bail out Wall Street with virtually no controls, then it's wrong for Obama. If indefinite "preventative detention" was wrong under Bush, then it's wrong under Obama. If military occupation and deepening troop deployments were wrong under Bush, then they're wrong under Obama.
Imagine if McCain had defeated Obama in 2008 and soon tripled the number of U.S. troops in Afghanistan. I have little doubt that activists would have mobilized major opposition, denouncing the reality of more U.S. soldiers in Afghanistan and Iraq combined than even Bush had deployed.
But as Obama goes about tripling the troops in Afghanistan, with more U.S. soldiers in war zones that Bush ever had — and proposes the biggest military budget in world history — many activists have lost their voices.
When Obama's West Point speech on Afghanistan paid lip service to benchmarks and a timeline (as even Bush learned to do on Iraq), how did the once independent MoveOn react? Its leaders sent out a muted petition urging benchmarks and a timeline. The email might as well have been written by Rahm Emanuel in the West Wing.
Taking cues from the Obama White House, liberal groups went quiet on Wall Street bailouts and bonuses — thus helping rightwing teabaggers and corporate-fronts to pose as populist saviors of the middle class.
By going soft on the White House or Democratic Congressional leaders, most netroots groups have undermined genuine progressives in Congress — on issues from Iraq and Afghanistan to Wall Street and health care.
Instead of launching their health care reform efforts behind an easily-explained, cost-effective "Enhanced Medicare for All" bill co-sponsored by dozens of progressive Congress members, netroots leaders meekly made a "public option" their starting demand and pretended not to notice when Rahm Emanuel began signaling last spring that the White House had no intention of pushing for it.
Predictably, we've ended up with corporate-enrichment legislation that forcibly delivers tens of millions of customers to big insurers and Big Pharma — with almost no cost controls because of private deals cut in the White House. In the New York Times before Christmas, beneath an accurate header, "Corporate Glee," a news article asserted: "The insurance companies were probably among the merriest of industries last week.... But the drug companies were certainly joyful, too." Insurance stocks are soaring on Wall Street.
It's tragically ironic that netroots forces joined Democratic leaders in killing Medicare-for-All as an unrealistic starting demand and now are belatedly urging "kill the bill."
I'm old enough to remember that when Democrats are in majority power — controlling both ends of Pennsylvania Avenue — they are capable of horrific policies. With Lyndon Johnson in the White House, most Democrats in Congress went along with Vietnam escalation. And with President Clinton, some leading Congressional Democrats joined mostly Republicans in backing the anti-worker, anti-environmental NAFTA.
The good news — during the eras of Vietnam and NAFTA — is that large numbers of progressive activists stood fast to their principles and vocally opposed those wrong-headed Democratic policies. They didn't follow Democratic leaders over the cliff or pretend that Democratic presidents are automatically "on our side" or well-intentioned.
And back then we lacked the most awesome tool ever invented for independent grassroots mobilization: the Internet.
The Net has helped unleash a golden age for independent media — and for journalists unafraid to challenge leaders of both parties: folks like Glenn Greenwald, Jeremy Scahill, Arianna Huffington, Matt Taibbi and Amy Goodman, to name a few.
Thanks to the Internet and independent media, progressive activists are more fully and more quickly informed about national and global issues than ever. Yet many activists are poorly represented by national netroots groups that often function as appendages of the Democratic leadership.
While independent progressive media are booming on the Internet, the largest netroots political-action groups are sorely lacking in independence.
Be it resolved: In 2010, we will not apologize for indefensible Democratic policies, and we will no longer support netroots groups that fail to resist such policies.
—This article originally appeared at Commondreams.org on Dec. 30.
—————————————————
7. LET'S EDUCATE FOR PEACE
It's fairly obvious that most Americans have been misled by Washington, the mass media, and the nation's educational institutions about the true role of the United States in international affairs, particularly in the decades since the end of World War II in 1945.
We won't go into details because virtually all our readers are aware of this situation and its political consequences, not the least being a general public acquiescence to America's continual wars. At the moment the U.S. is fighting in five countries that we know about — while our antiwar movement has not yet fully recovered from its downturn of recent years.
If we are to rebuild that movement — and this is one of the most important tasks confronting progressive-thinking people these days, particularly with the March 20th Washington demonstration in mind — it is necessary not only to take part in its activities but also to help educate as many people as possible about the realities of Washington's foreign/military policies.
In addition to brushing up on the facts ourselves, we all have friends, relatives, fellow students or work mates who would benefit from possessing the knowledge most readers have to offer. Much information and literature are available from various peace organizations and on the Internet that can be distributed free for educational purposes. There also are very good books that provide a comprehensive critical analysis of U.S. foreign/military policy.
After evaluating a dozen or so books on this crucial subject we would like to recommend two outstanding volumes that have been published in the last couple of years that will make us better peace educators. Interestingly, while they objectively put forward a far reaching progressive/left critique of U.S. militarism and imperialism, each author considers himself to be somewhat conservative in outlook. As such, there are flaws from a left point of view, but not sufficient to undermine their trenchant critique.
One book is "The Limits of Power: The End of American Exceptionalism" by Andrew J. Bacevich, a writer we have quoted several times in this newsletter. The other is "The Sorrows of Empire: Militarism, Secrecy, and the End of the Republic" by Chalmers A. Johnson, some of whose articles we have referenced in the past.
Bacevich, a West Point graduate and former Army colonel, is a professor of history and international relations at Boston University. He has written several informative books that are also worth reading, including "The New American Militarism: How Americans Are Seduced by War," and "The Long War: A New History of U.S. National Security Policy Since World War II."
Johnson, a professor emeritus of the University of California, a Korean War vet, and a one-time consultant for the CIA (1967-1973), has written the "Blowback Trilogy," of which "Sorrows of Empire" is the second volume. The third volume — which you may wish to read after "Sorrows" — is "Nemesis: The Last Days of the American Republic." The first volume, also worthwhile, is titled "Blowback: The Costs and Consequences of American Empire" (2nd Edition).
Both of the books we have endorsed are available in print (and in audio book format) through the Mid-Hudson Library system, and paperback copies are relatively inexpensive as recommendations or gifts for those we try to inform.
If we think of ourselves and act as peace educators as well as antiwar activists, we will strengthen our movement at a time when it needs many more shoulders to the wheel.
—————————————————
8. TEA PARTY, MEET THE RELIGIOUS RIGHT
By Michelle Goldberg
Next month's Tea Party National Convention has been making news for the fat fee Sarah Palin is commanding — $100,000, according to many reports. But the gathering, to be held at Nashville's Opryland Hotel, is interesting for another reason as well: It marks the attempt of the old-school Christian right to take over the tea-party movement.
Speakers joining Palin include Rick Scarborough, Roy Moore, and Joseph Farah, men who are radical even by religious-right standards. Their presence shows that the tea-party movement is no longer merely populist, libertarian, or anti-government, if it ever was. It is theocratic. Indeed, after several months in which the religious right seemed lost and dispirited, it has found a way to ride the tea-party express into renewed relevance.
From the beginning, of course, there's been overlap between the tea parties and the Christian right. Both have their strongholds in the white South, and both arise out of a sense of furious dispossession, a conviction that the country that is rightfully theirs has been usurped by sinister cosmopolitan elites. They have the same favorite politicians — particularly Palin and Rep. Michele Bachmann, who is also speaking in Nashville. Glenn Beck, the media figure most associated with the tea-party movement, has a worldview deeply shaped by apocalyptic Mormonism; he is contemptuous of the idea of church-state separation and believes the United States was founded to be a Christian nation.
Nevertheless, so far, the tea-party movement has appeared as something quite distinct from the Christian right. Its rhetoric has been markedly libertarian; at its rallies and on its Web sites, one is generally more likely to see Gadsen flags than crucifixes. [The Gadsen flag is the Revolutionary War-era emblem of a rising coiled snake and the words Don't Tread on Me. Today the symbol is favored by self-described "anti-government patriots."]
Movement leaders spend much more time fulminating against taxes than against homosexuality. Many in the movement were fans of Ron Paul, whose foreign-policy isolationism is far removed from the crusading spirit popular among many religious conservatives. To people who study the right, it was easy to hear echoes of, say, The Christian Anti-Communism Crusade in the tea partiers' overheated fears of socialist tyranny. But the movement mostly kept religion in the background.
Meanwhile, as the tea-party movement grew, the Christian right was in a funk. A generation of leaders like Jerry Falwell and D. James Kennedy had died. Erstwhile up-and-comers from Ralph Reed to Ted Haggard were felled by scandal, as were political allies from Larry Craig to Mark Sanford. Shortly after Obama’s election, Focus on the Family laid off a fifth of its work force, and James Dobson later stepped down as chair. Just last month, Rod Parsley, a high-profile Pentecostal televangelist who was heavily involved in Ohio politics, issued a desperate plea to his supporters to help stave off a "demonically inspired financial attack" which threatened to bust his church's budget. (The church’s financial woes were partly caused by a $3.1 million settlement his ministry paid to a boy who was physically abused in its day-care center.)
Naturally, enterprising theocrats would look to the tea parties for salvation. And Scarborough, for one, is nothing if not enterprising. For years, the Baptist minister has been positioning himself as a next-generation Jerry Falwell or Pat Robertson. In 2002, he left his post as pastor of Pearland First Baptist Church to form Vision America, a group dedicated to organizing "patriot pastors" for political action. That year, Falwell identified him as one of the new leaders of the Christian right. The author of books like "In Defense of … Mixing Church and State" and the pithier "Liberalism Kills Kids," Scarborough spent the Bush years organizing conferences that brought together conservative Republicans with preachers and activists working for the imposition of biblical law.
The fall of Scarborough's closest political ally, the once-formidable Tom DeLay, eroded Scarborough's political influence. [DeLay, now a right wing leader, is the former GOP House minority leader who left his post in 2005 because of legal problems]. So did the broader decline of the religious right. "His group has been puttering along with a tiny budget, and he has practically no national presence," says Rob Boston, assistant director of communications for Americans United for Separation of Church and State. "His goal was to be the next Jerry Fawell, and it has not worked out. The tea-party movement could be the vehicle to give him a much-needed boost."
Roy Moore, a hero of the Christian right just a few years ago, also has much to gain by joining forces with the tea-party movement. In 2003 Moore, then-chief justice of the Alabama Supreme Court, installed a 2.6-ton granite Ten Commandments monument in the judicial building. After defying another judge's order to remove it, he was stripped of his position, a martyrdom that turned him into a conservative folk hero. But Moore's attempt to parlay his cult status into public office was a debacle; he challenged the state's governor in the Republican primary but lost overwhelmingly.
As mainstream evangelical leaders like Rick Warren and Joel Osteen cultivated a kinder, gentler image, Moore's fierce, punitive moralism came to seem like a throwback. This is a man, after all, whose judicial opinions seem to sanction the execution of gay people.
In a 2002 decision awarding custody of three children to their allegedly abusive father over their lesbian mother, he wrote that homosexuality is "abhorrent, immoral, detestable, a crime against nature, and a violation of the laws of nature and of nature's God upon which this Nation and our laws are predicated." The state, he wrote, "carries the power of the sword, that is, the power to prohibit conduct with physical penalties, such as confinement and even execution. It must use that power to prevent the subversion of children towards this lifestyle, to not encourage a criminal lifestyle."
Late last year, when Uganda's government began considering a law making homosexuality a capital crime, high-profile Christian conservatives in the United States felt compelled to speak out against it. Moore's views, then, might seem to be beyond the pale, but thanks to the tea-party convention, he'll once again have a national stage. He needs it, because he's again running for governor in 2010.
Farah, too, is a fundamentalist with little use for libertarians. (Indeed, he once wrote a column titled, "Why I Am Not a Libertarian," in which he explained, "We cannot ignore that a libertarian society devoid of God and a biblical worldview would quickly deteriorate into chaos and violence.") His Web site, WorldNetDaily, has often attacked Ron Paul for his softness on "Islamofascism."
Lately, Farah has been feuding with the Conservative Political Action Conference, or CPAC, the most influential right-wing confab in the United States — because CPAC isn't conservative enough. There are two issues at stake. First, CPAC won't let Farah hold a panel about Obama's supposedly foreign birth at its February conference, which takes place less than two weeks after the tea-party convention. Second, CPAC is accepting a co-sponsorship from GOProud, a gay conservative group. A WorldNetDaily headline from late December read, "CPAC leaving conservative roots? Censorship of Obama questions, cooperation with 'gays' cited."
Palin, of course, has also made news for snubbing CPAC, ostensibly because she objects to the financial activities of its chief organizer David Keene. The odd result of all this is to render the Tea Party National Convention the fundamentalist alternative to CPAC, a gathering that has always been immensely congenial to fundamentalists.
For those who oppose the right, all this offers cause for both hope and alarm. Neither the tea parties nor Sarah Palin are likely to expand their appeal by association with the most bellicose of religious reactionaries. Some have speculated that a third party may emerge from the Nashville convention, an outcome that can only benefit Democrats in upcoming elections. But we've now reached a point where CPAC, a conference whose co-sponsors include The John Birch Society, represents a comparatively moderate sector of the GOP. That may turn out to be bad for the Republicans, but it's even worse for America.
— Michelle Goldberg is a senior correspondent at The American Prospect. She is also the author of Kingdom Coming and The Means of Reproduction. This article was published Jan. 13 by The American Prospect, which is located at http://www.prospect.org/
— Readers may also be interested in "White Supremacists Crash Anti-Obama Tea Party" by Bill Berkowitz. It's published by Inter Press Service at http://ipsnorthamerica.net/news.php?idnews=2753.
—————————————————
9. HONDURAS: PRESIDENTIAL 'PEACEMAKING'
By Noam Chomsky
President Barack Obama separated the United States from almost all of Latin America and Europe by accepting the military coup that overthrew Honduran democracy last June.
The coup reflected a "yawning political and socioeconomic divide," The New York Times reported. For the "small upper class," Honduran President Manuel Zelaya was becoming a threat to what they call "democracy," namely, the rule of "the most powerful business and political forces in the country."
Zelaya was initiating such dangerous measures as a rise in the minimum wage in a country where 60 percent live in poverty. He had to go.
Virtually alone, the United States recognized the November elections (with Pepe Lobo the victor) held under military rule — "a great celebration of democracy," according to Hugo Llorens, Obama's ambassador.
The endorsement also preserved the use of Honduras' Palmerola air base, increasingly valuable as the U. S. military is being driven out of most of Latin America.
After the elections, Lewis Anselem, Obama's representative to the Organization of American States, instructed the backward Latin Americans that they should recognize the military coup and join the United States "in the real world, not in the world of magical realism."
Obama broke ground in supporting the military coup. The U.S. government funds the International Republican Institute and the National Democratic Institute, which are supposed to promote democracy.
The IRI regularly supports military coups to overthrow elected governments, most recently in Venezuela in 2002 and Haiti in 2004.
But the NDI has held back. In Honduras, for the first time, Obama's NDI agreed to observe the elections under military rule, unlike the OAS and the United Nations, still wandering in the world of magical realism.
Given the close connections between the Pentagon and the Honduran military, and the enormous U.S. economic leverage in the country, it would have been a simple matter for Obama to join the Latin American/European effort to protect Honduran democracy.
But Obama preferred the traditional policy.
In his history of hemispheric relations, British scholar Gordon Connell-Smith writes, "While paying lip-service to the encouragement of representative democracy in Latin America, the United States has a strong interest in just the reverse," apart from "procedural democracy, especially the holding of elections, which only too often have proved farcical."
Functioning democracy may respond to popular concerns, while "the United States has been concerned with fostering the most favorable conditions for her private overseas investment."
It takes a large dose of what has sometimes been called "intentional ignorance" not to see the facts.
Such blindness must be guarded zealously if state violence is to proceed on course — always for the good of humanity, as Obama reminded us again in his Nobel Prize address.
— From In These Times, January 5, 2010
—————————————————
10. HONDURAS: UNCLE SAM'S SIGNATURE
By Bruno Odent
Since the November 29 electoral farce, the putschist government of Honduras has been pursuing its work of normalization. No question of behaving like vulgar Pinochets from another era in Chile. The effect on international public opinion would be unacceptable. Above all, the context has become more delicate in a continent living through a changed balance of power. Hence, this desire to be discreet, to make the situation that emerged from the June golpe [coup d'état] against President Zelaya as mundane as possible. Yet, what comes naturally is returning at a gallop to bring citizens who resist to heel.
The death squads are circulating once more. A week does not go by without atrociously mutilated corpses of militants from the various democratic organizations gathered together in the Resistance Front against the Coup d'État (FRCG) being found. The mutilations prove that they were tortured before being killed. President of the Committee for the Defense of Human Rights Andres Pavon talks about a planned "wave of terror" that has already taken several dozen victims, and he accuses the government of wanting to tear apart the resistance.
They murder; they torture; they trample democracy, and one strains to hear the least official voice be raised in France, in Europe, against these exactions. Quiet, we're murdering. Why so much complacency for the putschists? Why so much media disinterest, and, in consequence, so much solicitude to go along with the process of normalization of the golpe against President Zelaya, who is still taking refuge in the Tegucigalpa Brazilian embassy? Would there be some more "politically correct" coup d'état organizers, some more "politically correct" dictators than others? The answer to these questions naturally hinges on the issue that Manuel Zelaya's eviction represents. It clearly extends well beyond the borders of little Honduras.
The president elected on a center-right ticket in November 2005 had not at that point aroused the least concern in Washington or in Western chancelleries. Except that, in the meantime, confronted with the poverty and the deterioration in the standard of living of the majority of his fellow citizens, he decided to get closer to the ALBA (Bolivarian Alternative for the peoples of Latin America) countries. In December 2008, he decreed an increase in the minimum wage to 202 euros from 126 [per month]. To the great relief of the banana plantations' agricultural workers.
To the great dismay of the U.S.-based transnational, Chiquita, a descendant of the famous United Fruit - contracting authority for every putsch that has peppered the country's modern history. Zelaya had also made an agreement with Venezuelan Hugo Chavez's Petrocaribe organization in order to reduce energy costs, thus squeezing the big American companies. Finally, in the height of "political adventurism," he came to an agreement with Cuba to import cheap generic medicines that the poorest populations of his country were so cruelly lacking.
While other countries in the region had turned to the left, the fear of a more pronounced swing by Honduras into the Latin American progressive camp became insistent. And then along came Zelaya, contemplating the convocation of a Constitutional Assembly to strengthen democracy and reinforce citizens' powers. For the Empire, that was the last straw.... Leading figures from the U.S. State Department and ex-President Bush's entourage came to give support to the putschist Micheletti, whom they are still "advising" today. Obama, after a moment of hesitation, has followed. He even upped the ante by pushing for the installation of seven United States bases in Colombia, de facto ratifying the return to Cold War logic against progressive Latin America.
— From L'Humanité (Paris) Dec. 31, 2009. Translated from French by Truthout.
————————————————
11. A WITCH'S CAULDRON BREWS IN YEMEN
[Editor's Note: An interesting account of some of the complexities in the Yemen situation — especially its uncertain relations with neighboring Saudi Arabia — occupies the last third of this article by a retired Indian ambassador to several countries and a regular contributor to Asia Times. We are printing the entire article — even though it was first published Nov. 14, over a month before Washington's December attacks on Yemen took place — because of the insightful, fast-paced geopolitical journey the author embarks upon from Lebanon to Syria, Saudi Arabia, Iraq, Iran, Afghanistan, Pakistan, India, and finally Yemen. We circulated a more recent article by this writer last week titled, "Obama's Yemeni Odyssey Targets China."]
By M. K. Bhadrakumar
Lebanon has always been the cauldron where the alchemy of the regional politics in the Middle East can be tested. The formation of the unity government in Beirut this week signifies a considerable advancement of the rapprochement between Saudi Arabia and Syria that began with the visit of King Abdullah to Damascus last month. Clearly, the Saudis have accommodated Syria's preponderant influence in Lebanese politics.
The speech on Martyr's Day in Beirut Nov. 10 by Hezbollah secretary general Hassan Nasrallah indirectly underscored that the political deal behind the unity government stemmed from a Syrian — Saudi understanding and, more important, that Iran is not party to it. He said:
"We also take positively the Syrian — Saudi summit and we were the first to reap its fruits. We look positively at any rapprochement in the region... Even more, we call for a Saudi — Iranian rapprochement to establish communication between the two countries. Let there be an Iranian initiative toward Saudi Arabia, or a Saudi Arabian initiative toward Iran."
The big question now is how far there could be a similar Syrian — Saudi collusion over Iraq, or more accurately, whether such collusion can gain traction in the critical period of transition ahead as Iraq heads for crucial parliamentary elections in another two months and the American troop withdrawal commences in 2010.
In turn, Syria has reciprocated the Saudis on an issue that poses a formidable challenge to Riyadh's interests — Yemen. It is all the more helpful for Riyadh that the Syrian statement came just a day after Tehran strongly condemned Saudi intervention in Yemen's "internal affairs." Damascus is doing very well to cash in on Saudi gratitude. The youthful Syrian President Bashar al-Assad is indeed a chip off the old block — brooding in the shadows and striking when it's real hot.
Syria merely stated one single principle (among many) in inter — state relations, saying, "Syria supports the legitimate right of the [Saudi] kingdom to defend its sovereignty and the integrity of its territory." Yet Riyadh is delighted.
As a Kuwaiti daily al-Watan succinctly put it, "The Arab states have entered the [Iran] nuclear conflict already." Afghanistan, Iraq and Yemen — three different theaters have appeared where the Saudis have moved in to challenge Iran's growing regional influence. All indications are that Yemen is increasingly taking the form of a major regional crisis and Riyadh faces an existential threat here.
First, Afghanistan. To be sure, Saudi Arabia aspires to play a key role in any reconciliation process between the U.S. and the Taliban in Afghanistan. Much of the funding for the Taliban has come from Saudi Arabia — including during the current phase of the war — and that has been evidently with a degree of connivance on the part of U.S. intelligence. The heart of the matter is that Saudi influence over a staunchly Wahhabist movement in Afghanistan has been all along considered a "strategic asset" by the U.S., ever since the inception of the Taliban movement led by Mullah Omar in 1994. [Wahhabism is the fundamentalist sect of Islam promoted by Saudi Arabia.]
The thrust of the Saudi intervention in Afghanistan in the coming phase on the pretext of reconciling the intractable Taliban will also be principally aimed at sidelining Iran's role in a future power structure in Kabul, and to that extent Riyadh will be acting in sync with U.S. (and British and Pakistani) geopolitical objectives.
All signs are that Tehran is cognizant of the U.S.-British-Saudi Pakistani game plan. Tehran can be expected to safeguard its interests as it fears that if the Saudi drive succeeds, Afghanistan will tomorrow turn into a sanctuary for Jundullah — the Sunni terrorist group that is in league with the Taliban in spearheading subversion in Iran's eastern region.
Quite clearly, Iranian statements on Afghanistan have "hardened" lately. While reiterating Tehran's support for President Hamid Karzai's government, Iranian statements have begun vociferously stressing the imperative need of a U.S. withdrawal from Afghanistan. Any hint of Iran's readiness to work with the U.S. in stabilizing Afghanistan has receded, especially after October's massive terrorist strike by Jundullah in Iran, where Tehran sees concerted U.S., British, Saudi and Pakistani collusion.
To put it mildly, there is extreme wariness in Tehran about this condominium over Afghanistan. Interestingly, Iranian Foreign Minister Manouchehr Mottaki is to visit New Delhi on Nov. 16, where the focus will be on cooperation with India in stabilizing Afghanistan. (India is obsessed with a different route than the Iranian one, namely, hitching its wagons with Uncle Sam's, if only the Barack Obama administration recognized Indian primacy in the Indian Ocean region and discarded its unsavory Pakistani baggage.)
Equally, Iraq is fast turning into a testing ground of a Saudi challenge to Iran's influence. The Saudis seem determined to whittle down Iranian influence by supporting the forces of Arab nationalism (as against "sectarianism"). It takes the vague form of support of a future Iraq that is a "civil democratic pluralistic society" that incorporates Iraqi national heritage in which religion occupies its distinctive and spiritual place (unlike in Iran). The stress is on Iraq's Iraqi identity.
There are indeed contradictions between the Saudi and Syrian stances on Iraq, and Riyadh is quite some way from empathizing with the erstwhile (Iraqi) Ba'athist ideology, but a proximity is fast developing with Damascus. The Saudis feel the urge to look beyond their earlier approach of "either/or" toward Iraq, taking into account the arrival of modern political thought in Iraq and the inevitability of majority rule in contemporary politics. Riyadh is increasingly willing to trade with the Iraqi Shi'ite groups (including personalities such as Grand Ayatollah Hussein Ismail al-Sadr) that may harbor resentment toward Iran's shadow over Iraqi politics.
The speaker of the Iranian Majlis (parliament), Ali Larijani, paid a visit to Iraq last week and met with Grand Ayatollah Ali Sistani. Iraqi Prime Minister Nuri al-Maliki has openly criticized Saudi policies as "unhelpful." Iraq has also accused Syria for harboring Ba'athist officials it says were responsible for the Oct. 25 suicide car bomb attacks in the heart of Baghdad, killing over 150 people, the deadliest terrorist attack in the past two-year period.
According to Maliki, all efforts by his government to improve relations with Riyadh have reached an "impasse." "All the signals confirm that the Saudi position is negative regarding Iraqi affairs," he said, echoing Baghdad's allegation that the Saudis are deepening sectarian divisions in Iraq by funding and supporting extremists and al-Qaeda insurgents.
In August, a group of Iraqi legislators openly accused the Saudis of employing Ba'athists and al-Qaeda terrorists to root out the Shi'ite faith in Iraq. Indeed, many of the terrorists captured in Iraq are Saudi nationals who have embarked on jihad against the perceived domination by the "apostate" Shi'ites.
Whereas the Saudis are on the offensive in Afghanistan and Iraq, they are very much on the defensive in Yemen. Like Iraq and Afghanistan, Yemen, too, has become a safe haven for al-Qaeda elements. But here the table is turned against the Saudis. The al-Qaeda elements use Yemen to make incursions into Saudi Arabia. The rebellion by the Shi'ite Houthi clan in mountainous northwest Yemen has also made the Saudi Arabia-Yemen border highly volatile. (To compound matters, there are Yemeni-Saudi border disputes waiting to be reopened.)
The Houthis lack modern weaponry, but they are strong in numbers, highly motivated and are reportedly skilled in the use of land mines. The Saudis see in the Houthi militia a potential Hezbollah-like movement based on egalitarian ideals of political justice and equity, with a highly disciplined and trained cadre that may come to inhabit Saudi borders. There is virtual paranoia in Riyadh as to how to deal with the rising specter of a Yemenese-style Hezbollah right on its borders.
The archetypal Saudi fear — which is scrupulously left unspoken due to its extreme sensitivity — is that the Houthi-dominated region of northern Yemen also borders Saudi Arabia's restive eastern province, which is Shi'ite (and oil-rich) and seething with resentment over Wahhabi intolerance.
A 32-page report by Human Rights Watch in August documented that Saudi Arabia was passing through its sharpest sectarian tensions in years. To quote the HRW director for the Middle East, Sarah Leah Whitson, "All the Saudi Shi'ites want is for their government to respect their identity and treat them equally. Yet Saudi authorities routinely treat these people with scorn and suspicion."
"The Saudi government has long regarded its Shi'ite citizens through the prism of Wahhabi dogma or state stability, branding them as unbelievers or suspecting their national loyalties." According to the HRW report, state discrimination against Saudi Shi'ites extends to realms other than religious freedom. It cites discrimination in education freedom, bias in the judiciary (with Sunni judges disqualifying Shi'ite witnesses on the basis of their religion), and exclusion from employment.
Riyadh seems to have no clue on how to respond to the boiling Yemenese cauldron, especially as the Saudi regime is in transition. Throwing traditional Saudi caution and circumspection to the wind, Riyadh has used excessive force against the Houthis, who have claimed to be subject to phosphorous bombings by Saudi aircraft. It seems King Abdullah has passed the baton to the Gen-Next in Riyadh to handle the developing situation.
According to well-informed American scholars, this new generation of Saudi princes inclined to the use of muscle power includes assistant defense minister Prince Khaled bin Sultan, (son of the ailing Crown Prince Sultan); counter-terrorism chief Prince Muhammad bin Nayef, who recently escaped an al-Qaeda strike on his life; the governor of Najran, capital of Eastern province, Prince Mishal bin Abdullah; and the local government minister, Prince Mishal bin Miteb, who is also the king's nephew.
The young Saudi authorities have a three-pronged plan: create a "buffer zone" in northern Yemen by bombing the Houthi communities that inhabit the border region to retreat; fence the 932-mile long Saudi-Yemenese border to keep the impoverished Yemenese from infiltrating; and effect a naval blockade of northern Yemen so that the Houthis cannot source arms. The efficacy of the Saudi approach is highly doubtful and it may end up only in creating a "Yemenese Hezbollah" that sooner or later taps into the Shi'ite resentment in Saudi Arabia's Eastern province.
A time bomb is ticking. In all probability, the hot-headed Saudi policies may only end up incrementally driving Yemen into a "failed state" resembling nearby Somalia. (To cap it all, the U.S. is gearing up to offer a new front in Yemen in the "war on terror.")
Saudi commentators allege that Tehran is supporting the Houthis and is hoping for a Saudi quagmire. The allegation remains to be tested as the crisis evolves. Conceivably, Tehran will feel greatly relieved if a situation emerges whereby Riyadh has no time or energy to spare to mess around with Iraq and Afghanistan — or with Jundullah.
One thing is certain. Tehran will do nothing adventurous that sullies its reputation as a "responsible" regional power. A confrontation with the U.S. is the last thing that Tehran is looking for, either. Persians have a keen sense of history and have always preferred brain over brawn. Tehran cannot be oblivious that in any case, it is well placed to garner political mileage out of excessive Saudi involvement in Yemen, which will tarnish Riyadh's regional standing and inevitably produce a Houthi (Yemenese nationalist) backlash. To call such a backlash Hezbollah or not becomes a minor detail.
Israeli army chief of staff Gabi Ashkenazi couldn't have summed it up better when he said recently in Knesset (parliament) testimony, "Iran is very radical on one hand, but on the other hand you can't say that it is an irrational country."
— Ambassador M. K. Bhadrakumar was a career diplomat in the Indian Foreign Service. His assignments included the Soviet Union, South Korea, Sri Lanka, Germany, Afghanistan, Pakistan, Uzbekistan, Kuwait and Turkey.
—————————————————
12. NEWS BRIEFS
By Nathan Rosenblum
• ABUSE IN NYS JUVENILE DETENTION SYSTEM: The conditions for young people in New York State's juvenile detention centers are so horrific that the Legal Aid Society filed a class action suit in Manhattan Federal Court Dec. 30 on behalf of some 500 youths in 10 state institutions. The suit calls for an injunction to limit the frequency and intensity of harsh physical restraining measures that have injured many of the child inmates, and other excessive punishments. The Legal Aid Society took action after two recent reports from the Department of Justice and from the state itself which describe a number of abuses by prison guards, including serious injuries. In several cases, the children were threatened with further punishment if they spoke about being abused.
In many cases, it was reported, children suffering from mental illness are kept with violent offenders. It is estimated over 50% have been diagnosed with a mental health issue, and over 30% have developmental disabilities, but treatment is inadequate. The suit also calls upon the state to require the Office of Children and Family Services, which oversees the system, to provide sufficient mental health support for the 1,000 youths in its charge, over half of whom have been convicted for misdemeanors. There are stark racial disparities in the juvenile detention system. A disproportionate 80% of the system's 1,000 inmates are African American or Latino despite the fact that the state’s juvenile population is less than half Black and Latino. About 75% are from the New York City area, but the prisons are all located upstate. For many parents it is not only a long journey but prohibitively expensive. Educational services provided in the prisons are minimal. The median age of the inmates is nearly 16, but about a third of them can only read at a third grade level.
An editorial in the New York Times Jan. 5 noted that "Gladys Carrión, New York’s reform-minded commissioner of the Office of Children and Family Services, has been calling on the state to close many of its remote, prison-style juvenile facilities and shift resources and children to therapeutic programs located in their communities." The move has been opposed by local interests upstate where prisons are counted upon to provide jobs and income to depressed communities.
In a related development, a new report from the Justice Department shows that juvenile detention centers in many parts of the United States have been the scene of widespread sexual abuse. About 12% of those youthful inmates have suffered sexual abuse, and at some institutions the rate is as high one third of all prisoners. This level of abuse, often by prison staff, is far higher than reported in state records.
• U.S. WON'T OFFICIALLY END KOREAN WAR: The Obama Administration, like previous U.S. governments since a1953 truce halted fighting Korean war, this month refused to sign a treaty with the Democratic People’s Republic of Korea (DPRK, or North Korea) officially concluding the hostilities. Theoretically the war is still continuing, 57 years after a truce was declared. The Pyongyang government has repeatedly sought a treaty all these years, since the absence of a formal end to the war means the U.S. could "legally" resume the fighting any time it desires to do so.
The U.S. has 28,500 troops permanently encamped in South Korea plus nuclear-armed submarines, missiles, and Guam-based bombers ready to attack the DPRK at a moment's notice. Washington's refusal to sign a treaty is a major reason for the communist government's continuing antipathy to the United States. During the three-year war millions of North Koreans were killed in massive attacks by U.S. bombers and the other ravages of war. In Pyongyang, every building over one story high except one was destroyed in the bombings. The north is depicted by the U.S. as warlike and threatening to South Korea, but in reality the south spends about nine times more a year on the military than does the north — even though the U.S. will aid the south in any conflict and the north stands alone.
The latest U.S. rejection of the North Korean call to sign a peace treaty evoked a statement from Washington that it is "not going to pay North Korea to come back to the six-party talks," as though signing a treaty is some kind of blackmail. According to an article the same day by Jason Ditz at antiwar.com: "Despite State Department insistences that a return to the six-party talks come before any discussion of a peace treaty, it is unclear what the talks can possibly hope to accomplish when the participants remain in a state of war, or what harm could possibly be done to them by closing the book formally on one of the bloodiest wars of the later half of the 20th century. The United States clearly has many nations with whom it does not desire 'normal' relations, but in most cases they aren’t at war with them." (The Web site of National Campaign to End the Korean War is at http://endthekoreanwar.org/index.php.)
• U.S.UNEMPLOYMENT HITS NEW HIGH: American workers lost another 85,000 jobs in December, far higher than expected, according to government reports. While unemployment is still officially at 10%, this does not include 661,000 people who were too discouraged to look for work in the month prior to the survey. In addition, it excludes large numbers of people who are underemployed, i.e., working irregularly or part-time who need a full time position to make ends meet. When all categories are included, the rate amounts to 17% of the work force. There is a major ethnic disparity concealed in the jobless figures. From the beginning of the recession, unemployment has increased by 4.9 % for white people and 6.7% for African Americans. Younger workers in their late teens have been hit exceptionally hard. Unemployment for white youth is 23%, for Latinos 34.7%, and for blacks 48.4%.
In addition, workers are unemployed for much longer periods of time during a recession, and 60% of the unemployed who are actively looking for a job do not qualify for unemployment benefits. Higher unemployment means more people without health insurance, since many workers receive this benefit through employers. The Obama administration’s solution to offer tax deductions for businesses that hire workers is widely viewed as offering little assistance. Despite record unemployment, productivity increased 9.5 in the third quarter of 2009, the highest rate in six years. This means that fewer employees are doing more work while corporations make more money. Labor costs declined by 5.2% in the third quarter, the largest decrease since record keeping began in 1948. There is increasing pressure for a government jobs program similar to New Deal agencies such as the Works Projects Administration — but the Obama Administration is having none of it.
—————————————————
13. CLIMATE CHANGE AND CAPITALISM - 1
BOLIVIA'S EVO MORALES
Two left wing presidents from Latin America — Bolivia's Evo Morales and Venezuela's Hugo Chávez — enlivened the UN Climate Change Conference in Copenhagen last month by suggesting that global warming was primarily the product of the capitalist mode of production with its driving need to exploit the Earth and its resources for private profit.
"Morales called on the world leaders to raise their ambitions radically and hold temperature increases over the next century to just 1.0 Celsius (1.8 Fahrenheit)," the British daily Guardian reported Dec. 17.
"In the most ambitious statement yet made at the climate summit, Morales demanded rich countries pay climate change reparations and proposed an international climate court of justice to prosecute countries for climate crimes. 'Our objective is to save humanity and not just half of humanity,' he said. 'We are here to save Mother Earth. Our objective is to reduce climate change to [under] 1C. [Above this] many islands will disappear and Africa will suffer a holocaust.'"
The Cuban News Agency reported the same day that Morales proposed a world referendum on climate change during his speech at what was formally termed the 15th Conference of the Parties to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change.
Speaking to the plenary of the summit, Morales said that discussing the effects of global warming and not the causes is hypocritical.
Prensa Latina news agency reports that the new initiative of the Bolivian leader includes five questions that all citizens of the world should answer to determine the steps that governments should take.
The questions suggested by Morales are the following: Should the civil society be in harmony with nature? Should the excessive consumerist habits of today’s world be changed? Should the emission of polluting gases be reduced to 1C? Should today’s huge military budgets be earmarked for the fight against climate change? And, should there be an International Court of Justice to defend Mother Earth?
Morales, the only indigenous head of state in the Americas, argued that "The real cause of climate change is the capitalist system. If we want to save the earth then we must end that economic model.
"Capitalism wants to address climate change with carbon markets. We denounce those markets and the countries which [promote them]. It’s time to stop making money from the disgrace that they have perpetrated. Let’s eradicate poverty and bring in climate justice. If capitalism resists we have to do battle with it. If we do not, then mankind, the greatest creation in the universe, will disappear." [By doing battle he was advocating political struggle.]
The remarks of Hugo Chávez follow directly below.
——————————————————
14. CLIMATE CHANGE AND CAPITALISM - 2
VENEZUELA'S HUGO CHÁVEZ
[Following are substantial excerpts from the Dec. 16 speech by President Hugo Chávez of Venezuela at the UN Climate Change Conference in Copenhagen that was attended by some 200 countries and over 100 heads of state. As he spoke, thousands of mostly youthful demonstrators were in the streets of the Danish capital demanding substantial progress in reducing the carbon emissions that are causing global warming. After several days of meetings very little progress took place — but the hopes of the world's peoples have been aroused and they are demanding action in future.]
....There is a group of countries that consider themselves superior to us in the [global] South, to us in the Third World, to us, the underdeveloped countries, or as a great friend Eduardo Galeano [the Uruguayan writer and social scientist] says, we, the crushed countries, as if a train ran over us in history....
[T]o paraphrase Karl Marx, the great Karl Marx, a spectre is haunting the streets of Copenhagen, and I think that spectre walks silently through this room, walking around among us, through the halls, out below, it rises; this is a terrible spectre almost nobody wants to mention: Capitalism is the spectre.... It’s capitalism, the people roar, out there [in the streets], hear them.
I have been reading some of the slogans painted on the streets, and I think the slogans of these youngsters, some of which I heard when I was young.... You can hear among others, "Don’t change the climate, change the system."
And I take it onboard for us. Let’s not change the climate, let’s change the system! And consequently we will begin to save the planet. Capitalism is a destructive development model that is putting an end to life; it threatens to put a definitive end to the human species.
And another slogan calls for reflection. It is very in tune with the banking crisis that swept the world and still affects it, and of how the rich northern countries gave aid to bankers and the big banks. The U.S. alone gave, well, I lost the figure, but it is astronomical, to save the banks. They say in the streets the following: "If the climate were a bank it would have been saved already."
And I think that’s true. If the climate were one of the biggest capitalist banks, the rich governments would have saved it....
The rich are destroying the planet. Do they think they can go to another when they destroy this one? Do they have plans to go to another planet? So far there is none on the horizon of the galaxy....
Current human activity exceeds the threshold of sustainability, endangering life on the planet, but also in this we are profoundly unequal.
I want to recall: The 500 million richest people [in the world],... this seven percent is responsible for 50 percent of emissions, while the poorest 50 percent accounts for only seven percent of emissions.
So it strikes me as a bit strange to put the United States and China at the same level. The United States has just [reached]... 300 million people. China has nearly five times the U.S. population. The United Status consumes more than 20 million barrels of oil a day, China only reaches 5-6 million barrels a day. You can’t ask the same of the United States and China.
There are issues to discuss, hopefully we the heads of states and governments can sit down and discuss the truth, the truth about these issues. So, Mr. President, 60 percent of the planet’s ecosystems are damaged, 20 percent of the earth’s crust is degraded, we have been impassive witnesses to deforestation, land conversion, desertification, deterioration of fresh water systems, overexploitation of marine resources, pollution and loss of biodiversity.
The overuse of the land exceeds by 30 percent the capacity to regenerate it. The planet is losing what the technicians call the ability to regulate itself; the planet is losing this. Every day more waste than can be processed is released. The survival of our species hammers in the consciousness of humanity. Despite the urgency, it has taken two years of negotiations for a second commitment period under the Kyoto Protocol, and we attend this event without any real and meaningful agreement....
The scientifically substantiated objective of reducing the emission of polluting gases and achieving an agreement on long-term cooperation clearly, today at this time, has apparently failed, for now. What is the reason? We have no doubt.
The reason is the irresponsible attitude and lack of political will from the most powerful nations on the planet. No one should feel offended, I recall the great José Gervasio Artigas when he said: “With the truth, I neither offend nor fear.” But it is actually an irresponsible attitude of positions, of reversals, of exclusions, of elitist management of a problem that belongs to everyone and that we can only solve together.
The political conservatism and selfishness of the largest consumers, of the richest countries shows high insensitivity and lack of solidarity with the poor, the hungry, and the most vulnerable to disease, to natural disasters. Mr. President, a new and single agreement is essential, applicable to absolutely unequal parties, according to the magnitude of their contributions and economic, financial and technological capabilities and based on unconditional respect for the principles contained in the Convention.
Developed countries should set binding, clear and concrete commitments for the substantial reduction of their emissions and assume obligations of financial and technological assistance to poor countries to cope with the destructive dangers of climate change. In this respect, the uniqueness of island states and least developed countries should be fully recognized.
Mr. President, climate change is not the only problem facing humanity today. Other scourges and injustices beset us, the gap between rich and poor countries has continued to grow, despite all the millennium goals, the Monterrey financing summit, at all these summits as the president of Senegal said here, revealing a great truth, there are promises and unfulfilled promises and the world continues its destructive march.
The total income of the 500 richest individuals in the world is greater than the income of the 416 million poorest people. The 2.8 billion people living in poverty on less than $2 per day, representing 40 per percent of the global population, receive only 5 percent of world income.
Today each year about 9.2 million children die before reaching their fifth year and 99.9 percent of these deaths occur in poorer countries.
Infant mortality is 47 deaths per thousand live births, but is only 5 per thousand in rich countries. Life expectancy on the planet is 67 years, in rich countries it is 79, while in some poor nations is only 40 years.
Additionally, there are 1.1 billion people without access to drinking water, 2.6 billion without sanitation services, over 800 million illiterate and 1.02 billion hungry people, that’s the global scenario.
Let’s talk about the cause, let’s not evade responsibilities, and let’s not evade the depth of this problem. The cause, undoubtedly, I return to the theme of this whole disastrous panorama, is the destructive metabolic system of capital and its embodied model: Capitalism.
Here’s a quote that I want to read briefly, from that great Brazilian liberation theologian Leonardo Boff:
"What is the cause? Ah, the cause is the dream of seeking happiness through material accumulation and of endless progress, using for this science and technology with which they can exploit without limits all the resources of the earth.... Can a finite earth support an infinite project? The thesis of capitalism, infinite development, is a destructive pattern, let’s face it."
How long, we ask from Venezuela, Mr. President, ladies and gentlemen, how long are we going to allow such injustices and inequalities? How long are we going to tolerate the current international economic order and prevailing market mechanisms? How long are we going to allow huge epidemics like HIV/AIDS to ravage entire populations? How long are we going to allow the hungry to not eat or to be able to feed their own children? How long are we going to allow millions of children to die from curable diseases? How long will we allow armed conflicts to massacre millions of innocent human beings in order for the powerful to seize the resources of other peoples?
Cease the aggressions and the wars! We the peoples of the world ask of the empires, to those who try to continue dominating the world and exploiting us. No more imperial military bases or military coups! Let’s build a more just and equitable economic and social order, let’s eradicate poverty, let’s immediately stop the high emission levels, let’s stop environmental degradation and avoid the great catastrophe of climate change, let’s integrate ourselves into the noble goal of everyone being more free and united....
Socialism, the other spectre Karl Marx spoke about, which walks here too, rather it is like a counter-spectre. Socialism, this is the direction, this is the path to save the planet, I don’t have the least doubt. Capitalism is the road to hell, to the destruction of the world. We say this from Venezuela, which because of socialism faces threats from the U.S. Empire....
[I]f the destructive nature of capitalism opposes us, let’s fight against it and make it obey us, let’s not wait idly by for the death of humanity. History calls on us to unite and to fight.
If capitalism resists, we are obliged to take up a battle against capitalism and open the way for the salvation of the human species. It’s up to us, raising the banners of Christ, Mohammed, equality, love, justice, humanity, the true and most profound humanism. If we don’t do it, the most wonderful creation of the universe, the human being, will disappear, it will disappear.
This planet is billions of years old, and this planet existed for billions of years without us, the human species, i.e. it doesn’t need us to exist. Now, without the Earth we will not exist, and we are destroying Pachamama as Evo says, as our indigenous brothers from South America say.
Finally, Mr. President, and to finish, let’s listen to Fidel Castro when he said: “One species is in danger of extinction: Humanity.” Let’s listen to Rosa Luxemburg when she said: “Socialism or Barbarism.” Let us listen to Christ the Redeemer when he said: “Blessed are the poor for theirs is the kingdom of heaven.”
Mr. President, ladies and gentlemen, we are capable of not making this Earth the tomb of humanity. Let us make this earth a heaven, a heaven of life, of peace, peace and brotherhood for all humanity, for the human species.
—————————————————
15. "BURN" & "THE ECOLOGICAL REVOLUTION"
We'd like to recommend a film, and a book. The movie's 40 years old but we just viewed it this month after reading about the plot in John Bellamy Foster's new book, "The Ecological Revolution." The film is "Burn," which takes place in the mid-1800s, stars Marlon Brando, and is directed by the Italian auteur Gillo Pontecorvo, who a few years earlier directed one of the greatest of all films, "The Battle of Algiers." You can obtain "Burn" on Netflix.
It's an extraordinary film — vaguely based on the early history of the French colonies of Guadeloupe and/or Haiti — strongly anticolonialist, but by extension also an allegory about the destruction of the environment in the process of generating superprofits. "Burn" relates to the fact that the movie's fictional colonial overlord, Portugal, virtually burned down the entire island in the 16th Century to destroy the indigenous population and replace it with African slaves.
Some 300 years after Portugal took control of the island and presided over a slave/sugar economy, English secret agent Sir William Walker (Brando) instigates a slave rebellion to bring about British control of the colony and its lucrative sugar trade. The revolt is successful, but the conniving Walker arranged for the white planter class to take over the colony. Slavery is abolished, and the blacks now become powerless and exploited sugar cane workers without any role in the government they fought to control, except as low-ranking obedient soldiers in the white man's army.
A decade after the first rebellion, the black workers revolt again. The imperialist British government sends Walker back to the island with enough British soldiers to crush the uprising in order to protect the imperial interests of the crown and the lucrative sugar industry — and the island is burned again.
As Foster writes, "To defeat [the guerrilla war] Walker orders the burning down of all the plantations on the island. When the local representative of the British sugar interests objects, Walker explains: 'That is the logic of profit.... One builds to make money, and to go on making it, or to make more sometimes it is necessary to destroy.' This, he reminds his interlocutor, is how the island 'Burn' got its name. Nature on the island had to be destroyed, so that labor can be exploited on it for hundreds of additional years."
We also commend Foster's book, an eye-opening analysis of the ecological crisis published by Monthly Review Press. He posits that "it is now widely recognized that an ecological revolution — a massive and sudden change in the relation of humanity to the Earth — is necessary." There are two main approaches.
"The first of these is best described as an eco-industrial revolution — a new industrial revolution that seeks almost entirely by technological means, such as more efficient energy systems, to create the basis for sustainable capitalist development....
"The second approach — the one I advance in this book — is that of a more radical, eco-social revolution, which draws on alternative technologies where necessary, but emphasizes the need to transform the human relation to nature and the constitution of society at its roots within the existing social relations of production. This can be accomplished only through a process of sustainable human development. This means moving decisively in the direction of egalitarian and communal forms of production, distribution, exchange, and consumption, thus breaking with the logic of the dominant social order."
—————————————————
16. MORE ACCEPTANCE FOR MARIJUANA IN U.S.
[Editor's Note: The following article describes the "Top 10 Events in 2009 That Will Change the Way We Think About Marijuana." It was written for AlterNet Jan. 1 by Paul Armentano, the deputy director of NORML (the National Organization for the Reform of Marijuana Laws).]
#1 Obama Administration: Don’t Focus On Medical Marijuana Prosecutions
United States Deputy Attorney General David Ogden issued a memorandum to federal prosecutors in October directing them to not “focus federal resources… on individuals whose actions are in clear and unambiguous compliance with existing state laws providing for the medical use of marijuana.” The directive upheld a campaign promise by President Barack Obama, who had previously pledged that he was “not going to be using Justice Department resources to try to circumvent state laws on this issue.”
#2 Public Support For Legalizing Pot Hits All-Time High
A majority of U.S. voters now support legalizing marijuana, according to a national poll of 1,004 likely voters published in December by Angus Reid. The Angus Reid Public Opinion poll results echo those of separate national polls conducted this year by Gallup, Zogby, ABC News, CBS News, Rasmussen Reports, and the California Field Poll, each of which reported greater public support for marijuana legalization than ever before.
#3 Lifetime Marijuana Use Associated With Reduced Cancer Risk
The moderate long-term use of cannabis is associated with a reduced risk of head and neck cancer, according to the results of a population-based control study published in August by the journal Cancer Prevention Research. Authors reported, “After adjusting for potential confounders (including smoking and alcohol drinking), 10 to 20 years of marijuana use was associated with a significantly reduced risk of head and neck squamous cell carcinoma.”
#4 AMA Calls For Review Of Marijuana’s Prohibitive Status
In November, the American Medical Association resolved that marijuana should longer be classified as a Schedule I prohibited substance. Drugs classified in Schedule I are defined as possessing “no currently accepted use in treatment in the United States.” In a separate action, the AMA also determined, “Results of short term controlled trials indicate that smoked cannabis reduces neuropathic pain, improves appetite and caloric intake especially in patients with reduced muscle mass, and may relieve spasticity and pain in patients with multiple sclerosis.”
#5 California: Lawmakers Hold Historic Hearing On Marijuana Legalization
State lawmakers heard testimony in October in support of taxing and regulating the commercial production and distribution of cannabis for adults age 21 and older. Additional hearings, as well as a vote on Assembly Bill 390: the Marijuana Control, Regulation, and Education Act, are scheduled for January 12, 2010.
#6 Maine Voters Approve Medical Marijuana Dispensaries Measure; Dispensaries Coming To Rhode Island, Washington, DC In 2010
Voters in November decided in favor of a statewide measure that allows for the state to license non-profit facilities to distribute medical cannabis to qualified patients. The vote marked the first time that citizens ever approved a statewide ballot proposal authorizing the creation of dispensaries. In June, Rhode Island lawmakers enacted a similar measure. In December, Congress lifted federal restrictions to allow for the DC City Council to implement provisions of a ten-year-old medical marijuana law that would allow for the use and distribution of medicinal cannabis in the District of Columbia.
#7 Oakland: Voters Approve First-In-The-Nation Medical Marijuana Business Tax
In July 80 percent of municipal voters approved Ballot Measure F, the nation’s first ever business tax on the retail sales of cannabis. The tax, which takes effect on January 1, imposes an exclusive tax for “cannabis businesses” of $18 for every $1,000 of gross receipts.
#8 Rasmussen Poll: Majority Of Americans Say Marijuana Is Safer Than Alcohol
More than half of American adults believe that alcohol is “more dangerous” than marijuana, according to the results of a national telephone poll of 1,000 likely voters published in September by Rasmussen Reports. Fifty-one percent of respondents, including a majority of women, rated the use of marijuana to be less dangerous than alcohol. Only 19 percent of those polled said that cannabis is the more dangerous of the two substances.
#9 Many Teens See Medical Cannabis As Alternative Treatment Option
Some one-third of adolescents view their use of marijuana as therapeutic rather than recreational, according to survey data published in May by the journal Substance Abuse, Treatment, Prevention and Policy. Teens most commonly reported using cannabis therapeutically to counter symptoms of depression, stress and anxiety, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), physical pain, and sleeplessness. In November several mainstream media outlets, including The New York Times and Good Morning America, featured stories on adolescents using marijuana as a medicine.
#10 Oregon NORML Opens ‘Cannabis Café,’ Media Frenzy Follows
In November Oregon NORML opened the state’s first café catering to state-authorized medical marijuana patients. Unlike conventional marijuana dispensaries that operate in states like California and Colorado, medical cannabis is not sold on the premises, nor is the primary function of the café to dispense marijuana. “This is not a medical marijuana dispensary with a café; this is a café for medical marijuana patients,” said Madeline Martinez, Oregon NORML Executive Director. The Associated Press, Reuters, USA Today, The New York Times, and Democracy Now were among the hundreds of media outlets that covered the story.
—————————————————
17. JOURNEY TO NOWHERE
[Editor's Note: This article appeared in the Dec. 30 English language edition of Haaretz, Israel's oldest and probably most influential daily newspaper. Its editorial policy is considered liberal. The author is a progressive columnist and editorial board member of the same publication.]
By Gideon Levy
Well, here we are. A new year begins at midnight, and for the Middle East, 2010 will be a year of negotiations. Peace envoys are warming up at the starting line, document writers are polishing draft agreements for the envoys, advisers are coming up with their own phraseology, pundits are piling up verbiage, photographers are aiming their cameras, and diplomats are packing their bags and sharpening their tongues.
George Mitchell will be here soon, Benjamin Netanyahu has already been to Cairo, Mahmoud Abbas is on his way. In the end there will be a summit. In Washington they'll be elated, in Europe they'll be exhilarated, the settlers will fulminate and the leftists will somnambulate. Yet another scene in the theater of the absurd, another act in the endless grotesque burlesque.
Here we are again: The season of negotiations is upon us, negotiations that amount to nothing.
Already the archives are bursting at the seams with plans and initiatives, outlines and parameters, all already thick with dust. Never before has there been so dangerous and so protracted a conflict with so many wars and so many peace plans. From the first Rogers Plan of December 1969 to the second and third Rogers plans and up to the present, it's been a horrifyingly dreary tale of sterile diplomacy, a 40-year journey to nowhere.
Everything has already been written and all the plans are amazingly similar, which isn't surprising. If you want peace, just go to one of the drawers and randomly pluck out any of the plans, it really doesn't matter which, and start implementing it. And if you want a "peace process," you're invited to join the coming festivities, including the killer hangover.
One could, for example, pull the original Rogers Plan out of the mothballs. William Rogers himself has been dead for years, but everything is right there in his plan: withdrawal to the 1967 borders, recognition, sovereignty, peace. It was Israel that rejected it. Forty years on, and we are wallowing in the exact same spot. You want to be a little more up-to-date? Take Bill Clinton's plan - everything's there too. So why start off yet again on another campaign of tortuous language? Why do all the Uzi Arads and George Mitchells have to wear themselves out?
Benjamin Netanyahu has already undergone his "historic turnabout," he's reportedly ready to discuss, certainly discuss, the '67 borders, with territory swaps and security arrangements. Even the timetable has already been set - two years, of course it's two years, it's always two years, two years more. At the end, Israel's ultimate triumph will be declared: There's no partner. Again we'll hear that the Palestinian president is "a chicken with no feathers" or that the Palestinian leaders are "a gang of terrorists," and again we'll hear that there's no one to talk to.
There is no Palestinian partner, because there is no Israeli partner who is ready to take action. The day that Israel starts acting, together with the Palestinians, the partner will be there. Even Nelson Mandela wasn't the Mandela we know until he was freed from prison and South Africa was placed in his hands. He too refused to give up armed resistance for decades, but when he was given a true opportunity, he followed a path of peace. The key was in the hands of F.W. de Clerk, not those of Mandela. Israel, too, has that key. Now that it is no longer possible to halt everything because of terrorism, since there is almost none, Israel has lost one of its best weapons. When there is terrorism, one cannot act, and when there is no terrorism, there's no reason to act. But don't worry, it will be back, if nothing happens. The experience of the disengagement won't help either, because the continued imprisonment of the Gazans means that nothing has changed in their lives.
The last person to touch the dream was Ehud Olmert. Countless "excellent" meetings with Abbas, photo ops and bold speeches in abundance. Almost courage, nearly accord, a "shelf agreement" any minute now. Meanwhile, at the edge of the shelf are two lost wars and more settlement construction. All the fine words were rendered worthless by the action on the ground. Because this is the supreme test: It doesn't matter what the Israelis say, it matters what they do.
The time for words is over. Stop negotiating, start doing. Lifting the blockade on Gaza and declaring a perpetual freeze on building in the settlements would do more than a thousand formulations. Someone who wants two states doesn't build even one more balcony. This is the litmus test of Israel's true intentions. Without taking these steps, everything else is a waste of time, the time of the negotiators and of all of us. Does Netanyahu mean to take any of these steps? That is very doubtful, troublingly so.
—————————————————
18. SCIENTISTS BLAST MOUNTAINTOP MINING
By Science Today
Based on a comprehensive analysis of the latest scientific findings and new data, a group of the nation's leading environmental scientists are calling on the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and the U.S Army Corps of Engineers to stay all new mountaintop mining permits.
In the Jan. 8 issue of the journal Science, they argue that peer-reviewed research unequivocally documents irreversible environmental impacts from this form of mining which also exposes local residents to a higher risk of serious health problems
The authors — hydrologists, ecologists and engineers — are internationally recognized scientists, including several members of the National Academy of Sciences. They argue that the U.S. should take a global leadership role on the issue, as surface mining in many developing countries is expected to grow extensively in the next decade.
"The scientific evidence of the severe environmental and human impacts from mountaintop mining is strong and irrefutable," says lead author Dr. Margaret Palmer of the University of Maryland Center for Environmental Science and University of Maryland, College Park. "Its impacts are pervasive and long lasting and there is no evidence that any mitigation practices successfully reverse the damage it causes."
In mountaintop mining, upper elevation forests are cleared and stripped of topsoil, and explosives are used to break up rocks in order to access coal buried below. Much of this rock is pushed into adjacent valleys where it buries and obliterates streams. Mountaintop mining with valley fills (MTM/VF) is widespread throughout eastern Kentucky, West Virginia, and southwestern Virginia.
In their paper, the authors outline severe environmental degradation taking place at mining sites and downstream. The practice destroys extensive tracts of deciduous forests and buries small streams that play essential roles in the overall health of entire watersheds. Waterborne contaminants enter streams that remain below valley fills and can be transported great distances into larger bodies of water.
Co-author Dr. Emily Bernhardt, of Duke University, explains that "The chemicals released into streams from valley fills contain a variety of ions and trace metals which are toxic or debilitating for many organisms, which explains why biodiversity is reduced below valley fills." The authors provide evidence that mine reclamation and mitigation practices have not prevented the contaminants from moving into downstream waters.
The authors also describe human health impacts associated with surface mining for coal in the Appalachian region, including elevated rates of mortality, lung cancer, and chronic heart, lung and kidney disease in coal producing communities.
"Over the last 30 years, there has been a global increase in surface mining, and it is now the dominant driver of land-use change in the Central Appalachian region," says Dr. Keith Eshleman also of the University of Maryland Center for Environmental Science. "We now know that surface mining has extraordinary consequences for both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems. Notwithstanding recent attempts to improve reclamation, the immense scale of mountaintop mining makes it unrealistic to think that true restoration or mitigation is possible with current techniques."
The scientists argue that regulators should no longer ignore rigorous science. "Mining permits are being issued despite the preponderance of scientific evidence that impacts are pervasive and irreversible and that mitigation cannot compensate for losses. Considering environmental impacts of MTM/VF, in combination with evidence that the health of people living in surface-mining regions of the central Appalachians may be compromised by mining activities, we conclude that MTM/VF permits should not be granted unless new methods can be subjected to rigorous peer-review and shown to remedy these problems." [Note: Just before report was issued the EPA approved a new removal permit in West Virginia.]
"Now more than ever, we need a 21st century approach to fulfilling our nation's energy needs," says Dr. Palmer. "No longer can we risk human and environmental health in our never-ending search for inexpensive energy. We need to move beyond filling valleys with mountaintop mining waste and temporarily storing fly ash in containment ponds to a modern energy production process built upon sound science, environmental safety and economic common sense."
(end)
HUDSON VALLEY ACTIVIST NEWSLETTER
jacdon@earthlink.net, http://activistnewsletter.blogspot.com/
P.O. Box 662, New Paltz, NY 12561
—————————————————
Contents:
1. LET'S GO TO WASHINGTON FOR PEACE! — Sign up for our buses to Washington to participate in the March 20 antiwar rally and march.
2. OBAMA'S FOREIGN/MILITARY POLICY — President Obama's policy is aimed at maintaining U.S. global supremacy, as has that of every Washington government since 1945, including that of George Bush. We try to explain what's really going on.
3. SKY HIGH FOR THE CUBAN FIVE — Three Argentine men have just scaled the highest mountain in the Western Hemisphere in order to unfurl a banner inscribed, "Obama: Free the five Cuban heroes."
4. "TERROR" TRUMPS CIVIL RIGHTS — Amid incessant government terrorism warnings and the foiled effort to destroy a Detroit bound airliner, civil liberties are taking a beating in the United States.
5. AN UNEASY FEELING — "We’re escalating in Afghanistan, falling back into panic mode over an attempted act of terror, and squandering a golden opportunity to build a better society."
6. DON'T APOLOGIZE FOR DEMOCRATS — From media critic Jeff Cohen: "Don't defend Democrats when they don't deserve defending. And that certainly includes President Obama."
7. LET'S EDUCATE FOR PEACE — Antiwar activists must also become antiwar educators. We recommend a couple of books that will help.
8. TEA PARTY, MEET THE RELIGIOUS RIGHT — The old-school Christian right is trying to take over the tea-party movement.
9. HONDURAS: PRESIDENTIAL 'PEACEMAKING' — Noam Chomsky's take on Obama and the Honduras coup.
10. HONDURAS: UNCLE SAM'S SIGNATURE — The death squads are circulating once more, and Washington doesn't really seem to mind.
11. A WITCH'S CAULDRON BREWS IN YEMEN — A fast-paced geopolitical analysis from Lebanon to Syria, Saudi Arabia, Iraq, Iran, Afghanistan, Pakistan, India, and Yemen.
12. NEWS BRIEFS — Juvenile detention center abuse; U.S. still won't sign treaty to end Korean war; unemployment hits new high.
13. CLIMATE CHANGE AND CAPITALISM - 1 — Bolivia's Evo Morales tells UN environmental conference in Copenhagen: "We are here to save Mother Earth."
14. CLIMATE CHANGE AND CAPITALISM - 2 — Venezuela's Hugo Chávez tells conference: "Let’s not change the climate, let’s change the system! And consequently we will begin to save the planet."
15. "BURN" & "THE ECOLOGICAL REVOLUTION" — Check out this a 40-year-old film, and a new book — very different, very connected.
16. MORE ACCEPTANCE FOR MARIJUANA IN U.S. — The "Top 10 events in 2009 that will change the way we think about marijuana." That's cool.
17. JOURNEY TO NOWHERE — Writes columnist Gideon Levy on Israel and the Palestinians: "Here we are again: The season of negotiations is upon us, negotiations that amount to nothing."
18. SCIENTISTS BLAST MOUNTAINTOP MINING — Environmental experts want it halted.
—————————————————
1. LET'S GO TO WASHINGTON FOR PEACE!
Dear Hudson Valley Friends: We urge you to join us Saturday, March 20 — nine weeks from now — on a bus trip to Washington to join a mass rally and march for peace sponsored by most of our country's major national antiwar organizations.
The United States in engaged in armed conflicts in Afghanistan, Pakistan, Iraq, Yemen, Somalia and the Philippines. Can anyone doubt America needs a strong peace movement? It's time to revive our movement — and the place to do it is where the U.S. government and the Pentagon plan and finance their wars.
Washington is spending trillions on these wars, while its just been reported 2.8 million families received foreclosure notices last year, and that a million families actually lost their homes and were put out on the streets in 2009.
We must tell President Obama that it is time — indeed 12 months past time — to end George W. Bush's neoconservative wars! We need money for jobs, housing and education at home, not for unjust wars and violence around the world.
The Activist Newsletter and Peace and Social Progress Now are chartering comfortable buses to the nation's capital March 20 leaving from Kingston, New Paltz, and Poughkeepsie in the early hours. We will consider establishing other pickup locations farther down the Valley if groups of a dozen or more people commit to boarding at a particular location convenient to our buses. We'll eat at highway restaurants for breakfast and dinner and get home that same night.
We will be sending more information soon. We don't have a price for a few more days but the roundtrip will probably cost between $50 to $60. If we receive contributions from readers we will be able to offer discounts for students and low-income people who otherwise couldn't make it. Your generosity will determine how many can go. If you plan to make a donation for this purpose please send your contributions early so we can offer discounts up front. Make out your check to Activist Newsletter, and address it to Activist Newsletter, PO Box 662, New Paltz, NY 12561. Mark the check "donation."
If you plan travel with us, we need to hear from you very soon in order to figure out how many buses to charter and to work out the stops and other details. Send us an email to reserve a seat as soon as possible with your name, town, email and phone. Don't send checks yet. We'll get back to you about costs, locations and other details in a week or so. Don't wait until the last week , because our buses may be filled up by then — we hope!
This will be the 24th time we have organized buses to out-of-town peace demonstrations, averaging three or four charters each time, except for last year when our movement was weaker and we managed just one. We estimate that about 2,000 of our present readers are veterans of some of those bus trips. Let's do it again, friends! It takes repeated efforts to stop wars, and stop them we must. Urge your friends, family and co-workers to come with you to the big demo. Let's work together to make our peace movement stronger than ever.
Jack Smith and Donna Goodman, jacdon@earthlink.net,(845) 255-5779.
————————————————
2. OBAMA'S FOREIGN/MILITARY POLICY
A year has gone by since Sen. Barack Obama assumed the presidency, replacing George W. Bush, who was among the worst chief executives in American history.
The election of an African American to the White House is an historically positive development. And his first year in office has shown his superiority to Bush and his defeated opponent, rightist Sen. John McCain, in several areas.
At the same time, in terms of foreign/military policy, President Obama has essentially continued many of the Bush Administration's initiatives — first and foremost his predecessor's "global war on terrorism," but in other international endeavors as well.
Democrats of the political center and center right have remained uncritical of President Obama— some to the extent of keeping quiet about, or supporting, his administration's expanding wars, although they may have opposed the wars during Bush's reign.
But a number of liberal Obama supporters who identify with the party's center left are expressing serious disappointment. Center right governance, continual compromise with the right wing Republicans, and more wars are not the changes they expected from a candidate some believed to harbor progressive intentions.
In this article we will explore the first year of President Obama's foreign/military policies — a principal source of progressive dissatisfaction.
On one level, the Bush-Obama global war on terrorism, with its military moves in Afghanistan, Iraq, Pakistan, Yemen, Somalia, the Philippines and elsewhere, are aimed at defeating al-Qaeda, which claims responsibility for the attack of Sept. 11, 2001, and other organizations it deems to be "terrorist," even if their activities are confined to their own countries or in fact are not actually terrorists at all.
But on another far more important level the real objective of this endless series of wars is the attainment of geostrategic advantage against any country or bloc that potentially might undermine Washington's dominion over world affairs.
Within this strategic context the Obama government is particularly interested in five objectives: (1) Winning the Afghan war, or at least conveying the impression that the U.S. has not lost; (2) Making sure Washington's old Cold War rivals — now reconstituted as the economic powerhouse of China and resource-rich Russia — are "contained," or at least are not subverting American power; (3) keeping the European Union in tow as a junior partner; (4) insuring that Latin America and the Caribbean remain firmly within the Yankee sphere of influence; and (5) certifying that the lion's share of the world's petroleum and natural gas resources continue to accrue to the world's only military superpower.
Obama's foreign/military strategy is a continuation of policies that began in the aftermath of World War II in 1945. For the first 45 years, to 1990, the main goal was to dominate and lead the capitalist countries in a Cold War to overpower socialist and communist alternatives to capitalism. For the remaining 20 years the main goal was for the U.S. to dominate and lead all of countries of the world as the "indispensable" unipolar hegemon.
The eight years of the Bush Administration deviated from America's postwar international line, but not in its devotion to fulfilling the political system's hegemonic and militarist goals. Where Bush ruptured the continuity of traditional U.S. foreign/military policy was in the counterproductive methodology and dysfunctional risk evaluation emanating from the hubris and gross misperceptions of the neoconservative ideologists who crafted presidential decisions.
Starting unjust wars against much smaller countries hardly contradicts traditional U.S. international behavior. Indeed, it is the hallmark of such behavior. But responding to 9/11 with an amorphous, endless, and unwinnable "war on terrorism" was absurd. The subsequent attack on desperate, underdeveloped Afghanistan, and then invading already half-crippled Iraq, were disastrous errors that have cost Washington mightily in terms of treasure and reputation.
Bush announced early in his administration: (1) that the Pentagon would exercise its full spectrum military dominance, preemptively when desired, against any challenge from anywhere — and demanded worldwide allegiance to Washington's adventurism; (2) that the mission of the White House was to transform the governments of "rogue countries," "failed states," and societies that "harbored terrorists" into "democratic" subsidiaries of the U.S. government by violence if persuasion failed; (3) that other countries — especially America's NATO allies — must dance to Washington's martial music or risk being shunned or even tossed aside like a used tissue or an Old Europe.
The result of Bush' overt imperialist grab to extend Washington's global domination, coupled with rude treatment and bullying of hesitant allies, was the weakening of U.S. world power politically, militarily, and economically.
Politically, many allied nations grew more distant. Much of heretofore subordinate Latin America began to move left and to ignore Uncle Sam's orders. The Muslim world was aghast at Bush's unjust wars against two Islamic countries and 100% support for Israel. Militarily, the Pentagon's armies suffered the humiliation of being fought to a stalemate by small and poorly armed guerrilla forces in Iraq and Afghanistan. Economically during this period the U.S. became the world's greatest debtor nation, and of course it sank into a painful recession.
Regarding debt, which is often brushed aside, an article in the Dec. 29 Financial Times pointed out: "Over the next decade U.S. publicly held debt is forecast to more than double to 85% of gross domestic product — the highest rate since the second world war. And that is without including the intra-government debt in Social Security and Medicare, the government health scheme for the elderly, which would push U.S. indebtedness well above 100% of GDP during Mr. Obama’s second term. Hegemons cannot for long survive such rising indebtedness."
As President Obama entered the White House a year ago, the U.S. was still the world's only superpower and despite its debts and the recession it remained a rich and dominant country. Its share of global income remains about where it has been for decades: 22%. But America's standing in the world was greatly diminished because of its past and especially more recent policies. Also, other nations were rising, such as the BRICs (Brazil, Russia, India, China). And some previously subordinate countries were disinclined to continue playing follow the leader after Washington's neoliberal economic model caused them grave hardship and its extreme laissez faire form of capitalism sparked the present recession.
What principally props up the U.S. today is (1) its overall military power and hair-trigger willingness to use it; (2) the continuing political and organizational weakness of the European Union, a potentially powerful economic competitor and rival were it to leave Washington's orbit; (3) and China's expressed indifference to displacing the U.S. as the global hegemon. Beijing has been committed for decades to multipolarity — global leadership by several countries and blocs, not just the present unipolar superstate. Many other countries support such a reorganization.
Washington grudgingly recognizes that some form of multipolarity is unavoidable within the next decade or two at most, in which case it would certainly seize the opportunity to become "first among equals," retaining as much "leadership" as possible.
This is where Obama fits in, and we'll begin at the beginning. At 48, he is an exceptionally intelligent, self-confident and ambitious man who obviously feels comfortable wielding power. He had not even served a full first Senate term in Washington, after several years as an obscure Illinois state legislator, when he put himself forward and was selected by the power elite to seek the Democratic nomination for the presidency.
By power elite —the term coined by the great sociologist C. Wright Mills — we're speaking of that informal assemblage of corporate, financial, military, and political leaders and their intellectual minions in the U.S. who together possess hugely disproportionate influence and access to wealth. During the grueling primaries and the presidential campaign corporate and financial institutions were among Obama's biggest contributors, uniquely investing more in the Democrat this time than in his openly pro-business Republican opponent.
Obama of course was elected by the masses of American people, but it is extremely doubtful he would have been a serious candidate to begin with were it not for the backing of these powerful interests.
The elite wanted a chief executive who would (1) repair the damage Bush caused, and quickly restore U.S. dominance in world affairs; and (2) should the days of unipolarity prove short, as seems likely, manipulate the transition to multipolarity so that the United States comes out on top.
Obama made it clear in the two years before the election that his foreign/military strategy would rest upon a combination of the reliable hegemonic policies of the Democratic Clinton Administration and the "realist" international program of the Republican administration of George H. W. Bush (the First). These were the "successful" policies that existed during the dozen halcyon years before the neocon Vandals sacked Washington.
Obama won election for several reasons. The most important were that the Democratic candidate followed eight dreadful years of President Bush, and the country was in an economic recession. But equally important was the "hope for change" he cultivated in the minds of multitudes of Democrats and independents, while never specifying clearly what that "change" was supposed to be, though many voters assumed it would be progressive. That he opposed the Iraq war was a big plus, even though he voted to fund it during each of his few years in national politics. Not to be overlooked, of course, were his winning personality, and spellbinding ability as a public speaker.
Obama's first payback to his elite backers was the selection of an economic team that would not impose overly harsh regulations on the financial system. Treasury Secretary Geithner, National Economic Council Director Summers, and Federal Reserve Chairman Ben Bernanke had also supported policies that facilitated the recession but they've supposedly learned from their colossal mistakes.
The second payback was keeping Bush's Defense Secretary Robert Gates (who is also connected to Bush the First's administration) in his old job, naming pro-Iraq war Democratic Sen. Hillary Clinton Secretary of State, and retaining Gen. David Petraeus as head of Central Command. This triumvirate seems mainly responsible for the vast expansion of the Afghan war, its overlapping into Pakistan and now the extension to Yemen. With their help, Obama believes he will "win" the Afghan war (and thus a second term).
Obama's immediate task upon assuming office was to repair the Bush Administration's mishandling of relations with the rest of the world. He quickly made peace with the major U.S. allies who had been offended by the Bush regime's arrogance and unilateralism. He promised a new policy for Latin America based on equality and mutual respect. He assured the nearly 1.6 billion Muslims that America was their friend.
When these overtures were made, it seemed as though the conduct of the old foreign policy — which had served the U.S. handsomely since the mid-1940s until the neoconservative train wreck — was back on track. No more alienating our friends, and no more harebrained wars.
After a year, what does this foreign/military policy look like? It's quite similar to Bush's but without with the neocon management, so it looks better.
There has been a huge expansion of the Afghan war, increasing thrusts into Pakistan, and now Yemen's the target of Washington's bombings, pilotless drones, military aid and bribes. The war budget is more bloated than ever before. The costs of it all are astronomical, but it will be future generations of Americans — those of our children and grandchildren — who will pay big time for the imperial wars of the Bush-Obama years.
The overture to Latin America was a charade. Washington mildly criticized but facilitated the successful anti-democratic Honduran coup to prevent a reliable satellite from possibly turning toward the left in future years. Meanwhile, the Pentagon is taking over seven new military bases in Colombia, threatening adjacent Venezuela — the CIA's number one target in South America. And of course the Cold War with Cuba is as cold as ever.
The Obama Administration is still pursuing the goal of exercising hegemony over the entire oil-rich Middle East. Washington's total partiality to Israel at the expense of the Palestinian people remains unchanged. The attitude of the Democratic Congress and the Obama White house toward the suffering people of Gaza is unforgivably cruel. The White House still supports dictatorial Egypt and backward Saudi Arabia against the aspirations of their own people.
Muslims around the world welcomed Obama's Cairo speech June 4, but the good will it generated has dissipated. Efforts to destabilize Iran are continuing apace, along with threats of "killer" sanctions, and the prospect of war remains "on the table."
NATO, which is remotely controlled from Washington like a drone over western Pakistan, is still inching toward Russia, to Moscow's continuing annoyance. And by penetrating Afghanistan, the armies of the North Atlantic are situated close to the Central Asian oil and gas reserves located in several former southern republics of the late Soviet Union. NATO bases are now virtually touching western China.
Billions are being spent to convert Guam into a major U.S. base in the Pacific, undoubtedly with China in mind. In northeast Asia Obama is continuing Washington's 57-year refusal to sign a peace treaty with North Korea to officially end the Korean War — a major irritant stimulating Pyongyang's antipathy toward Washington. All the over 700 U.S. major military outposts abroad — "America's Empire of Bases," as Chalmers Johnson puts it — are remaining in place, as are the nuclear-armed missiles targeting China's cities, a push-button away from oblivion.
Despite its rhetoric about taking environmental action — a foreign policy issue of enormous importance — the Obama Administration's performance at the UN's December climate conference in Copenhagen was big on posturing but small indeed on programmatic commitments.
The Obama White House couldn't do much about Iraq because Bush made the deal with the Baghdad government to withdraw at the end of 2011. We will believe the complete withdrawal when we see it. At this stage it is likely that there will be an eventual agreement between Baghdad and Washington to prolong the Iraq occupation with a substantial number of American troops remaining indefinitely.
Progressives have every reason to be dismayed by the Obama Administration's foreign/military policy. It's essentially a continuation of the postwar policy that brought the U.S. to global power, though in a bright new wrapping. It's better than the Bush years, but that's the faintest of praise.
Barack Obama was the candidate of change, but the reality in international endeavors is small change indeed. Social commentator Glenn Greenwald remarked on this general point during an interview on Democracy Now in early January:
"It's ironic, given that the campaign was all based on changing the nature of how Washington works — [but] the central attribute of the Obama Administration is to accommodate and keep in place the same power factions that have run Washington forever, and as a result, the same mindset, the same dynamic that governs Washington in virtually every area."
Unless we Americans take a public stance against war and hegemony, and associate ourselves with the antiwar and social movements struggling for substantial change, there will be no change at all. It'll just be war after war. Maybe if Albert Einstein said this it would be more convincing. Well, he did:
"We must not conceal from ourselves that no improvement in the present depressing situation is possible without a severe struggle; for the handful of those who are really determined to do something is minute in comparison with the mass of the lukewarm and the misguided. And those who have an interest in keeping the machinery of war going are a very powerful body; they will stop at nothing to make public opinion subservient to their murderous ends."
————————————————
3. SKY HIGH FOR THE CUBAN FIVE
In a dramatic expression of support for the Cuban Five political prisoners incarcerated in the United States for the last 11 years, three Argentine men on Jan. 10 reached the top of Mt. Aconcagua — at 22,841 feet the highest peak in the Western Hemisphere — to unfurl a banner inscribed, "Obama: free the five Cuban heroes." They also waved a Free the Five flag. (See video link at end.)
The climbers, all from the province of Neuquén, were radio and TV journalist Santiago Vega, bank employee Aldo Bonavitta, and social activist Alcides Bonavitta. The Andean mountain — the tallest outside of Asia — is in Argentina close to the border with Chile.
According to the Cuban news agency ACN, "After finishing the deed, the three young men arrived euphoric at the Penitentes upper level camp on the first stop of their descent. They are expected to reach home Jan. 18.
"The purpose of the expedition was to join the world demand for the release of the five Cuban prisoners — Ramon Labañino, Gerardo Hernandez, Antonio Guerrero, Fernando Gonzalez and Rene Gonzalez."
The plight of the Cuban Five is well known throughout Latin America and much of the world, though the American people are generally ignorant of their astonishingly unjust case since positive news about Cuba or Cubans loyal to their own government is routinely distorted or omitted by the U.S. mass media.
To break the silence locally, the Activist Newsletter, Peace and Social Progress Now, and the Caribbean and Latin America Support Project conducted an informational picket line in New Paltz in September.
So who are the Cuban Five? They are anti-terrorists who have been locked up in U.S. prisons since Sept. 12, 1998.
The "crime" of these Cuban men is opposing terrorism. They joined émigré groups in Florida that had committed many past acts of terrorism against Cuba. The five monitored the groups, and when they discovered plans for a new attack on Cuba they notified authorities in Havana, who then told Washington about the plan.
But instead of moving against the terror group, the U.S. government arrested the five opponents of terrorism. They were sentenced to from 15 years to double life.
The U.S. government not only considers these five men to be terrorists but claimed on Jan. 5 that the Havana government itself was a terrorist organization — a charge that the Obama Administration well knows is a complete fabrication.
Ironically, over the years the U.S. has sponsored or covered up for numerous and well documented acts of terrorism and violence against Cuba, from the CIA invasion and hundreds of attempts to assassinate Fidel Castro to the bombing of a Cubana Airlines plane in 1976, killing all 73 people aboard. Confessed terrorists Orlando Bosch Avila and former CIA operative Luis Posada Carriles were responsible for the airline tragedy, but have been protected by the U.S. government. Bosch was even pardoned by President G. H. W. Bush.
The National Committee to Free the Cuban Five in San Francisco urges that the men be released, and requests in the interim that Washington at least allow the prisoners to receive visits from their families, which have been prohibited.
— Details about the Cuban Five case and suggestions about how to help are at http://www.freethefive.org/.
— A brief video of the climbers atop Aconcagua is at: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=crmT_3r9Gmg&NR=1
— Here's a link to a list of Cuban exile terrorist acts:
http://cuban-exile.com/doc_051-075/doc0073.html
—————————————————
4. "TERROR" TRUMPS CIVIL RIGHTS
Amid the plethora of incessant government terrorism warnings and obsessive media concentration on the young Nigerian man who bungled an attempt to destroy an airliner headed for Detroit from Amsterdam, civil liberties are taking a beating in the United States.
As a result of Umar Farouk Abdulmutallab's Christmas day misadventure (the explosive powder hidden in his underwear didn't detonate properly), the Obama Administration is overhauling its airport "watch list" to intensify surveillance of passengers boarding in 14 different countries, and expanding its use of full-body scanning machines in U.S. airports, subjecting American citizens and foreign visitors to virtual strip searches.
Further, President Obama caved in to Republican pressure and announced Jan. 5 that he will prohibit the transfer of up to 91 Yemeni prisoners held in the Guantanamo concentration camp to their homes in Yemen, including 40 to 45 already cleared but not yet released.
The actual Republican goal is to scuttle Obama Administration plans to close the detention facility, which at this point is on indefinite hold until it's decided what to do with the Yemenis. Conservative politicians opportunistically criticized the White House because Abdulmutallab was allowed to board Northwest Flight 253, which prompted Obama to cover his right flank by widening Washington's covert war in Yemen and engaging in ethnic profiling.
The rationale for preventing the prisoners from returning to Yemen is that Abdulmutallab is alleged to have received training in that country from the group al-Qaeda in the Arabian Peninsula. It is also alleged that two former "Yemeni" prisoners returned home and joined AQAP, but it turns out — according to a Jan. 7 report on the website of the Neiman Foundation for Journalism at Harvard University — that both men were actually from Saudi Arabia.
Two top U.S. civil liberties organizations — the Center for Constitutional Rights (CCR) and American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) — issued strong criticisms of the Obama Administration's actions.
The ACLU, which has argued against intrusive scanning in the past, declared Jan. 5 that "full body screening machines pose serious threats to privacy with uncertain benefits to our safety. The machines should only be used when individualized suspicion suggests they are the best method for screening specific passengers, not as an automatic procedure for all passengers.... [W]e need to act wisely, and that means not trading away our rights and liberties for ineffective policies."
Both groups deplored the order continuing the incarceration of Yemeni prisoners.
Said the ACLU: "The decision to halt all transfers of detainees to Yemen will prolong a shameful chapter in American history without making Americans any safer. Continuing to detain individuals who have been cleared for release simply because they come from a certain country is unwise, unjust and does absolutely nothing to improve our security."
Said the CCR: " Dozens of men from Yemen who have been cleared for release after extensive scrutiny by the government’s Guantanamo Review Task Force are about to be left in limbo once more due to politics, not facts. Many are about to begin their ninth year in indefinite detention. Halting the repatriation... is unconscionable. It will effectively prevent any meaningful progress towards closing Guantánamo. As we approach the eighth anniversary of Guantanamo and the president’s failed deadline for its closure, it is important to remember that the vast majority of the men at Guantánamo should never have been detained in the first place."
According to Anthony D. Romero, ACLU executive director, "We are also deeply troubled by the administration's decision to subject the citizens of 14 nations who are flying to the United States to intensified screening. Using national origin or religion as proxies for suspicion is nothing less than racial profiling. Such profiling is ineffective, unconstitutional and counter to American values. Instead of profiling, we should be focusing on evidence-based, targeted investigations based on individualized suspicion, which would be both more consistent with our values and more effective at making us safer."
The Transportation Security Administration (TSA) now requires enhanced passenger screening for all people flying from or through these countries to the U.S., including a full-body scan or body "pat-down" and a thorough investigation of carry-on luggage.
Thirteen of the countries have majority Islamic populations. They are Afghanistan, Algeria, Iran, Iraq, Lebanon, Libya, Nigeria, Pakistan, Saudi Arabia, Somalia, Sudan, Syria and Yemen.
The 14th is Cuba, which the State Department charges is a sponsor of terrorism — a vindictive, politically motivated allegation based on no evidence whatsoever. The implicit suggestion that Cuba is a transmission point for al-Qaeda operatives makes Washington look ridiculous. We surmise Cuba was included to convey the fabrication that the ruling is not entirely aimed at Muslims, which of course it is.
Associated Press notes that "While there are no direct commercial flights between Cuba and the U.S. because of the trade embargo, several companies operate charter services to take Cuban-Americans to the island. The security measures would presumably apply to such flights." Havana calls the measure "discriminatory and selective" and registered protests with the U.S. government.
Nihad Awad, executive director of the Council on American-Islamic Relations, charged the ruling amounted to "ethnic cleansing." He also declared Jan. 5 that "while singling out travelers based on religion and national origin may make some people feel safer, it only serves to alienate and stigmatize Muslims and does nothing to improve airline security."
Agence France-Press reported the same day that Nigeria's Information Minister Dora Akunyili said "It is unfair to discriminate against over 150 million [Nigerian] people because of the behavior of one person." Syria also protested, terming the measures an "unfriendly double-standard,'' indicating it might be "forced to reciprocate."
According to CNN, "150 new full-body scanning machines are set to be placed in airports across the United States .... The Transportation Security Administration ordered the scanners before the bombing attempt for up to $170,000 apiece. Plans are also in place to purchase an additional 300 units by 2012, TSA officials said."
Aside from the dreadfully intrusive aspect of such scanners, which observe the naked body beneath the clothing (supposedly distorted but not in the samples we've seen), the machines may not spot all dangerous devices and substances. According to Time magazine Jan. 5, "One of the main criticisms of the scanners, which have already been installed at 19 airports in the U.S., is that they cannot detect low-density materials such as powders, liquids, thin pieces of plastic or anything that resembles skin. Nor can they detect any explosives concealed internally. Some politicians and aviation experts have questioned whether the scanners would have detected the powder that Abdulmutallab carried."
A Jan. 4 report in The Epoch Times points out that "FlyersRights, a nonprofit advocacy group, said in a press release that canines would be more effective in detecting explosive devices on people. FlyersRights represents approximately 25,000 people. Dr. Kenneth G. Furton, professor of chemistry at Florida International University said that full body scanners are "both expensive and not proven to be able to reliably detect the explosives used in this last terrorist event." He too said canines are more effective than scanners in detecting explosives.
Britain's Daily Telegraph noted Jan. 4 that "Swabbing airline passengers and their hand luggage for chemicals is cheaper, easier and more effective than the hotly-debated use of X-ray style body scanners, according to two top former US government security officials.... Supporters of the trace detection tests say not only are they easy and quick but also cheap.... By contrast, the X-ray style scanners are expensive, raise privacy issues for some and may not pick up devices hidden in body folds and cavities."
In an indication of the extreme fear of terrorism in the U.S., despite the paucity of domestic incidents in the eight years since 9/11, USA Today reported Jan. 11 that "Air travelers strongly approve of the government's use of body scanners at the nation's airports even if the machines compromise privacy, a USA Today/Gallup poll finds.... In the poll, 78% of respondents said they approved of using the scanners, and 67% said they are comfortable being examined by one.... The survey was taken Jan. 5-6 of 542 adults who have flown at least twice in the past year."
The U.S. mass media reaction to the Northwest Flight 253 incident was breathlessly hysterical. The story, mostly without significant updating, led the network and cable news cycles for over two weeks. The White House — ever mindful that the Republicans were set to pounce at its first misstep — responded as though it was a mini-9/11. Billions more dollars will now go down the drain to "protect the Homeland."
According to the Pew Research Center's Project for Excellence in Journalism, "More than eight years after 9/11, the ability of a terror attack — even a failed one — to transform and dominate the news landscape was evident last week. With the fallout from the Christmas Day airline bombing plot as the No. 1 story, topics intertwined with terrorism accounted for more than one-third (36%)" of news programs from Jan. 4-10. At the same time, the two top domestic policy issues, the economy and health care, combined to account for 15% of the week's overall coverage.
The Obama administration's sweeping measures led African American progressive columnist Earl Ofari Hutchinson to write: "Are Muslim-only lines at airports next? The thought is offensive, disgusting, and blatantly unconstitutional. But it's hardly far-fetched."
—————————————————
5. AN UNEASY FEELING
[Editor's Note: Many of the new year editorials and opinion columns this January were surfeit with gloom about the state of American society. It's entirely justified, of course, as New York Times columnist Bob Herbert makes clear in this article, which appeared Jan. 5. We append a brief commentary at the end.
By Bob Herbert
I’m starting the new year with the sinking feeling that important opportunities are slipping from the nation’s grasp. Our collective consciousness tends to obsess indiscriminately over one or two issues — the would-be bomber on the flight into Detroit, the Tiger Woods saga — while enormous problems that should be engaged get short shrift.
Staggering numbers of Americans are still unemployed and nearly a quarter of all homeowners owe more on their mortgages than their homes are worth. Forget the false hope of modestly improving monthly job numbers. The real story right now is the entrenched suffering (with no end in sight) that has been inflicted on scores of millions of working Americans by the Great Recession and the misguided economic policies that preceded it.
As The Washington Post reported over the weekend, the entire past decade “was the worst for the U.S. economy in modern times.” There was no net job creation — none — between December 1999 and now. None!
The Post article read like a lament, a longing for the U.S. as we’d once known it: “No previous decade going back to the 1940s had job growth of less than 20 percent.”
Middle-class families in 2008 actually earned less, adjusted for inflation, than they did in 1999. The data for 2009 are not yet in, but you can just imagine what happened to those families in that nightmarish downturn. Small children over the holidays were asking Santa Claus to bring mommy or daddy a job.
One in eight Americans, and one in four children, are on food stamps. Some six million Americans, according to an article in The Times on Sunday, have said that food stamps were their only income.
This is a society in deep, deep trouble and the fixes currently in the works are in no way adequate to the enormous challenges we’re facing. For example, an end to the mantra of monthly job losses would undoubtedly be welcomed. But even if the economy manages to create a few hundred thousand new jobs a month, it would do little to haul us from the unemployment pit dug for us by the Great Recession. We need to create more than 10 million new jobs just to get us back to where we were when the recession began in December 2007.
What’s needed are big new innovative efforts to fashion an economy that creates jobs for all who want and need to work. Just getting us back in fits and starts over the next few years to where we were when the recession began should not be acceptable to anyone. We should be moving now to invest aggressively in a new, greener economy, leading the world in the development of alternative fuels, advanced transportation networks and the effort to restrain the poisoning of the planet. We should be developing an industrial policy that emphasizes the need for America to regain its manufacturing mojo, as tough as that might seem, and we need to rebuild our infrastructure.
We’re not smart as a nation. We don’t learn from the past, and we don’t plan for the future. We’ve spent a year turning ourselves inside out with arguments of every sort over health care reform only to come up with a bloated, Rube Goldberg legislative mess that protects the insurance and drug industries and does not rein in runaway health care costs.
The politicians will be back soon, trust me, screaming about the need to rein in health costs.
We keep talking about how essential it is to radically improve public education while, at the same time, we’re closing libraries and firing teachers by the tens of thousands for economic reasons.
The fault lies everywhere. The president, the Congress, the news media and the public are all to blame. Shared sacrifice is not part of anyone’s program. Politicians can’t seem to tell the difference between wasteful spending and investments in a more sustainable future. Any talk of raising taxes is considered blasphemous, but there is a constant din of empty yapping about controlling budget deficits.
Oh, yes, and we’re fighting two wars.
If America can’t change, then the current state of decline is bound to continue. You can’t have a healthy economy with so many millions of people out of work, and there is no plan now that would result in the creation of millions of new jobs any time soon.
Voters were primed at the beginning of the Obama administration for fundamental changes that would have altered the trajectory of American life for the better. Politicians of all stripes, many of them catering to the nation’s moneyed interests, fouled that up to a fare-thee-well.
Now we’re escalating in Afghanistan, falling back into panic mode over an attempted act of terror and squandering a golden opportunity to build a better society.
—
From the Activist Newsletter:
We agree with most of what Bob Herbert so powerfully expressed. He is accurate in pointing to the White House, Congress and the mass media as culpable in America's dilemma, but it is not correct that "the fault lies everywhere."
It principally reposes with a political system that is failing the needs of America's working class, lower middle and middle class and the poverty caste, plus a foreign policy based on militarism and imperialism, and an economic system that primarily serves the interests of wealth, and that — at minimum — requires a major overhaul.
This will only change when the American people bring forth a political left that can break the center right/right wing control of government that has paralyzed social progress for decades
—————————————————
6. DON'T APOLOGIZE FOR DEMOCRATS
[Editor's Note: The author is a well known media critic, and an associate professor of journalism and the director of the Park Center for Independent Media at Ithaca (N.Y.) College. During the 2008 election campaign he was a board member of Progressive Democrats of America.]
By Jeff Cohen
For the new year, let's resolve: Don't defend Democrats when they don't deserve defending. And that certainly includes President Obama.
Let's further resolve: Put principles above party and never lose our voice on human rights and social justice.
When we mute ourselves as a Democratic president pursues corporatist or militarist policies, we only encourage such policies.
If it was wrong for Bush to bail out Wall Street with virtually no controls, then it's wrong for Obama. If indefinite "preventative detention" was wrong under Bush, then it's wrong under Obama. If military occupation and deepening troop deployments were wrong under Bush, then they're wrong under Obama.
Imagine if McCain had defeated Obama in 2008 and soon tripled the number of U.S. troops in Afghanistan. I have little doubt that activists would have mobilized major opposition, denouncing the reality of more U.S. soldiers in Afghanistan and Iraq combined than even Bush had deployed.
But as Obama goes about tripling the troops in Afghanistan, with more U.S. soldiers in war zones that Bush ever had — and proposes the biggest military budget in world history — many activists have lost their voices.
When Obama's West Point speech on Afghanistan paid lip service to benchmarks and a timeline (as even Bush learned to do on Iraq), how did the once independent MoveOn react? Its leaders sent out a muted petition urging benchmarks and a timeline. The email might as well have been written by Rahm Emanuel in the West Wing.
Taking cues from the Obama White House, liberal groups went quiet on Wall Street bailouts and bonuses — thus helping rightwing teabaggers and corporate-fronts to pose as populist saviors of the middle class.
By going soft on the White House or Democratic Congressional leaders, most netroots groups have undermined genuine progressives in Congress — on issues from Iraq and Afghanistan to Wall Street and health care.
Instead of launching their health care reform efforts behind an easily-explained, cost-effective "Enhanced Medicare for All" bill co-sponsored by dozens of progressive Congress members, netroots leaders meekly made a "public option" their starting demand and pretended not to notice when Rahm Emanuel began signaling last spring that the White House had no intention of pushing for it.
Predictably, we've ended up with corporate-enrichment legislation that forcibly delivers tens of millions of customers to big insurers and Big Pharma — with almost no cost controls because of private deals cut in the White House. In the New York Times before Christmas, beneath an accurate header, "Corporate Glee," a news article asserted: "The insurance companies were probably among the merriest of industries last week.... But the drug companies were certainly joyful, too." Insurance stocks are soaring on Wall Street.
It's tragically ironic that netroots forces joined Democratic leaders in killing Medicare-for-All as an unrealistic starting demand and now are belatedly urging "kill the bill."
I'm old enough to remember that when Democrats are in majority power — controlling both ends of Pennsylvania Avenue — they are capable of horrific policies. With Lyndon Johnson in the White House, most Democrats in Congress went along with Vietnam escalation. And with President Clinton, some leading Congressional Democrats joined mostly Republicans in backing the anti-worker, anti-environmental NAFTA.
The good news — during the eras of Vietnam and NAFTA — is that large numbers of progressive activists stood fast to their principles and vocally opposed those wrong-headed Democratic policies. They didn't follow Democratic leaders over the cliff or pretend that Democratic presidents are automatically "on our side" or well-intentioned.
And back then we lacked the most awesome tool ever invented for independent grassroots mobilization: the Internet.
The Net has helped unleash a golden age for independent media — and for journalists unafraid to challenge leaders of both parties: folks like Glenn Greenwald, Jeremy Scahill, Arianna Huffington, Matt Taibbi and Amy Goodman, to name a few.
Thanks to the Internet and independent media, progressive activists are more fully and more quickly informed about national and global issues than ever. Yet many activists are poorly represented by national netroots groups that often function as appendages of the Democratic leadership.
While independent progressive media are booming on the Internet, the largest netroots political-action groups are sorely lacking in independence.
Be it resolved: In 2010, we will not apologize for indefensible Democratic policies, and we will no longer support netroots groups that fail to resist such policies.
—This article originally appeared at Commondreams.org on Dec. 30.
—————————————————
7. LET'S EDUCATE FOR PEACE
It's fairly obvious that most Americans have been misled by Washington, the mass media, and the nation's educational institutions about the true role of the United States in international affairs, particularly in the decades since the end of World War II in 1945.
We won't go into details because virtually all our readers are aware of this situation and its political consequences, not the least being a general public acquiescence to America's continual wars. At the moment the U.S. is fighting in five countries that we know about — while our antiwar movement has not yet fully recovered from its downturn of recent years.
If we are to rebuild that movement — and this is one of the most important tasks confronting progressive-thinking people these days, particularly with the March 20th Washington demonstration in mind — it is necessary not only to take part in its activities but also to help educate as many people as possible about the realities of Washington's foreign/military policies.
In addition to brushing up on the facts ourselves, we all have friends, relatives, fellow students or work mates who would benefit from possessing the knowledge most readers have to offer. Much information and literature are available from various peace organizations and on the Internet that can be distributed free for educational purposes. There also are very good books that provide a comprehensive critical analysis of U.S. foreign/military policy.
After evaluating a dozen or so books on this crucial subject we would like to recommend two outstanding volumes that have been published in the last couple of years that will make us better peace educators. Interestingly, while they objectively put forward a far reaching progressive/left critique of U.S. militarism and imperialism, each author considers himself to be somewhat conservative in outlook. As such, there are flaws from a left point of view, but not sufficient to undermine their trenchant critique.
One book is "The Limits of Power: The End of American Exceptionalism" by Andrew J. Bacevich, a writer we have quoted several times in this newsletter. The other is "The Sorrows of Empire: Militarism, Secrecy, and the End of the Republic" by Chalmers A. Johnson, some of whose articles we have referenced in the past.
Bacevich, a West Point graduate and former Army colonel, is a professor of history and international relations at Boston University. He has written several informative books that are also worth reading, including "The New American Militarism: How Americans Are Seduced by War," and "The Long War: A New History of U.S. National Security Policy Since World War II."
Johnson, a professor emeritus of the University of California, a Korean War vet, and a one-time consultant for the CIA (1967-1973), has written the "Blowback Trilogy," of which "Sorrows of Empire" is the second volume. The third volume — which you may wish to read after "Sorrows" — is "Nemesis: The Last Days of the American Republic." The first volume, also worthwhile, is titled "Blowback: The Costs and Consequences of American Empire" (2nd Edition).
Both of the books we have endorsed are available in print (and in audio book format) through the Mid-Hudson Library system, and paperback copies are relatively inexpensive as recommendations or gifts for those we try to inform.
If we think of ourselves and act as peace educators as well as antiwar activists, we will strengthen our movement at a time when it needs many more shoulders to the wheel.
—————————————————
8. TEA PARTY, MEET THE RELIGIOUS RIGHT
By Michelle Goldberg
Next month's Tea Party National Convention has been making news for the fat fee Sarah Palin is commanding — $100,000, according to many reports. But the gathering, to be held at Nashville's Opryland Hotel, is interesting for another reason as well: It marks the attempt of the old-school Christian right to take over the tea-party movement.
Speakers joining Palin include Rick Scarborough, Roy Moore, and Joseph Farah, men who are radical even by religious-right standards. Their presence shows that the tea-party movement is no longer merely populist, libertarian, or anti-government, if it ever was. It is theocratic. Indeed, after several months in which the religious right seemed lost and dispirited, it has found a way to ride the tea-party express into renewed relevance.
From the beginning, of course, there's been overlap between the tea parties and the Christian right. Both have their strongholds in the white South, and both arise out of a sense of furious dispossession, a conviction that the country that is rightfully theirs has been usurped by sinister cosmopolitan elites. They have the same favorite politicians — particularly Palin and Rep. Michele Bachmann, who is also speaking in Nashville. Glenn Beck, the media figure most associated with the tea-party movement, has a worldview deeply shaped by apocalyptic Mormonism; he is contemptuous of the idea of church-state separation and believes the United States was founded to be a Christian nation.
Nevertheless, so far, the tea-party movement has appeared as something quite distinct from the Christian right. Its rhetoric has been markedly libertarian; at its rallies and on its Web sites, one is generally more likely to see Gadsen flags than crucifixes. [The Gadsen flag is the Revolutionary War-era emblem of a rising coiled snake and the words Don't Tread on Me. Today the symbol is favored by self-described "anti-government patriots."]
Movement leaders spend much more time fulminating against taxes than against homosexuality. Many in the movement were fans of Ron Paul, whose foreign-policy isolationism is far removed from the crusading spirit popular among many religious conservatives. To people who study the right, it was easy to hear echoes of, say, The Christian Anti-Communism Crusade in the tea partiers' overheated fears of socialist tyranny. But the movement mostly kept religion in the background.
Meanwhile, as the tea-party movement grew, the Christian right was in a funk. A generation of leaders like Jerry Falwell and D. James Kennedy had died. Erstwhile up-and-comers from Ralph Reed to Ted Haggard were felled by scandal, as were political allies from Larry Craig to Mark Sanford. Shortly after Obama’s election, Focus on the Family laid off a fifth of its work force, and James Dobson later stepped down as chair. Just last month, Rod Parsley, a high-profile Pentecostal televangelist who was heavily involved in Ohio politics, issued a desperate plea to his supporters to help stave off a "demonically inspired financial attack" which threatened to bust his church's budget. (The church’s financial woes were partly caused by a $3.1 million settlement his ministry paid to a boy who was physically abused in its day-care center.)
Naturally, enterprising theocrats would look to the tea parties for salvation. And Scarborough, for one, is nothing if not enterprising. For years, the Baptist minister has been positioning himself as a next-generation Jerry Falwell or Pat Robertson. In 2002, he left his post as pastor of Pearland First Baptist Church to form Vision America, a group dedicated to organizing "patriot pastors" for political action. That year, Falwell identified him as one of the new leaders of the Christian right. The author of books like "In Defense of … Mixing Church and State" and the pithier "Liberalism Kills Kids," Scarborough spent the Bush years organizing conferences that brought together conservative Republicans with preachers and activists working for the imposition of biblical law.
The fall of Scarborough's closest political ally, the once-formidable Tom DeLay, eroded Scarborough's political influence. [DeLay, now a right wing leader, is the former GOP House minority leader who left his post in 2005 because of legal problems]. So did the broader decline of the religious right. "His group has been puttering along with a tiny budget, and he has practically no national presence," says Rob Boston, assistant director of communications for Americans United for Separation of Church and State. "His goal was to be the next Jerry Fawell, and it has not worked out. The tea-party movement could be the vehicle to give him a much-needed boost."
Roy Moore, a hero of the Christian right just a few years ago, also has much to gain by joining forces with the tea-party movement. In 2003 Moore, then-chief justice of the Alabama Supreme Court, installed a 2.6-ton granite Ten Commandments monument in the judicial building. After defying another judge's order to remove it, he was stripped of his position, a martyrdom that turned him into a conservative folk hero. But Moore's attempt to parlay his cult status into public office was a debacle; he challenged the state's governor in the Republican primary but lost overwhelmingly.
As mainstream evangelical leaders like Rick Warren and Joel Osteen cultivated a kinder, gentler image, Moore's fierce, punitive moralism came to seem like a throwback. This is a man, after all, whose judicial opinions seem to sanction the execution of gay people.
In a 2002 decision awarding custody of three children to their allegedly abusive father over their lesbian mother, he wrote that homosexuality is "abhorrent, immoral, detestable, a crime against nature, and a violation of the laws of nature and of nature's God upon which this Nation and our laws are predicated." The state, he wrote, "carries the power of the sword, that is, the power to prohibit conduct with physical penalties, such as confinement and even execution. It must use that power to prevent the subversion of children towards this lifestyle, to not encourage a criminal lifestyle."
Late last year, when Uganda's government began considering a law making homosexuality a capital crime, high-profile Christian conservatives in the United States felt compelled to speak out against it. Moore's views, then, might seem to be beyond the pale, but thanks to the tea-party convention, he'll once again have a national stage. He needs it, because he's again running for governor in 2010.
Farah, too, is a fundamentalist with little use for libertarians. (Indeed, he once wrote a column titled, "Why I Am Not a Libertarian," in which he explained, "We cannot ignore that a libertarian society devoid of God and a biblical worldview would quickly deteriorate into chaos and violence.") His Web site, WorldNetDaily, has often attacked Ron Paul for his softness on "Islamofascism."
Lately, Farah has been feuding with the Conservative Political Action Conference, or CPAC, the most influential right-wing confab in the United States — because CPAC isn't conservative enough. There are two issues at stake. First, CPAC won't let Farah hold a panel about Obama's supposedly foreign birth at its February conference, which takes place less than two weeks after the tea-party convention. Second, CPAC is accepting a co-sponsorship from GOProud, a gay conservative group. A WorldNetDaily headline from late December read, "CPAC leaving conservative roots? Censorship of Obama questions, cooperation with 'gays' cited."
Palin, of course, has also made news for snubbing CPAC, ostensibly because she objects to the financial activities of its chief organizer David Keene. The odd result of all this is to render the Tea Party National Convention the fundamentalist alternative to CPAC, a gathering that has always been immensely congenial to fundamentalists.
For those who oppose the right, all this offers cause for both hope and alarm. Neither the tea parties nor Sarah Palin are likely to expand their appeal by association with the most bellicose of religious reactionaries. Some have speculated that a third party may emerge from the Nashville convention, an outcome that can only benefit Democrats in upcoming elections. But we've now reached a point where CPAC, a conference whose co-sponsors include The John Birch Society, represents a comparatively moderate sector of the GOP. That may turn out to be bad for the Republicans, but it's even worse for America.
— Michelle Goldberg is a senior correspondent at The American Prospect. She is also the author of Kingdom Coming and The Means of Reproduction. This article was published Jan. 13 by The American Prospect, which is located at http://www.prospect.org/
— Readers may also be interested in "White Supremacists Crash Anti-Obama Tea Party" by Bill Berkowitz. It's published by Inter Press Service at http://ipsnorthamerica.net/news.php?idnews=2753.
—————————————————
9. HONDURAS: PRESIDENTIAL 'PEACEMAKING'
By Noam Chomsky
President Barack Obama separated the United States from almost all of Latin America and Europe by accepting the military coup that overthrew Honduran democracy last June.
The coup reflected a "yawning political and socioeconomic divide," The New York Times reported. For the "small upper class," Honduran President Manuel Zelaya was becoming a threat to what they call "democracy," namely, the rule of "the most powerful business and political forces in the country."
Zelaya was initiating such dangerous measures as a rise in the minimum wage in a country where 60 percent live in poverty. He had to go.
Virtually alone, the United States recognized the November elections (with Pepe Lobo the victor) held under military rule — "a great celebration of democracy," according to Hugo Llorens, Obama's ambassador.
The endorsement also preserved the use of Honduras' Palmerola air base, increasingly valuable as the U. S. military is being driven out of most of Latin America.
After the elections, Lewis Anselem, Obama's representative to the Organization of American States, instructed the backward Latin Americans that they should recognize the military coup and join the United States "in the real world, not in the world of magical realism."
Obama broke ground in supporting the military coup. The U.S. government funds the International Republican Institute and the National Democratic Institute, which are supposed to promote democracy.
The IRI regularly supports military coups to overthrow elected governments, most recently in Venezuela in 2002 and Haiti in 2004.
But the NDI has held back. In Honduras, for the first time, Obama's NDI agreed to observe the elections under military rule, unlike the OAS and the United Nations, still wandering in the world of magical realism.
Given the close connections between the Pentagon and the Honduran military, and the enormous U.S. economic leverage in the country, it would have been a simple matter for Obama to join the Latin American/European effort to protect Honduran democracy.
But Obama preferred the traditional policy.
In his history of hemispheric relations, British scholar Gordon Connell-Smith writes, "While paying lip-service to the encouragement of representative democracy in Latin America, the United States has a strong interest in just the reverse," apart from "procedural democracy, especially the holding of elections, which only too often have proved farcical."
Functioning democracy may respond to popular concerns, while "the United States has been concerned with fostering the most favorable conditions for her private overseas investment."
It takes a large dose of what has sometimes been called "intentional ignorance" not to see the facts.
Such blindness must be guarded zealously if state violence is to proceed on course — always for the good of humanity, as Obama reminded us again in his Nobel Prize address.
— From In These Times, January 5, 2010
—————————————————
10. HONDURAS: UNCLE SAM'S SIGNATURE
By Bruno Odent
Since the November 29 electoral farce, the putschist government of Honduras has been pursuing its work of normalization. No question of behaving like vulgar Pinochets from another era in Chile. The effect on international public opinion would be unacceptable. Above all, the context has become more delicate in a continent living through a changed balance of power. Hence, this desire to be discreet, to make the situation that emerged from the June golpe [coup d'état] against President Zelaya as mundane as possible. Yet, what comes naturally is returning at a gallop to bring citizens who resist to heel.
The death squads are circulating once more. A week does not go by without atrociously mutilated corpses of militants from the various democratic organizations gathered together in the Resistance Front against the Coup d'État (FRCG) being found. The mutilations prove that they were tortured before being killed. President of the Committee for the Defense of Human Rights Andres Pavon talks about a planned "wave of terror" that has already taken several dozen victims, and he accuses the government of wanting to tear apart the resistance.
They murder; they torture; they trample democracy, and one strains to hear the least official voice be raised in France, in Europe, against these exactions. Quiet, we're murdering. Why so much complacency for the putschists? Why so much media disinterest, and, in consequence, so much solicitude to go along with the process of normalization of the golpe against President Zelaya, who is still taking refuge in the Tegucigalpa Brazilian embassy? Would there be some more "politically correct" coup d'état organizers, some more "politically correct" dictators than others? The answer to these questions naturally hinges on the issue that Manuel Zelaya's eviction represents. It clearly extends well beyond the borders of little Honduras.
The president elected on a center-right ticket in November 2005 had not at that point aroused the least concern in Washington or in Western chancelleries. Except that, in the meantime, confronted with the poverty and the deterioration in the standard of living of the majority of his fellow citizens, he decided to get closer to the ALBA (Bolivarian Alternative for the peoples of Latin America) countries. In December 2008, he decreed an increase in the minimum wage to 202 euros from 126 [per month]. To the great relief of the banana plantations' agricultural workers.
To the great dismay of the U.S.-based transnational, Chiquita, a descendant of the famous United Fruit - contracting authority for every putsch that has peppered the country's modern history. Zelaya had also made an agreement with Venezuelan Hugo Chavez's Petrocaribe organization in order to reduce energy costs, thus squeezing the big American companies. Finally, in the height of "political adventurism," he came to an agreement with Cuba to import cheap generic medicines that the poorest populations of his country were so cruelly lacking.
While other countries in the region had turned to the left, the fear of a more pronounced swing by Honduras into the Latin American progressive camp became insistent. And then along came Zelaya, contemplating the convocation of a Constitutional Assembly to strengthen democracy and reinforce citizens' powers. For the Empire, that was the last straw.... Leading figures from the U.S. State Department and ex-President Bush's entourage came to give support to the putschist Micheletti, whom they are still "advising" today. Obama, after a moment of hesitation, has followed. He even upped the ante by pushing for the installation of seven United States bases in Colombia, de facto ratifying the return to Cold War logic against progressive Latin America.
— From L'Humanité (Paris) Dec. 31, 2009. Translated from French by Truthout.
————————————————
11. A WITCH'S CAULDRON BREWS IN YEMEN
[Editor's Note: An interesting account of some of the complexities in the Yemen situation — especially its uncertain relations with neighboring Saudi Arabia — occupies the last third of this article by a retired Indian ambassador to several countries and a regular contributor to Asia Times. We are printing the entire article — even though it was first published Nov. 14, over a month before Washington's December attacks on Yemen took place — because of the insightful, fast-paced geopolitical journey the author embarks upon from Lebanon to Syria, Saudi Arabia, Iraq, Iran, Afghanistan, Pakistan, India, and finally Yemen. We circulated a more recent article by this writer last week titled, "Obama's Yemeni Odyssey Targets China."]
By M. K. Bhadrakumar
Lebanon has always been the cauldron where the alchemy of the regional politics in the Middle East can be tested. The formation of the unity government in Beirut this week signifies a considerable advancement of the rapprochement between Saudi Arabia and Syria that began with the visit of King Abdullah to Damascus last month. Clearly, the Saudis have accommodated Syria's preponderant influence in Lebanese politics.
The speech on Martyr's Day in Beirut Nov. 10 by Hezbollah secretary general Hassan Nasrallah indirectly underscored that the political deal behind the unity government stemmed from a Syrian — Saudi understanding and, more important, that Iran is not party to it. He said:
"We also take positively the Syrian — Saudi summit and we were the first to reap its fruits. We look positively at any rapprochement in the region... Even more, we call for a Saudi — Iranian rapprochement to establish communication between the two countries. Let there be an Iranian initiative toward Saudi Arabia, or a Saudi Arabian initiative toward Iran."
The big question now is how far there could be a similar Syrian — Saudi collusion over Iraq, or more accurately, whether such collusion can gain traction in the critical period of transition ahead as Iraq heads for crucial parliamentary elections in another two months and the American troop withdrawal commences in 2010.
In turn, Syria has reciprocated the Saudis on an issue that poses a formidable challenge to Riyadh's interests — Yemen. It is all the more helpful for Riyadh that the Syrian statement came just a day after Tehran strongly condemned Saudi intervention in Yemen's "internal affairs." Damascus is doing very well to cash in on Saudi gratitude. The youthful Syrian President Bashar al-Assad is indeed a chip off the old block — brooding in the shadows and striking when it's real hot.
Syria merely stated one single principle (among many) in inter — state relations, saying, "Syria supports the legitimate right of the [Saudi] kingdom to defend its sovereignty and the integrity of its territory." Yet Riyadh is delighted.
As a Kuwaiti daily al-Watan succinctly put it, "The Arab states have entered the [Iran] nuclear conflict already." Afghanistan, Iraq and Yemen — three different theaters have appeared where the Saudis have moved in to challenge Iran's growing regional influence. All indications are that Yemen is increasingly taking the form of a major regional crisis and Riyadh faces an existential threat here.
First, Afghanistan. To be sure, Saudi Arabia aspires to play a key role in any reconciliation process between the U.S. and the Taliban in Afghanistan. Much of the funding for the Taliban has come from Saudi Arabia — including during the current phase of the war — and that has been evidently with a degree of connivance on the part of U.S. intelligence. The heart of the matter is that Saudi influence over a staunchly Wahhabist movement in Afghanistan has been all along considered a "strategic asset" by the U.S., ever since the inception of the Taliban movement led by Mullah Omar in 1994. [Wahhabism is the fundamentalist sect of Islam promoted by Saudi Arabia.]
The thrust of the Saudi intervention in Afghanistan in the coming phase on the pretext of reconciling the intractable Taliban will also be principally aimed at sidelining Iran's role in a future power structure in Kabul, and to that extent Riyadh will be acting in sync with U.S. (and British and Pakistani) geopolitical objectives.
All signs are that Tehran is cognizant of the U.S.-British-Saudi Pakistani game plan. Tehran can be expected to safeguard its interests as it fears that if the Saudi drive succeeds, Afghanistan will tomorrow turn into a sanctuary for Jundullah — the Sunni terrorist group that is in league with the Taliban in spearheading subversion in Iran's eastern region.
Quite clearly, Iranian statements on Afghanistan have "hardened" lately. While reiterating Tehran's support for President Hamid Karzai's government, Iranian statements have begun vociferously stressing the imperative need of a U.S. withdrawal from Afghanistan. Any hint of Iran's readiness to work with the U.S. in stabilizing Afghanistan has receded, especially after October's massive terrorist strike by Jundullah in Iran, where Tehran sees concerted U.S., British, Saudi and Pakistani collusion.
To put it mildly, there is extreme wariness in Tehran about this condominium over Afghanistan. Interestingly, Iranian Foreign Minister Manouchehr Mottaki is to visit New Delhi on Nov. 16, where the focus will be on cooperation with India in stabilizing Afghanistan. (India is obsessed with a different route than the Iranian one, namely, hitching its wagons with Uncle Sam's, if only the Barack Obama administration recognized Indian primacy in the Indian Ocean region and discarded its unsavory Pakistani baggage.)
Equally, Iraq is fast turning into a testing ground of a Saudi challenge to Iran's influence. The Saudis seem determined to whittle down Iranian influence by supporting the forces of Arab nationalism (as against "sectarianism"). It takes the vague form of support of a future Iraq that is a "civil democratic pluralistic society" that incorporates Iraqi national heritage in which religion occupies its distinctive and spiritual place (unlike in Iran). The stress is on Iraq's Iraqi identity.
There are indeed contradictions between the Saudi and Syrian stances on Iraq, and Riyadh is quite some way from empathizing with the erstwhile (Iraqi) Ba'athist ideology, but a proximity is fast developing with Damascus. The Saudis feel the urge to look beyond their earlier approach of "either/or" toward Iraq, taking into account the arrival of modern political thought in Iraq and the inevitability of majority rule in contemporary politics. Riyadh is increasingly willing to trade with the Iraqi Shi'ite groups (including personalities such as Grand Ayatollah Hussein Ismail al-Sadr) that may harbor resentment toward Iran's shadow over Iraqi politics.
The speaker of the Iranian Majlis (parliament), Ali Larijani, paid a visit to Iraq last week and met with Grand Ayatollah Ali Sistani. Iraqi Prime Minister Nuri al-Maliki has openly criticized Saudi policies as "unhelpful." Iraq has also accused Syria for harboring Ba'athist officials it says were responsible for the Oct. 25 suicide car bomb attacks in the heart of Baghdad, killing over 150 people, the deadliest terrorist attack in the past two-year period.
According to Maliki, all efforts by his government to improve relations with Riyadh have reached an "impasse." "All the signals confirm that the Saudi position is negative regarding Iraqi affairs," he said, echoing Baghdad's allegation that the Saudis are deepening sectarian divisions in Iraq by funding and supporting extremists and al-Qaeda insurgents.
In August, a group of Iraqi legislators openly accused the Saudis of employing Ba'athists and al-Qaeda terrorists to root out the Shi'ite faith in Iraq. Indeed, many of the terrorists captured in Iraq are Saudi nationals who have embarked on jihad against the perceived domination by the "apostate" Shi'ites.
Whereas the Saudis are on the offensive in Afghanistan and Iraq, they are very much on the defensive in Yemen. Like Iraq and Afghanistan, Yemen, too, has become a safe haven for al-Qaeda elements. But here the table is turned against the Saudis. The al-Qaeda elements use Yemen to make incursions into Saudi Arabia. The rebellion by the Shi'ite Houthi clan in mountainous northwest Yemen has also made the Saudi Arabia-Yemen border highly volatile. (To compound matters, there are Yemeni-Saudi border disputes waiting to be reopened.)
The Houthis lack modern weaponry, but they are strong in numbers, highly motivated and are reportedly skilled in the use of land mines. The Saudis see in the Houthi militia a potential Hezbollah-like movement based on egalitarian ideals of political justice and equity, with a highly disciplined and trained cadre that may come to inhabit Saudi borders. There is virtual paranoia in Riyadh as to how to deal with the rising specter of a Yemenese-style Hezbollah right on its borders.
The archetypal Saudi fear — which is scrupulously left unspoken due to its extreme sensitivity — is that the Houthi-dominated region of northern Yemen also borders Saudi Arabia's restive eastern province, which is Shi'ite (and oil-rich) and seething with resentment over Wahhabi intolerance.
A 32-page report by Human Rights Watch in August documented that Saudi Arabia was passing through its sharpest sectarian tensions in years. To quote the HRW director for the Middle East, Sarah Leah Whitson, "All the Saudi Shi'ites want is for their government to respect their identity and treat them equally. Yet Saudi authorities routinely treat these people with scorn and suspicion."
"The Saudi government has long regarded its Shi'ite citizens through the prism of Wahhabi dogma or state stability, branding them as unbelievers or suspecting their national loyalties." According to the HRW report, state discrimination against Saudi Shi'ites extends to realms other than religious freedom. It cites discrimination in education freedom, bias in the judiciary (with Sunni judges disqualifying Shi'ite witnesses on the basis of their religion), and exclusion from employment.
Riyadh seems to have no clue on how to respond to the boiling Yemenese cauldron, especially as the Saudi regime is in transition. Throwing traditional Saudi caution and circumspection to the wind, Riyadh has used excessive force against the Houthis, who have claimed to be subject to phosphorous bombings by Saudi aircraft. It seems King Abdullah has passed the baton to the Gen-Next in Riyadh to handle the developing situation.
According to well-informed American scholars, this new generation of Saudi princes inclined to the use of muscle power includes assistant defense minister Prince Khaled bin Sultan, (son of the ailing Crown Prince Sultan); counter-terrorism chief Prince Muhammad bin Nayef, who recently escaped an al-Qaeda strike on his life; the governor of Najran, capital of Eastern province, Prince Mishal bin Abdullah; and the local government minister, Prince Mishal bin Miteb, who is also the king's nephew.
The young Saudi authorities have a three-pronged plan: create a "buffer zone" in northern Yemen by bombing the Houthi communities that inhabit the border region to retreat; fence the 932-mile long Saudi-Yemenese border to keep the impoverished Yemenese from infiltrating; and effect a naval blockade of northern Yemen so that the Houthis cannot source arms. The efficacy of the Saudi approach is highly doubtful and it may end up only in creating a "Yemenese Hezbollah" that sooner or later taps into the Shi'ite resentment in Saudi Arabia's Eastern province.
A time bomb is ticking. In all probability, the hot-headed Saudi policies may only end up incrementally driving Yemen into a "failed state" resembling nearby Somalia. (To cap it all, the U.S. is gearing up to offer a new front in Yemen in the "war on terror.")
Saudi commentators allege that Tehran is supporting the Houthis and is hoping for a Saudi quagmire. The allegation remains to be tested as the crisis evolves. Conceivably, Tehran will feel greatly relieved if a situation emerges whereby Riyadh has no time or energy to spare to mess around with Iraq and Afghanistan — or with Jundullah.
One thing is certain. Tehran will do nothing adventurous that sullies its reputation as a "responsible" regional power. A confrontation with the U.S. is the last thing that Tehran is looking for, either. Persians have a keen sense of history and have always preferred brain over brawn. Tehran cannot be oblivious that in any case, it is well placed to garner political mileage out of excessive Saudi involvement in Yemen, which will tarnish Riyadh's regional standing and inevitably produce a Houthi (Yemenese nationalist) backlash. To call such a backlash Hezbollah or not becomes a minor detail.
Israeli army chief of staff Gabi Ashkenazi couldn't have summed it up better when he said recently in Knesset (parliament) testimony, "Iran is very radical on one hand, but on the other hand you can't say that it is an irrational country."
— Ambassador M. K. Bhadrakumar was a career diplomat in the Indian Foreign Service. His assignments included the Soviet Union, South Korea, Sri Lanka, Germany, Afghanistan, Pakistan, Uzbekistan, Kuwait and Turkey.
—————————————————
12. NEWS BRIEFS
By Nathan Rosenblum
• ABUSE IN NYS JUVENILE DETENTION SYSTEM: The conditions for young people in New York State's juvenile detention centers are so horrific that the Legal Aid Society filed a class action suit in Manhattan Federal Court Dec. 30 on behalf of some 500 youths in 10 state institutions. The suit calls for an injunction to limit the frequency and intensity of harsh physical restraining measures that have injured many of the child inmates, and other excessive punishments. The Legal Aid Society took action after two recent reports from the Department of Justice and from the state itself which describe a number of abuses by prison guards, including serious injuries. In several cases, the children were threatened with further punishment if they spoke about being abused.
In many cases, it was reported, children suffering from mental illness are kept with violent offenders. It is estimated over 50% have been diagnosed with a mental health issue, and over 30% have developmental disabilities, but treatment is inadequate. The suit also calls upon the state to require the Office of Children and Family Services, which oversees the system, to provide sufficient mental health support for the 1,000 youths in its charge, over half of whom have been convicted for misdemeanors. There are stark racial disparities in the juvenile detention system. A disproportionate 80% of the system's 1,000 inmates are African American or Latino despite the fact that the state’s juvenile population is less than half Black and Latino. About 75% are from the New York City area, but the prisons are all located upstate. For many parents it is not only a long journey but prohibitively expensive. Educational services provided in the prisons are minimal. The median age of the inmates is nearly 16, but about a third of them can only read at a third grade level.
An editorial in the New York Times Jan. 5 noted that "Gladys Carrión, New York’s reform-minded commissioner of the Office of Children and Family Services, has been calling on the state to close many of its remote, prison-style juvenile facilities and shift resources and children to therapeutic programs located in their communities." The move has been opposed by local interests upstate where prisons are counted upon to provide jobs and income to depressed communities.
In a related development, a new report from the Justice Department shows that juvenile detention centers in many parts of the United States have been the scene of widespread sexual abuse. About 12% of those youthful inmates have suffered sexual abuse, and at some institutions the rate is as high one third of all prisoners. This level of abuse, often by prison staff, is far higher than reported in state records.
• U.S. WON'T OFFICIALLY END KOREAN WAR: The Obama Administration, like previous U.S. governments since a1953 truce halted fighting Korean war, this month refused to sign a treaty with the Democratic People’s Republic of Korea (DPRK, or North Korea) officially concluding the hostilities. Theoretically the war is still continuing, 57 years after a truce was declared. The Pyongyang government has repeatedly sought a treaty all these years, since the absence of a formal end to the war means the U.S. could "legally" resume the fighting any time it desires to do so.
The U.S. has 28,500 troops permanently encamped in South Korea plus nuclear-armed submarines, missiles, and Guam-based bombers ready to attack the DPRK at a moment's notice. Washington's refusal to sign a treaty is a major reason for the communist government's continuing antipathy to the United States. During the three-year war millions of North Koreans were killed in massive attacks by U.S. bombers and the other ravages of war. In Pyongyang, every building over one story high except one was destroyed in the bombings. The north is depicted by the U.S. as warlike and threatening to South Korea, but in reality the south spends about nine times more a year on the military than does the north — even though the U.S. will aid the south in any conflict and the north stands alone.
The latest U.S. rejection of the North Korean call to sign a peace treaty evoked a statement from Washington that it is "not going to pay North Korea to come back to the six-party talks," as though signing a treaty is some kind of blackmail. According to an article the same day by Jason Ditz at antiwar.com: "Despite State Department insistences that a return to the six-party talks come before any discussion of a peace treaty, it is unclear what the talks can possibly hope to accomplish when the participants remain in a state of war, or what harm could possibly be done to them by closing the book formally on one of the bloodiest wars of the later half of the 20th century. The United States clearly has many nations with whom it does not desire 'normal' relations, but in most cases they aren’t at war with them." (The Web site of National Campaign to End the Korean War is at http://endthekoreanwar.org/index.php.)
• U.S.UNEMPLOYMENT HITS NEW HIGH: American workers lost another 85,000 jobs in December, far higher than expected, according to government reports. While unemployment is still officially at 10%, this does not include 661,000 people who were too discouraged to look for work in the month prior to the survey. In addition, it excludes large numbers of people who are underemployed, i.e., working irregularly or part-time who need a full time position to make ends meet. When all categories are included, the rate amounts to 17% of the work force. There is a major ethnic disparity concealed in the jobless figures. From the beginning of the recession, unemployment has increased by 4.9 % for white people and 6.7% for African Americans. Younger workers in their late teens have been hit exceptionally hard. Unemployment for white youth is 23%, for Latinos 34.7%, and for blacks 48.4%.
In addition, workers are unemployed for much longer periods of time during a recession, and 60% of the unemployed who are actively looking for a job do not qualify for unemployment benefits. Higher unemployment means more people without health insurance, since many workers receive this benefit through employers. The Obama administration’s solution to offer tax deductions for businesses that hire workers is widely viewed as offering little assistance. Despite record unemployment, productivity increased 9.5 in the third quarter of 2009, the highest rate in six years. This means that fewer employees are doing more work while corporations make more money. Labor costs declined by 5.2% in the third quarter, the largest decrease since record keeping began in 1948. There is increasing pressure for a government jobs program similar to New Deal agencies such as the Works Projects Administration — but the Obama Administration is having none of it.
—————————————————
13. CLIMATE CHANGE AND CAPITALISM - 1
BOLIVIA'S EVO MORALES
Two left wing presidents from Latin America — Bolivia's Evo Morales and Venezuela's Hugo Chávez — enlivened the UN Climate Change Conference in Copenhagen last month by suggesting that global warming was primarily the product of the capitalist mode of production with its driving need to exploit the Earth and its resources for private profit.
"Morales called on the world leaders to raise their ambitions radically and hold temperature increases over the next century to just 1.0 Celsius (1.8 Fahrenheit)," the British daily Guardian reported Dec. 17.
"In the most ambitious statement yet made at the climate summit, Morales demanded rich countries pay climate change reparations and proposed an international climate court of justice to prosecute countries for climate crimes. 'Our objective is to save humanity and not just half of humanity,' he said. 'We are here to save Mother Earth. Our objective is to reduce climate change to [under] 1C. [Above this] many islands will disappear and Africa will suffer a holocaust.'"
The Cuban News Agency reported the same day that Morales proposed a world referendum on climate change during his speech at what was formally termed the 15th Conference of the Parties to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change.
Speaking to the plenary of the summit, Morales said that discussing the effects of global warming and not the causes is hypocritical.
Prensa Latina news agency reports that the new initiative of the Bolivian leader includes five questions that all citizens of the world should answer to determine the steps that governments should take.
The questions suggested by Morales are the following: Should the civil society be in harmony with nature? Should the excessive consumerist habits of today’s world be changed? Should the emission of polluting gases be reduced to 1C? Should today’s huge military budgets be earmarked for the fight against climate change? And, should there be an International Court of Justice to defend Mother Earth?
Morales, the only indigenous head of state in the Americas, argued that "The real cause of climate change is the capitalist system. If we want to save the earth then we must end that economic model.
"Capitalism wants to address climate change with carbon markets. We denounce those markets and the countries which [promote them]. It’s time to stop making money from the disgrace that they have perpetrated. Let’s eradicate poverty and bring in climate justice. If capitalism resists we have to do battle with it. If we do not, then mankind, the greatest creation in the universe, will disappear." [By doing battle he was advocating political struggle.]
The remarks of Hugo Chávez follow directly below.
——————————————————
14. CLIMATE CHANGE AND CAPITALISM - 2
VENEZUELA'S HUGO CHÁVEZ
[Following are substantial excerpts from the Dec. 16 speech by President Hugo Chávez of Venezuela at the UN Climate Change Conference in Copenhagen that was attended by some 200 countries and over 100 heads of state. As he spoke, thousands of mostly youthful demonstrators were in the streets of the Danish capital demanding substantial progress in reducing the carbon emissions that are causing global warming. After several days of meetings very little progress took place — but the hopes of the world's peoples have been aroused and they are demanding action in future.]
....There is a group of countries that consider themselves superior to us in the [global] South, to us in the Third World, to us, the underdeveloped countries, or as a great friend Eduardo Galeano [the Uruguayan writer and social scientist] says, we, the crushed countries, as if a train ran over us in history....
[T]o paraphrase Karl Marx, the great Karl Marx, a spectre is haunting the streets of Copenhagen, and I think that spectre walks silently through this room, walking around among us, through the halls, out below, it rises; this is a terrible spectre almost nobody wants to mention: Capitalism is the spectre.... It’s capitalism, the people roar, out there [in the streets], hear them.
I have been reading some of the slogans painted on the streets, and I think the slogans of these youngsters, some of which I heard when I was young.... You can hear among others, "Don’t change the climate, change the system."
And I take it onboard for us. Let’s not change the climate, let’s change the system! And consequently we will begin to save the planet. Capitalism is a destructive development model that is putting an end to life; it threatens to put a definitive end to the human species.
And another slogan calls for reflection. It is very in tune with the banking crisis that swept the world and still affects it, and of how the rich northern countries gave aid to bankers and the big banks. The U.S. alone gave, well, I lost the figure, but it is astronomical, to save the banks. They say in the streets the following: "If the climate were a bank it would have been saved already."
And I think that’s true. If the climate were one of the biggest capitalist banks, the rich governments would have saved it....
The rich are destroying the planet. Do they think they can go to another when they destroy this one? Do they have plans to go to another planet? So far there is none on the horizon of the galaxy....
Current human activity exceeds the threshold of sustainability, endangering life on the planet, but also in this we are profoundly unequal.
I want to recall: The 500 million richest people [in the world],... this seven percent is responsible for 50 percent of emissions, while the poorest 50 percent accounts for only seven percent of emissions.
So it strikes me as a bit strange to put the United States and China at the same level. The United States has just [reached]... 300 million people. China has nearly five times the U.S. population. The United Status consumes more than 20 million barrels of oil a day, China only reaches 5-6 million barrels a day. You can’t ask the same of the United States and China.
There are issues to discuss, hopefully we the heads of states and governments can sit down and discuss the truth, the truth about these issues. So, Mr. President, 60 percent of the planet’s ecosystems are damaged, 20 percent of the earth’s crust is degraded, we have been impassive witnesses to deforestation, land conversion, desertification, deterioration of fresh water systems, overexploitation of marine resources, pollution and loss of biodiversity.
The overuse of the land exceeds by 30 percent the capacity to regenerate it. The planet is losing what the technicians call the ability to regulate itself; the planet is losing this. Every day more waste than can be processed is released. The survival of our species hammers in the consciousness of humanity. Despite the urgency, it has taken two years of negotiations for a second commitment period under the Kyoto Protocol, and we attend this event without any real and meaningful agreement....
The scientifically substantiated objective of reducing the emission of polluting gases and achieving an agreement on long-term cooperation clearly, today at this time, has apparently failed, for now. What is the reason? We have no doubt.
The reason is the irresponsible attitude and lack of political will from the most powerful nations on the planet. No one should feel offended, I recall the great José Gervasio Artigas when he said: “With the truth, I neither offend nor fear.” But it is actually an irresponsible attitude of positions, of reversals, of exclusions, of elitist management of a problem that belongs to everyone and that we can only solve together.
The political conservatism and selfishness of the largest consumers, of the richest countries shows high insensitivity and lack of solidarity with the poor, the hungry, and the most vulnerable to disease, to natural disasters. Mr. President, a new and single agreement is essential, applicable to absolutely unequal parties, according to the magnitude of their contributions and economic, financial and technological capabilities and based on unconditional respect for the principles contained in the Convention.
Developed countries should set binding, clear and concrete commitments for the substantial reduction of their emissions and assume obligations of financial and technological assistance to poor countries to cope with the destructive dangers of climate change. In this respect, the uniqueness of island states and least developed countries should be fully recognized.
Mr. President, climate change is not the only problem facing humanity today. Other scourges and injustices beset us, the gap between rich and poor countries has continued to grow, despite all the millennium goals, the Monterrey financing summit, at all these summits as the president of Senegal said here, revealing a great truth, there are promises and unfulfilled promises and the world continues its destructive march.
The total income of the 500 richest individuals in the world is greater than the income of the 416 million poorest people. The 2.8 billion people living in poverty on less than $2 per day, representing 40 per percent of the global population, receive only 5 percent of world income.
Today each year about 9.2 million children die before reaching their fifth year and 99.9 percent of these deaths occur in poorer countries.
Infant mortality is 47 deaths per thousand live births, but is only 5 per thousand in rich countries. Life expectancy on the planet is 67 years, in rich countries it is 79, while in some poor nations is only 40 years.
Additionally, there are 1.1 billion people without access to drinking water, 2.6 billion without sanitation services, over 800 million illiterate and 1.02 billion hungry people, that’s the global scenario.
Let’s talk about the cause, let’s not evade responsibilities, and let’s not evade the depth of this problem. The cause, undoubtedly, I return to the theme of this whole disastrous panorama, is the destructive metabolic system of capital and its embodied model: Capitalism.
Here’s a quote that I want to read briefly, from that great Brazilian liberation theologian Leonardo Boff:
"What is the cause? Ah, the cause is the dream of seeking happiness through material accumulation and of endless progress, using for this science and technology with which they can exploit without limits all the resources of the earth.... Can a finite earth support an infinite project? The thesis of capitalism, infinite development, is a destructive pattern, let’s face it."
How long, we ask from Venezuela, Mr. President, ladies and gentlemen, how long are we going to allow such injustices and inequalities? How long are we going to tolerate the current international economic order and prevailing market mechanisms? How long are we going to allow huge epidemics like HIV/AIDS to ravage entire populations? How long are we going to allow the hungry to not eat or to be able to feed their own children? How long are we going to allow millions of children to die from curable diseases? How long will we allow armed conflicts to massacre millions of innocent human beings in order for the powerful to seize the resources of other peoples?
Cease the aggressions and the wars! We the peoples of the world ask of the empires, to those who try to continue dominating the world and exploiting us. No more imperial military bases or military coups! Let’s build a more just and equitable economic and social order, let’s eradicate poverty, let’s immediately stop the high emission levels, let’s stop environmental degradation and avoid the great catastrophe of climate change, let’s integrate ourselves into the noble goal of everyone being more free and united....
Socialism, the other spectre Karl Marx spoke about, which walks here too, rather it is like a counter-spectre. Socialism, this is the direction, this is the path to save the planet, I don’t have the least doubt. Capitalism is the road to hell, to the destruction of the world. We say this from Venezuela, which because of socialism faces threats from the U.S. Empire....
[I]f the destructive nature of capitalism opposes us, let’s fight against it and make it obey us, let’s not wait idly by for the death of humanity. History calls on us to unite and to fight.
If capitalism resists, we are obliged to take up a battle against capitalism and open the way for the salvation of the human species. It’s up to us, raising the banners of Christ, Mohammed, equality, love, justice, humanity, the true and most profound humanism. If we don’t do it, the most wonderful creation of the universe, the human being, will disappear, it will disappear.
This planet is billions of years old, and this planet existed for billions of years without us, the human species, i.e. it doesn’t need us to exist. Now, without the Earth we will not exist, and we are destroying Pachamama as Evo says, as our indigenous brothers from South America say.
Finally, Mr. President, and to finish, let’s listen to Fidel Castro when he said: “One species is in danger of extinction: Humanity.” Let’s listen to Rosa Luxemburg when she said: “Socialism or Barbarism.” Let us listen to Christ the Redeemer when he said: “Blessed are the poor for theirs is the kingdom of heaven.”
Mr. President, ladies and gentlemen, we are capable of not making this Earth the tomb of humanity. Let us make this earth a heaven, a heaven of life, of peace, peace and brotherhood for all humanity, for the human species.
—————————————————
15. "BURN" & "THE ECOLOGICAL REVOLUTION"
We'd like to recommend a film, and a book. The movie's 40 years old but we just viewed it this month after reading about the plot in John Bellamy Foster's new book, "The Ecological Revolution." The film is "Burn," which takes place in the mid-1800s, stars Marlon Brando, and is directed by the Italian auteur Gillo Pontecorvo, who a few years earlier directed one of the greatest of all films, "The Battle of Algiers." You can obtain "Burn" on Netflix.
It's an extraordinary film — vaguely based on the early history of the French colonies of Guadeloupe and/or Haiti — strongly anticolonialist, but by extension also an allegory about the destruction of the environment in the process of generating superprofits. "Burn" relates to the fact that the movie's fictional colonial overlord, Portugal, virtually burned down the entire island in the 16th Century to destroy the indigenous population and replace it with African slaves.
Some 300 years after Portugal took control of the island and presided over a slave/sugar economy, English secret agent Sir William Walker (Brando) instigates a slave rebellion to bring about British control of the colony and its lucrative sugar trade. The revolt is successful, but the conniving Walker arranged for the white planter class to take over the colony. Slavery is abolished, and the blacks now become powerless and exploited sugar cane workers without any role in the government they fought to control, except as low-ranking obedient soldiers in the white man's army.
A decade after the first rebellion, the black workers revolt again. The imperialist British government sends Walker back to the island with enough British soldiers to crush the uprising in order to protect the imperial interests of the crown and the lucrative sugar industry — and the island is burned again.
As Foster writes, "To defeat [the guerrilla war] Walker orders the burning down of all the plantations on the island. When the local representative of the British sugar interests objects, Walker explains: 'That is the logic of profit.... One builds to make money, and to go on making it, or to make more sometimes it is necessary to destroy.' This, he reminds his interlocutor, is how the island 'Burn' got its name. Nature on the island had to be destroyed, so that labor can be exploited on it for hundreds of additional years."
We also commend Foster's book, an eye-opening analysis of the ecological crisis published by Monthly Review Press. He posits that "it is now widely recognized that an ecological revolution — a massive and sudden change in the relation of humanity to the Earth — is necessary." There are two main approaches.
"The first of these is best described as an eco-industrial revolution — a new industrial revolution that seeks almost entirely by technological means, such as more efficient energy systems, to create the basis for sustainable capitalist development....
"The second approach — the one I advance in this book — is that of a more radical, eco-social revolution, which draws on alternative technologies where necessary, but emphasizes the need to transform the human relation to nature and the constitution of society at its roots within the existing social relations of production. This can be accomplished only through a process of sustainable human development. This means moving decisively in the direction of egalitarian and communal forms of production, distribution, exchange, and consumption, thus breaking with the logic of the dominant social order."
—————————————————
16. MORE ACCEPTANCE FOR MARIJUANA IN U.S.
[Editor's Note: The following article describes the "Top 10 Events in 2009 That Will Change the Way We Think About Marijuana." It was written for AlterNet Jan. 1 by Paul Armentano, the deputy director of NORML (the National Organization for the Reform of Marijuana Laws).]
#1 Obama Administration: Don’t Focus On Medical Marijuana Prosecutions
United States Deputy Attorney General David Ogden issued a memorandum to federal prosecutors in October directing them to not “focus federal resources… on individuals whose actions are in clear and unambiguous compliance with existing state laws providing for the medical use of marijuana.” The directive upheld a campaign promise by President Barack Obama, who had previously pledged that he was “not going to be using Justice Department resources to try to circumvent state laws on this issue.”
#2 Public Support For Legalizing Pot Hits All-Time High
A majority of U.S. voters now support legalizing marijuana, according to a national poll of 1,004 likely voters published in December by Angus Reid. The Angus Reid Public Opinion poll results echo those of separate national polls conducted this year by Gallup, Zogby, ABC News, CBS News, Rasmussen Reports, and the California Field Poll, each of which reported greater public support for marijuana legalization than ever before.
#3 Lifetime Marijuana Use Associated With Reduced Cancer Risk
The moderate long-term use of cannabis is associated with a reduced risk of head and neck cancer, according to the results of a population-based control study published in August by the journal Cancer Prevention Research. Authors reported, “After adjusting for potential confounders (including smoking and alcohol drinking), 10 to 20 years of marijuana use was associated with a significantly reduced risk of head and neck squamous cell carcinoma.”
#4 AMA Calls For Review Of Marijuana’s Prohibitive Status
In November, the American Medical Association resolved that marijuana should longer be classified as a Schedule I prohibited substance. Drugs classified in Schedule I are defined as possessing “no currently accepted use in treatment in the United States.” In a separate action, the AMA also determined, “Results of short term controlled trials indicate that smoked cannabis reduces neuropathic pain, improves appetite and caloric intake especially in patients with reduced muscle mass, and may relieve spasticity and pain in patients with multiple sclerosis.”
#5 California: Lawmakers Hold Historic Hearing On Marijuana Legalization
State lawmakers heard testimony in October in support of taxing and regulating the commercial production and distribution of cannabis for adults age 21 and older. Additional hearings, as well as a vote on Assembly Bill 390: the Marijuana Control, Regulation, and Education Act, are scheduled for January 12, 2010.
#6 Maine Voters Approve Medical Marijuana Dispensaries Measure; Dispensaries Coming To Rhode Island, Washington, DC In 2010
Voters in November decided in favor of a statewide measure that allows for the state to license non-profit facilities to distribute medical cannabis to qualified patients. The vote marked the first time that citizens ever approved a statewide ballot proposal authorizing the creation of dispensaries. In June, Rhode Island lawmakers enacted a similar measure. In December, Congress lifted federal restrictions to allow for the DC City Council to implement provisions of a ten-year-old medical marijuana law that would allow for the use and distribution of medicinal cannabis in the District of Columbia.
#7 Oakland: Voters Approve First-In-The-Nation Medical Marijuana Business Tax
In July 80 percent of municipal voters approved Ballot Measure F, the nation’s first ever business tax on the retail sales of cannabis. The tax, which takes effect on January 1, imposes an exclusive tax for “cannabis businesses” of $18 for every $1,000 of gross receipts.
#8 Rasmussen Poll: Majority Of Americans Say Marijuana Is Safer Than Alcohol
More than half of American adults believe that alcohol is “more dangerous” than marijuana, according to the results of a national telephone poll of 1,000 likely voters published in September by Rasmussen Reports. Fifty-one percent of respondents, including a majority of women, rated the use of marijuana to be less dangerous than alcohol. Only 19 percent of those polled said that cannabis is the more dangerous of the two substances.
#9 Many Teens See Medical Cannabis As Alternative Treatment Option
Some one-third of adolescents view their use of marijuana as therapeutic rather than recreational, according to survey data published in May by the journal Substance Abuse, Treatment, Prevention and Policy. Teens most commonly reported using cannabis therapeutically to counter symptoms of depression, stress and anxiety, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), physical pain, and sleeplessness. In November several mainstream media outlets, including The New York Times and Good Morning America, featured stories on adolescents using marijuana as a medicine.
#10 Oregon NORML Opens ‘Cannabis Café,’ Media Frenzy Follows
In November Oregon NORML opened the state’s first café catering to state-authorized medical marijuana patients. Unlike conventional marijuana dispensaries that operate in states like California and Colorado, medical cannabis is not sold on the premises, nor is the primary function of the café to dispense marijuana. “This is not a medical marijuana dispensary with a café; this is a café for medical marijuana patients,” said Madeline Martinez, Oregon NORML Executive Director. The Associated Press, Reuters, USA Today, The New York Times, and Democracy Now were among the hundreds of media outlets that covered the story.
—————————————————
17. JOURNEY TO NOWHERE
[Editor's Note: This article appeared in the Dec. 30 English language edition of Haaretz, Israel's oldest and probably most influential daily newspaper. Its editorial policy is considered liberal. The author is a progressive columnist and editorial board member of the same publication.]
By Gideon Levy
Well, here we are. A new year begins at midnight, and for the Middle East, 2010 will be a year of negotiations. Peace envoys are warming up at the starting line, document writers are polishing draft agreements for the envoys, advisers are coming up with their own phraseology, pundits are piling up verbiage, photographers are aiming their cameras, and diplomats are packing their bags and sharpening their tongues.
George Mitchell will be here soon, Benjamin Netanyahu has already been to Cairo, Mahmoud Abbas is on his way. In the end there will be a summit. In Washington they'll be elated, in Europe they'll be exhilarated, the settlers will fulminate and the leftists will somnambulate. Yet another scene in the theater of the absurd, another act in the endless grotesque burlesque.
Here we are again: The season of negotiations is upon us, negotiations that amount to nothing.
Already the archives are bursting at the seams with plans and initiatives, outlines and parameters, all already thick with dust. Never before has there been so dangerous and so protracted a conflict with so many wars and so many peace plans. From the first Rogers Plan of December 1969 to the second and third Rogers plans and up to the present, it's been a horrifyingly dreary tale of sterile diplomacy, a 40-year journey to nowhere.
Everything has already been written and all the plans are amazingly similar, which isn't surprising. If you want peace, just go to one of the drawers and randomly pluck out any of the plans, it really doesn't matter which, and start implementing it. And if you want a "peace process," you're invited to join the coming festivities, including the killer hangover.
One could, for example, pull the original Rogers Plan out of the mothballs. William Rogers himself has been dead for years, but everything is right there in his plan: withdrawal to the 1967 borders, recognition, sovereignty, peace. It was Israel that rejected it. Forty years on, and we are wallowing in the exact same spot. You want to be a little more up-to-date? Take Bill Clinton's plan - everything's there too. So why start off yet again on another campaign of tortuous language? Why do all the Uzi Arads and George Mitchells have to wear themselves out?
Benjamin Netanyahu has already undergone his "historic turnabout," he's reportedly ready to discuss, certainly discuss, the '67 borders, with territory swaps and security arrangements. Even the timetable has already been set - two years, of course it's two years, it's always two years, two years more. At the end, Israel's ultimate triumph will be declared: There's no partner. Again we'll hear that the Palestinian president is "a chicken with no feathers" or that the Palestinian leaders are "a gang of terrorists," and again we'll hear that there's no one to talk to.
There is no Palestinian partner, because there is no Israeli partner who is ready to take action. The day that Israel starts acting, together with the Palestinians, the partner will be there. Even Nelson Mandela wasn't the Mandela we know until he was freed from prison and South Africa was placed in his hands. He too refused to give up armed resistance for decades, but when he was given a true opportunity, he followed a path of peace. The key was in the hands of F.W. de Clerk, not those of Mandela. Israel, too, has that key. Now that it is no longer possible to halt everything because of terrorism, since there is almost none, Israel has lost one of its best weapons. When there is terrorism, one cannot act, and when there is no terrorism, there's no reason to act. But don't worry, it will be back, if nothing happens. The experience of the disengagement won't help either, because the continued imprisonment of the Gazans means that nothing has changed in their lives.
The last person to touch the dream was Ehud Olmert. Countless "excellent" meetings with Abbas, photo ops and bold speeches in abundance. Almost courage, nearly accord, a "shelf agreement" any minute now. Meanwhile, at the edge of the shelf are two lost wars and more settlement construction. All the fine words were rendered worthless by the action on the ground. Because this is the supreme test: It doesn't matter what the Israelis say, it matters what they do.
The time for words is over. Stop negotiating, start doing. Lifting the blockade on Gaza and declaring a perpetual freeze on building in the settlements would do more than a thousand formulations. Someone who wants two states doesn't build even one more balcony. This is the litmus test of Israel's true intentions. Without taking these steps, everything else is a waste of time, the time of the negotiators and of all of us. Does Netanyahu mean to take any of these steps? That is very doubtful, troublingly so.
—————————————————
18. SCIENTISTS BLAST MOUNTAINTOP MINING
By Science Today
Based on a comprehensive analysis of the latest scientific findings and new data, a group of the nation's leading environmental scientists are calling on the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and the U.S Army Corps of Engineers to stay all new mountaintop mining permits.
In the Jan. 8 issue of the journal Science, they argue that peer-reviewed research unequivocally documents irreversible environmental impacts from this form of mining which also exposes local residents to a higher risk of serious health problems
The authors — hydrologists, ecologists and engineers — are internationally recognized scientists, including several members of the National Academy of Sciences. They argue that the U.S. should take a global leadership role on the issue, as surface mining in many developing countries is expected to grow extensively in the next decade.
"The scientific evidence of the severe environmental and human impacts from mountaintop mining is strong and irrefutable," says lead author Dr. Margaret Palmer of the University of Maryland Center for Environmental Science and University of Maryland, College Park. "Its impacts are pervasive and long lasting and there is no evidence that any mitigation practices successfully reverse the damage it causes."
In mountaintop mining, upper elevation forests are cleared and stripped of topsoil, and explosives are used to break up rocks in order to access coal buried below. Much of this rock is pushed into adjacent valleys where it buries and obliterates streams. Mountaintop mining with valley fills (MTM/VF) is widespread throughout eastern Kentucky, West Virginia, and southwestern Virginia.
In their paper, the authors outline severe environmental degradation taking place at mining sites and downstream. The practice destroys extensive tracts of deciduous forests and buries small streams that play essential roles in the overall health of entire watersheds. Waterborne contaminants enter streams that remain below valley fills and can be transported great distances into larger bodies of water.
Co-author Dr. Emily Bernhardt, of Duke University, explains that "The chemicals released into streams from valley fills contain a variety of ions and trace metals which are toxic or debilitating for many organisms, which explains why biodiversity is reduced below valley fills." The authors provide evidence that mine reclamation and mitigation practices have not prevented the contaminants from moving into downstream waters.
The authors also describe human health impacts associated with surface mining for coal in the Appalachian region, including elevated rates of mortality, lung cancer, and chronic heart, lung and kidney disease in coal producing communities.
"Over the last 30 years, there has been a global increase in surface mining, and it is now the dominant driver of land-use change in the Central Appalachian region," says Dr. Keith Eshleman also of the University of Maryland Center for Environmental Science. "We now know that surface mining has extraordinary consequences for both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems. Notwithstanding recent attempts to improve reclamation, the immense scale of mountaintop mining makes it unrealistic to think that true restoration or mitigation is possible with current techniques."
The scientists argue that regulators should no longer ignore rigorous science. "Mining permits are being issued despite the preponderance of scientific evidence that impacts are pervasive and irreversible and that mitigation cannot compensate for losses. Considering environmental impacts of MTM/VF, in combination with evidence that the health of people living in surface-mining regions of the central Appalachians may be compromised by mining activities, we conclude that MTM/VF permits should not be granted unless new methods can be subjected to rigorous peer-review and shown to remedy these problems." [Note: Just before report was issued the EPA approved a new removal permit in West Virginia.]
"Now more than ever, we need a 21st century approach to fulfilling our nation's energy needs," says Dr. Palmer. "No longer can we risk human and environmental health in our never-ending search for inexpensive energy. We need to move beyond filling valleys with mountaintop mining waste and temporarily storing fly ash in containment ponds to a modern energy production process built upon sound science, environmental safety and economic common sense."
(end)
Monday, January 11, 2010
01-11-10 Activist Calendar
ACTIVIST CALENDAR, January 11, 2010, Issue #154
Of the Hudson Valley Activist Newsletter
Send event announcements to jacdon@earthlink.net.
http://activistnewsletter.blogspot.com/
——————————
Editor's Note:
1. A complete announcement about our buses to Washington for the big antiwar protest Saturday March 20 will appear in the next Activist Newsletter in about a week. So far the charters will leave from Kingston, Poughkeepsie and New Paltz, but other stops may be possible if there are enough people who wish to board as a group farther down the Valley.
2. Among the articles in the next newsletter: A roundup analysis of Washington's five ongoing wars, overt and covert; an article on U.S. involvement in Yemen; a piece about further erosions of civil liberties as a consequence of the attempted bombing of a Detroit-bound airliner; two brief articles on the Honduras coup; comments on "climate change and capitalism" by Evo Morales and Hugo Chávez; a call for more peace education; a first-person account of the recent Gaza Freedom March; a compilation of events in 2009 leading to the conclusion there is "more acceptance for marijuana in the U.S. these days;" Gideon Levy on the, "Israel-Palestinian impasse," and a geopolitical excursion through the Middle East and Central Asia by M. K. Bhadrakumar, plus more.
——————————
ACTIVIST CALENDAR EVENTS
Wednesday, Jan. 13, LATHAM: A picket and rally against the anti-union practices of Holiday Inn Express lasts 4-6 p.m. today and each Wednesday, as the strike continues, in front of the Holiday Inn Express, 400 Old Loudon Rd. Friends of labor are invited to join. From the organizers: "Workers at the Holiday Inn Express got tired of poverty wages, unaffordable healthcare, and bad management. They joined with Workers United local 471 to form a union at this hotel, owned by Jim Morrell. Within 24 hours hotel management fired three workers on the organizing committee and fired another not long after. The workers went on strike for back pay and and union recognition, and established the daily picket line at the entrance. This strike has been going on for about six months. See http://ShameOnJimMorrell.com for more information." For information about o the picket/rally, (518) 426-0883, dbull4@verizon.net.
Thursday, Jan. 14, SCHENECTADY (Union College campus): A demonstration will be held on campus to protest the speaking appearance of former Israeli Prime Minister Ehud Olmert. Student organizers identify Olmert — who initiated the invasion of Gaza beginning in December 2008 and the invasion Lebanon in the summer of 2006 — as a war criminal. The Israeli attackers killed 1,400 Gaza residents, mostly civilians including hundreds of children, while losing 14 of their own — a 100-1 disproportion of historic dimension. Olmert, currently under criminal indictment in Israel for fraud, breach of trust, and tax evasion, will be speaking at 7 p.m. to a closed meeting at Nott Memorial Chapel. The concerned faculty and students organizing the demonstration say "space on campus to picket and protest this accused war criminal’s actions will be available beginning 5 p.m." At deadline we don't have the exact location but it'll be in close proximity to the chapel on campus. Information is available from Tom Lobe, lobetom@hotmail.com, or Mazin Tadros, tadrosm@union.edu. Campus map, http://www.union.edu/Campus/Map/ (The chapel is #33 in the middle of Library Field.)
Thursday, Jan. 14, DELMAR: The documentary "Vietnam: American Holocaust" will be screened, with a discussion to follow, at Bethlehem Public Library, 451 Delaware Ave., 6:45-9 p.m. From the organizers: "During the Vietnam War the U.S. dropped more bombs on Vietnam than had been dropped by all countries in World War II. They also used chemical weapons on the people, including Agent Orange and White Phosphorous. The film exposes one of the worst cases of sustained mass slaughter in history. Our generals and foot soldiers, knowingly or unknowingly, killed three million people, mostly using incendiary bombs. Vietnam has never left our national consciousness, and now it has more relevance than ever. Martin Sheen, who played a leading role in 'Apocalypse Now' almost 30 years ago, has lent his powerful voice to this actual history of the War in Vietnam." Sponsored by Bethlehem Neighbors for Peace. Information, (518) 466-1192, tquaif@yahoo.com, http://www.BethlehemforPeace.org/.
Thursday, Jan. 14, WOODSTOCK: The Middle East Crisis Response group of Hudson Valley residents opposed to Israeli and U.S. policies toward the Palestinians meets 7-8:30 p.m. at the Library, 5 Library Lane, just off Tinker St. All welcome. Information, (845) 876-7906, http://www.mideastcrisis.org , gale@mideastcrisis.org.
Saturday, Jan. 16, WAPPINGER FALLS: Take note that the long standing Saturday peace vigil — at the grassy knoll on the corner of Rts. 9 and 9D, 12 noon-2 p.m. — will include a climate change aspect to it as well as opposition to Washington's wars. Organizer's statement: "There is no Planet B, but a better world is possible." Information, (845) 632-1552, richierc@optonline.net.
Saturday, Jan. 16, MOUNT KISCO: The documentary film "A Crude Awakening" will be shown at Unitarian Universalist Fellowship of Northern Westchester, 236 Bedford Rd. at 7 p.m. The film focuses on our planet's shrinking petroleum resources. A discussion will follow. Information, http://www.transitionwestchester.org/calendar.htm.
Sunday, Jan. 17, WHITE PLAINS: The same film listed just above, "A Crude Awakening," will be shown at Community Unitarian Universalist Church, 468 Rosedale Ave. at 7 p.m. Information, http://www.transitionwestchester.org/calendar.htm.
Sunday, Jan. 17, WOODSTOCK: The "20th Annual Birthday Tribute to Martin Luther King, Jr. begins at 2 p.m. at Woodstock Community Center, 56 Rock City Rd. Twenty years! Well done, friends — particularly Terry and Pierre Leroy and so many others we can't name them all. This year's theme is "From Montgomery to Woodstock, Speaking Out Against War." Speakers include Pam Africa, of International Concerned Friends of Mumia Abu Jamal, and Rev. Modele Clarke, of New Progressive Baptist Church. Performers include, actor/playwright, Michael Monasterial, performing King's Riverside speech; dancer/choreographer Janine Williams with Naomi Eshe and dancers; the Princes of Serendip with peace songs; Debra Burger singing freedom songs; and Ras T and the Asheber Posse providing roots rock. Sponsored by MLK Day Planning Committee, Town of Woodstock, and Haitian People's Support Project. Information, Terry Leroy (845) 679-7320.
Monday, Jan. 18, KINGSTON: "Journey to Freedom," a benefit concert for the group "Save Them Now," will be held at Pointe of Praise Family Life Center, 243 Hurley Ave. at 3 p.m. Performers include Kim and Reggie Harris, Rabbi Jonathan Kliger, Bill and Livia Vanaver, with their Caravan Kids, and special guest — Pete Seeger. Suggested minimum donation, $10. Sponsored by Save Them Now, a Kingston religion-based group that provides housing and rehabilitation for nonviolent ex-convicts, and recovering alcoholics and drug addicts. For donations contact Sandi Armstrong of Woodstock Jewish Congregation, (845) 679-2218, Rita Worthington of New Progressive Baptist Church, rmwpdw@aol.com, Bob Cohen of Ulster County Religious Council, rcohen4@hvc.rr.com, or the Administration office of Pointe of Praise Family Life Center, (845) 339-4615.
Sunday, Jan. 24, ROSENDALE: The film, "Freeing Silvia Baraldini" will be screened at the Rosendale Theatre, 408 Main St. at 2:30 p.m., followed by a discussion and wine and cheese reception with the filmmakers. This documentary follows the life of an Italian-American activist who spent 24 years in prison following her conviction for helping to free Black Panther Assata Shakur from prison. Sponsored by The Haitian People's Support Project and The Martin Luther King Day Planning Committee. Snow date: Jan. 31, 2:30 p.m. About the film: http://www.thinedgefilms.com/.
Monday, Feb. 1, OLD CHATHAM- The film, "A Man Named Pearl" will be screened at 7 p.m. at Powell House Quaker Conference and Retreat Center, 524 Pitt Hall Road off County Route 13. The film documents the topiary artist Pearl Fryar, a sharecropper's son, and his rise to fame in his field in the poorest county in South Carolina, and the hope that he gave to the people there. Sponsored by Old Chatham Quaker Meeting. Free and public. Information (518) 766-2992. Directions, http://www.oldchathamquakers.org/
Of the Hudson Valley Activist Newsletter
Send event announcements to jacdon@earthlink.net.
http://activistnewsletter.blogspot.com/
——————————
Editor's Note:
1. A complete announcement about our buses to Washington for the big antiwar protest Saturday March 20 will appear in the next Activist Newsletter in about a week. So far the charters will leave from Kingston, Poughkeepsie and New Paltz, but other stops may be possible if there are enough people who wish to board as a group farther down the Valley.
2. Among the articles in the next newsletter: A roundup analysis of Washington's five ongoing wars, overt and covert; an article on U.S. involvement in Yemen; a piece about further erosions of civil liberties as a consequence of the attempted bombing of a Detroit-bound airliner; two brief articles on the Honduras coup; comments on "climate change and capitalism" by Evo Morales and Hugo Chávez; a call for more peace education; a first-person account of the recent Gaza Freedom March; a compilation of events in 2009 leading to the conclusion there is "more acceptance for marijuana in the U.S. these days;" Gideon Levy on the, "Israel-Palestinian impasse," and a geopolitical excursion through the Middle East and Central Asia by M. K. Bhadrakumar, plus more.
——————————
ACTIVIST CALENDAR EVENTS
Wednesday, Jan. 13, LATHAM: A picket and rally against the anti-union practices of Holiday Inn Express lasts 4-6 p.m. today and each Wednesday, as the strike continues, in front of the Holiday Inn Express, 400 Old Loudon Rd. Friends of labor are invited to join. From the organizers: "Workers at the Holiday Inn Express got tired of poverty wages, unaffordable healthcare, and bad management. They joined with Workers United local 471 to form a union at this hotel, owned by Jim Morrell. Within 24 hours hotel management fired three workers on the organizing committee and fired another not long after. The workers went on strike for back pay and and union recognition, and established the daily picket line at the entrance. This strike has been going on for about six months. See http://ShameOnJimMorrell.com for more information." For information about o the picket/rally, (518) 426-0883, dbull4@verizon.net.
Thursday, Jan. 14, SCHENECTADY (Union College campus): A demonstration will be held on campus to protest the speaking appearance of former Israeli Prime Minister Ehud Olmert. Student organizers identify Olmert — who initiated the invasion of Gaza beginning in December 2008 and the invasion Lebanon in the summer of 2006 — as a war criminal. The Israeli attackers killed 1,400 Gaza residents, mostly civilians including hundreds of children, while losing 14 of their own — a 100-1 disproportion of historic dimension. Olmert, currently under criminal indictment in Israel for fraud, breach of trust, and tax evasion, will be speaking at 7 p.m. to a closed meeting at Nott Memorial Chapel. The concerned faculty and students organizing the demonstration say "space on campus to picket and protest this accused war criminal’s actions will be available beginning 5 p.m." At deadline we don't have the exact location but it'll be in close proximity to the chapel on campus. Information is available from Tom Lobe, lobetom@hotmail.com, or Mazin Tadros, tadrosm@union.edu. Campus map, http://www.union.edu/Campus/Map/ (The chapel is #33 in the middle of Library Field.)
Thursday, Jan. 14, DELMAR: The documentary "Vietnam: American Holocaust" will be screened, with a discussion to follow, at Bethlehem Public Library, 451 Delaware Ave., 6:45-9 p.m. From the organizers: "During the Vietnam War the U.S. dropped more bombs on Vietnam than had been dropped by all countries in World War II. They also used chemical weapons on the people, including Agent Orange and White Phosphorous. The film exposes one of the worst cases of sustained mass slaughter in history. Our generals and foot soldiers, knowingly or unknowingly, killed three million people, mostly using incendiary bombs. Vietnam has never left our national consciousness, and now it has more relevance than ever. Martin Sheen, who played a leading role in 'Apocalypse Now' almost 30 years ago, has lent his powerful voice to this actual history of the War in Vietnam." Sponsored by Bethlehem Neighbors for Peace. Information, (518) 466-1192, tquaif@yahoo.com, http://www.BethlehemforPeace.org/.
Thursday, Jan. 14, WOODSTOCK: The Middle East Crisis Response group of Hudson Valley residents opposed to Israeli and U.S. policies toward the Palestinians meets 7-8:30 p.m. at the Library, 5 Library Lane, just off Tinker St. All welcome. Information, (845) 876-7906, http://www.mideastcrisis.org , gale@mideastcrisis.org.
Saturday, Jan. 16, WAPPINGER FALLS: Take note that the long standing Saturday peace vigil — at the grassy knoll on the corner of Rts. 9 and 9D, 12 noon-2 p.m. — will include a climate change aspect to it as well as opposition to Washington's wars. Organizer's statement: "There is no Planet B, but a better world is possible." Information, (845) 632-1552, richierc@optonline.net.
Saturday, Jan. 16, MOUNT KISCO: The documentary film "A Crude Awakening" will be shown at Unitarian Universalist Fellowship of Northern Westchester, 236 Bedford Rd. at 7 p.m. The film focuses on our planet's shrinking petroleum resources. A discussion will follow. Information, http://www.transitionwestchester.org/calendar.htm.
Sunday, Jan. 17, WHITE PLAINS: The same film listed just above, "A Crude Awakening," will be shown at Community Unitarian Universalist Church, 468 Rosedale Ave. at 7 p.m. Information, http://www.transitionwestchester.org/calendar.htm.
Sunday, Jan. 17, WOODSTOCK: The "20th Annual Birthday Tribute to Martin Luther King, Jr. begins at 2 p.m. at Woodstock Community Center, 56 Rock City Rd. Twenty years! Well done, friends — particularly Terry and Pierre Leroy and so many others we can't name them all. This year's theme is "From Montgomery to Woodstock, Speaking Out Against War." Speakers include Pam Africa, of International Concerned Friends of Mumia Abu Jamal, and Rev. Modele Clarke, of New Progressive Baptist Church. Performers include, actor/playwright, Michael Monasterial, performing King's Riverside speech; dancer/choreographer Janine Williams with Naomi Eshe and dancers; the Princes of Serendip with peace songs; Debra Burger singing freedom songs; and Ras T and the Asheber Posse providing roots rock. Sponsored by MLK Day Planning Committee, Town of Woodstock, and Haitian People's Support Project. Information, Terry Leroy (845) 679-7320.
Monday, Jan. 18, KINGSTON: "Journey to Freedom," a benefit concert for the group "Save Them Now," will be held at Pointe of Praise Family Life Center, 243 Hurley Ave. at 3 p.m. Performers include Kim and Reggie Harris, Rabbi Jonathan Kliger, Bill and Livia Vanaver, with their Caravan Kids, and special guest — Pete Seeger. Suggested minimum donation, $10. Sponsored by Save Them Now, a Kingston religion-based group that provides housing and rehabilitation for nonviolent ex-convicts, and recovering alcoholics and drug addicts. For donations contact Sandi Armstrong of Woodstock Jewish Congregation, (845) 679-2218, Rita Worthington of New Progressive Baptist Church, rmwpdw@aol.com, Bob Cohen of Ulster County Religious Council, rcohen4@hvc.rr.com, or the Administration office of Pointe of Praise Family Life Center, (845) 339-4615.
Sunday, Jan. 24, ROSENDALE: The film, "Freeing Silvia Baraldini" will be screened at the Rosendale Theatre, 408 Main St. at 2:30 p.m., followed by a discussion and wine and cheese reception with the filmmakers. This documentary follows the life of an Italian-American activist who spent 24 years in prison following her conviction for helping to free Black Panther Assata Shakur from prison. Sponsored by The Haitian People's Support Project and The Martin Luther King Day Planning Committee. Snow date: Jan. 31, 2:30 p.m. About the film: http://www.thinedgefilms.com/.
Monday, Feb. 1, OLD CHATHAM- The film, "A Man Named Pearl" will be screened at 7 p.m. at Powell House Quaker Conference and Retreat Center, 524 Pitt Hall Road off County Route 13. The film documents the topiary artist Pearl Fryar, a sharecropper's son, and his rise to fame in his field in the poorest county in South Carolina, and the hope that he gave to the people there. Sponsored by Old Chatham Quaker Meeting. Free and public. Information (518) 766-2992. Directions, http://www.oldchathamquakers.org/
Sunday, January 10, 2010
01-10-10 U.S, Yemen, China
Obama's Yemeni odyssey targets China
By M K Bhadrakumar
Jan. 10, 2010, Asia Times
A year ago, Yemeni President Ali Abdallah Saleh made the startling revelation that his country's security forces apprehended a group of Islamists linked to the Israeli intelligence forces. "A terrorist cell was apprehended and will be referred to the courts for its links with the Israeli intelligence services," he promised.
Saleh added, "You will hear about the trial proceedings." Nothing was ever heard and the trail went cold. Welcome to the magical land of Yemen, where in the womb of time the Arabian Nights were played out.
Combine Yemen with the mystique of Islam, Osama bin Laden, al-Qaeda and the Israeli intelligence and you get a heady mix. The head of the US Central Command, General David Petraeus, dropped in at the capital, Sana'a, on Saturday and vowed to Saleh increased American aid to fight al-Qaeda. United States President Barack Obama promptly echoed Petraeus' promise, assuring that the US would step up intelligence-sharing and training of Yemeni forces and perhaps carry out joint attacks against militants in the region.
Many accounts say that Obama, who is widely regarded as a gifted and intelligent politician, is blundering into a catastrophic mistake by starting another war that could turn out to be as bloody and chaotic and unwinnable as Iraq and Afghanistan. Yes, on the face of it, Obama does seem erratic. The parallels with Afghanistan are striking. There has been an attempt to destroy a US plane by a Nigerian student who says he received training in Yemen. And America wants to go to war.
Yemen, too, is a land of wonderfully beautiful rugged mountains that could be a guerilla paradise. Yemenis are a hospitable lot, like Afghan tribesmen, but as Irish journalist Patrick Cockurn recollects, while they are generous to passing strangers, they "deem the laws of hospitality to lapse when the stranger leaves their tribal territory, at which time he becomes 'a good back to shoot at'." Surely, there is romance in the air - almost like in the Hindu Kush. Fiercely nationalistic, almost every Yemeni has a gun. Yemen is also, like Afghanistan, a land of conflicting authorities, and with foreign intervention, a little civil war is waiting to flare up.
Is Obama so incredibly forgetful of his own December 1 speech outlining his Afghan strategy that he violated his own canons? Certainly not. Obama is a smart man. The intervention in Yemen will go down as one of the smartest moves that he ever made for perpetuating the US's global hegemony. It is America's answer to China's surge.
A cursory look at the map of region will show that Yemen is one of the most strategic lands adjoining waters of the Persian Gulf and the Arabian Peninsula. It flanks Saudi Arabia and Oman, which are vital American protectorates. In effect, Uncle Sam is "marking territory" - like a dog on a lamppost. Russia has been toying with the idea of reopening its Soviet-era base in Aden. Well, the US has pipped Moscow in the race.
The US has signaled that the odyssey doesn't end with Yemen. It is also moving into Somalia and Kenya. With that, the US establishes its military presence in an entire unbroken stretch of real estate all along the Indian Ocean's western rim. Chinese officials have of late spoken of their need to establish a naval base in the region. The US has now foreclosed China's options. The only country with a coastline that is available for China to set up a naval base in the region will be Iran. All other countries have a Western military presence.
The American intervention in Yemen is not going to be on the pattern of Iraq and Afghanistan. Obama will ensure he doesn't receive any body bags of American servicemen serving in Yemen. That is what the American public expects from him. He will only deploy drone aircraft and special forces and "focus on providing intelligence and training to help Yemen counter al-Qaeda militants", according to the US military. Obama's main core objective will be to establish an enduring military presence in Yemen. This serves many purposes.
First, the US move has to be viewed against the historic backdrop of the Shi'ite awakening in the region. The Shi'ites (mostly of the Zaidi group) have been traditionally suppressed in Yemen. Shi'ite uprisings have been a recurring theme in Yemen's history. There has been a deliberate attempt to minimize the percentage of Shi'ites in Yemen, but they could be anywhere up to 45%.
More importantly, in the northern part of the country, they constitute the majority. What bothers the US and moderate Sunni Arab states - and Israel - is that the Believing Youth Organization led by Hussein Badr al-Houthi, which is entrenched in northern Yemen, is modeled after Hezbollah in Lebanon in all respects - politically, economically, socially and culturally.
Yemenis are an intelligent people and are famous in the Arabian Peninsula for their democratic temperament. The Yemeni Shi'ite empowerment on a Hezbollah-model would have far-reaching regional implications. Next-door Oman, which is a key American base, is predominantly Shi'ite. Even more sensitive is the likelihood of the dangerous idea of Shi'ite empowerment spreading to Saudi Arabia's highly restive Shi'ite regions adjoining Yemen, which on top of it all, also happen to be the reservoir of the country's fabulous oil wealth.
Saudi Arabia is entering a highly sensitive phase of political transition as a new generation is set to take over the leadership in Riyadh, and the palace intrigues and fault lines within the royal family are likely to get exacerbated. To put it mildly, given the vast scale of institutionalized Shi'ite persecution in Saudi Arabia by the Wahhabi establishment, Shi'ite empowerment is a veritable minefield that Riyadh is petrified about at this juncture. Its threshold of patience is wearing thin, as the recent uncharacteristic resort to military power against the north Yemeni Shi'ite communities bordering Saudi Arabia testifies.
The US faces a classic dilemma. It is all right for Obama to highlight the need of reform in Muslim societies - as he did eloquently in his Cairo speech last June. But democratization in the Yemeni context - ironically, in the Arab context - would involve Shi'ite empowerment. After the searing experience in Iraq, Washington is literally perched like a cat on a hot tin roof. It would much rather be aligned with the repressive, autocratic government of Saleh than let the genie of reform out of the bottle in the oil rich-region in which it has profound interests.
Obama has an erudite mind and he is not unaware that what Yemen desperately needs is reform, but he simply doesn't want to think about it. The paradox he faces is that with all its imperfections, Iran happens to be the only "democratic" system operating in that entire region.
Iran's shadow over the Yemeni Shi'ite consciousness worries the US to no end. Simply put, in the ideological struggle going on in the region, Obama finds himself with the ultra-conservative and brutally autocratic oligarchies that constitute the ruling class in the region. Conceivably, he isn't finding it easy. If his own memoirs are to be believed, there could be times when the vague recollections of his childhood in Indonesia and his precious memories of his own mother, who from all accounts was a free-wheeling intellectual and humanist, must be stalking him in the White House corridors.
But Obama is first and foremost a realist. Emotions and personal beliefs drain away and strategic considerations weigh uppermost when he works in the Oval Office. With the military presence in Yemen, the US has tightened the cordon around Iran. In the event of a military attack on Iran, Yemen could be put to use as a springboard by the Israelis. These are weighty considerations for Obama.
The fact is that no one is in control as a Yemeni authority. It is a cakewalk for the formidable Israeli intelligence to carve out a niche in Yemen - just as it did in northern Iraq under somewhat comparable circumstances.
Islamism doesn't deter Israel at all. Saleh couldn't have been far off the mark when he alleged last year that Israeli intelligence had been exposed as having kept links with Yemeni Islamists. The point is, Yemeni Islamists are a highly fragmented lot and no one is sure who owes what sort of allegiance to whom. Israeli intelligence operates marvelously in such twilight zones when the horizon is lacerated with the blood of the vanishing sun.
Israel will find a toehold in Yemen to be a god-sent gift insofar as it registers its presence in the Arabian Peninsula. This is a dream come true for Israel, whose effectiveness as a regional power has always been seriously handicapped by its lack of access to the Persian Gulf region. The overarching US military presence helpsIsrael politically to consolidate its Yemeni chapter. Without doubt, Petraeus is moving on Yemen in tandem with Israel (and Britain). But the "pro-West" Arab states with their rentier mentality have no choice except to remain as mute spectators on the sidelines.
Some among them may actually acquiesce with the Israeli security presence in the region as a safer bet than the spread of the dangerous ideas of Shi'ite empowerment emanating out of Iran, Iraq and Hezbollah. Also, at some stage, Israeli intelligence will begin to infiltrate the extremist Sunni outfits in Yemen, which are commonly known as affiliates of al-Qaeda. That is, if it hasn't done that already. Any such link makes Israel an invaluable ally for the US in its fight against al-Qaeda. In sum, infinite possibilities exist in the paradigm that is taking shape in the Muslim world abutting into the strategic Persian Gulf.
Most important, however, for US global strategies will be the massive gain of control of the port of Aden in Yemen. Britain can vouchsafe that Aden is the gateway to Asia. Control of Aden and the Malacca Strait will put the US in an unassailable position in the "great game" of the Indian Ocean. The sea lanes of the Indian Ocean are literally the jugular veins of China's economy. By controlling them, Washington sends a strong message to Beijing that any notions by the latter that the US is a declining power in Asia would be nothing more than an extravagant indulgence in fantasy.
In the Indian Ocean region, China is increasingly coming under pressure. India is a natural ally of the US in the Indian Ocean region. Both disfavor any significant Chinese naval presence. India is mediating a rapprochement between Washington and Colombo that would help roll back Chinese influence in Sri Lanka. The US has taken a u-turn in its Myanmar policy and is engaging the regime there with the primary intent of eroding China's influence with the military rulers. The Chinese strategy aimed at strengthening influence in Sri Lanka and Myanmar so as to open a new transportation route towards the Middle East, the Persian Gulf and Africa, where it has begun contesting traditional Western economic dominance.
China is keen to whittle down its dependence on the Malacca Strait for its commerce with Europe and West Asia. The US, on the contrary, is determined that China remains vulnerable to the choke point between Indonesia and Malaysia.
An engrossing struggle is breaking out. The US is unhappy with China's efforts to reach the warm waters of the Persian Gulf through the Central Asian region and Pakistan. Slowly but steadily, Washington is tightening the noose around the neck of the Pakistani elites - civilian and military - and forcing them to make a strategic choice between the US and China. This will put those elites in an unenviable dilemma. Like their Indian counterparts, they are inherently "pro-Western" (even when they are "anti-American") and if the Chinese connection is important for Islamabad, that is primarily because it balances perceived Indian hegemony.
The existential questions with which the Pakistani elites are grappling are apparent. They are seeking answers from Obama. Can Obama maintain a balanced relationship vis-a-vis Pakistan and India? Or, will Obama lapse back to the George W Bush era strategy of building up India as the pre-eminent power in the Indian Ocean under whose shadow Pakistan will have to learn to live?
On the other hand, the Indian elites are in no compromising mood. Delhi was on a roll during the Bush days. Now, after the initial misgivings about Obama's political philosophy, Delhi is concluding that he is all but a clone of his illustrious predecessor as regards the broad contours of the US's global strategy - of which containment of China is a core template.
The comfort level is palpably rising in Delhi with regard to the Obama presidency. Delhi takes the surge of the Israeli lobby in Washington as the litmus test for the Obama presidency. The surge suits Delhi, since the Jewish lobby was always a helpful ally in cultivating influence in the US Congress, media and the rabble-rousing think-tankers as well as successive administrations. And all this is happening at a time when the India-Israel security relationship is gaining greater momentum.
United States Defense Secretary Robert Gates is due to visit Delhi in the coming days. The Obama administration is reportedly adopting an increasingly accommodative attitude toward India's longstanding quest for "dual-use" technology from the US. If so, a massive avenue of military cooperation is about to open between the two countries, which will make India a serious challenger to China's growing military prowess. It is a win-win situation as the great Indian arms bazaar offers highly lucrative business for American companies.
Clearly, a cozy three-way US-Israel-India alliance provides the underpinning for all the maneuvering that is going on. It will have significance for the security of the Indian Ocean, the Persian Gulf and the Arabian Peninsula. Last year, India formalized a naval presence in Oman.
All-in-all, terrorism experts are counting the trees and missing the wood when they analyze the US foray into Yemen in the limited terms of hunting down al-Qaeda. The hard reality is that Obama, whose main plank used to be "change", has careened away and increasingly defaults to the global strategies of the Bush era. The freshness of the Obama magic is dissipating. Traces of the "revisionism" in his foreign policy orientation are beginning to surface. We can see them already with regard to Iran, Afghanistan, the Middle East and the Israel-Palestine problem, Central Asia and towards China and Russia.
Arguably, this sort of "return of the native" by Obama was inevitable. For one thing, he is but a creature of his circumstances. As someone put it brilliantly, Obama's presidency is like driving a train rather than a car: a train cannot be "steered", the driver can at best set its speed, but ultimately, it must run on its tracks.
Besides, history has no instances of a declining world power meekly accepting its destiny and walking into the sunset. The US cannot give up on its global dominance without putting up a real fight. And the reality of all such momentous struggles is that they cannot be fought piece-meal. You cannot fight China without occupying Yemen.
—
Ambassador M K Bhadrakumar was a career diplomat in the Indian Foreign Service. His assignments included the Soviet Union, South Korea, Sri Lanka, Germany, Afghanistan, Pakistan, Uzbekistan, Kuwait and Turkey.
• This article appeared in Asia Times Online Jan. 10, 2010 at http://www.atimes.com/atimes/Front_Page.html
By M K Bhadrakumar
Jan. 10, 2010, Asia Times
A year ago, Yemeni President Ali Abdallah Saleh made the startling revelation that his country's security forces apprehended a group of Islamists linked to the Israeli intelligence forces. "A terrorist cell was apprehended and will be referred to the courts for its links with the Israeli intelligence services," he promised.
Saleh added, "You will hear about the trial proceedings." Nothing was ever heard and the trail went cold. Welcome to the magical land of Yemen, where in the womb of time the Arabian Nights were played out.
Combine Yemen with the mystique of Islam, Osama bin Laden, al-Qaeda and the Israeli intelligence and you get a heady mix. The head of the US Central Command, General David Petraeus, dropped in at the capital, Sana'a, on Saturday and vowed to Saleh increased American aid to fight al-Qaeda. United States President Barack Obama promptly echoed Petraeus' promise, assuring that the US would step up intelligence-sharing and training of Yemeni forces and perhaps carry out joint attacks against militants in the region.
Many accounts say that Obama, who is widely regarded as a gifted and intelligent politician, is blundering into a catastrophic mistake by starting another war that could turn out to be as bloody and chaotic and unwinnable as Iraq and Afghanistan. Yes, on the face of it, Obama does seem erratic. The parallels with Afghanistan are striking. There has been an attempt to destroy a US plane by a Nigerian student who says he received training in Yemen. And America wants to go to war.
Yemen, too, is a land of wonderfully beautiful rugged mountains that could be a guerilla paradise. Yemenis are a hospitable lot, like Afghan tribesmen, but as Irish journalist Patrick Cockurn recollects, while they are generous to passing strangers, they "deem the laws of hospitality to lapse when the stranger leaves their tribal territory, at which time he becomes 'a good back to shoot at'." Surely, there is romance in the air - almost like in the Hindu Kush. Fiercely nationalistic, almost every Yemeni has a gun. Yemen is also, like Afghanistan, a land of conflicting authorities, and with foreign intervention, a little civil war is waiting to flare up.
Is Obama so incredibly forgetful of his own December 1 speech outlining his Afghan strategy that he violated his own canons? Certainly not. Obama is a smart man. The intervention in Yemen will go down as one of the smartest moves that he ever made for perpetuating the US's global hegemony. It is America's answer to China's surge.
A cursory look at the map of region will show that Yemen is one of the most strategic lands adjoining waters of the Persian Gulf and the Arabian Peninsula. It flanks Saudi Arabia and Oman, which are vital American protectorates. In effect, Uncle Sam is "marking territory" - like a dog on a lamppost. Russia has been toying with the idea of reopening its Soviet-era base in Aden. Well, the US has pipped Moscow in the race.
The US has signaled that the odyssey doesn't end with Yemen. It is also moving into Somalia and Kenya. With that, the US establishes its military presence in an entire unbroken stretch of real estate all along the Indian Ocean's western rim. Chinese officials have of late spoken of their need to establish a naval base in the region. The US has now foreclosed China's options. The only country with a coastline that is available for China to set up a naval base in the region will be Iran. All other countries have a Western military presence.
The American intervention in Yemen is not going to be on the pattern of Iraq and Afghanistan. Obama will ensure he doesn't receive any body bags of American servicemen serving in Yemen. That is what the American public expects from him. He will only deploy drone aircraft and special forces and "focus on providing intelligence and training to help Yemen counter al-Qaeda militants", according to the US military. Obama's main core objective will be to establish an enduring military presence in Yemen. This serves many purposes.
First, the US move has to be viewed against the historic backdrop of the Shi'ite awakening in the region. The Shi'ites (mostly of the Zaidi group) have been traditionally suppressed in Yemen. Shi'ite uprisings have been a recurring theme in Yemen's history. There has been a deliberate attempt to minimize the percentage of Shi'ites in Yemen, but they could be anywhere up to 45%.
More importantly, in the northern part of the country, they constitute the majority. What bothers the US and moderate Sunni Arab states - and Israel - is that the Believing Youth Organization led by Hussein Badr al-Houthi, which is entrenched in northern Yemen, is modeled after Hezbollah in Lebanon in all respects - politically, economically, socially and culturally.
Yemenis are an intelligent people and are famous in the Arabian Peninsula for their democratic temperament. The Yemeni Shi'ite empowerment on a Hezbollah-model would have far-reaching regional implications. Next-door Oman, which is a key American base, is predominantly Shi'ite. Even more sensitive is the likelihood of the dangerous idea of Shi'ite empowerment spreading to Saudi Arabia's highly restive Shi'ite regions adjoining Yemen, which on top of it all, also happen to be the reservoir of the country's fabulous oil wealth.
Saudi Arabia is entering a highly sensitive phase of political transition as a new generation is set to take over the leadership in Riyadh, and the palace intrigues and fault lines within the royal family are likely to get exacerbated. To put it mildly, given the vast scale of institutionalized Shi'ite persecution in Saudi Arabia by the Wahhabi establishment, Shi'ite empowerment is a veritable minefield that Riyadh is petrified about at this juncture. Its threshold of patience is wearing thin, as the recent uncharacteristic resort to military power against the north Yemeni Shi'ite communities bordering Saudi Arabia testifies.
The US faces a classic dilemma. It is all right for Obama to highlight the need of reform in Muslim societies - as he did eloquently in his Cairo speech last June. But democratization in the Yemeni context - ironically, in the Arab context - would involve Shi'ite empowerment. After the searing experience in Iraq, Washington is literally perched like a cat on a hot tin roof. It would much rather be aligned with the repressive, autocratic government of Saleh than let the genie of reform out of the bottle in the oil rich-region in which it has profound interests.
Obama has an erudite mind and he is not unaware that what Yemen desperately needs is reform, but he simply doesn't want to think about it. The paradox he faces is that with all its imperfections, Iran happens to be the only "democratic" system operating in that entire region.
Iran's shadow over the Yemeni Shi'ite consciousness worries the US to no end. Simply put, in the ideological struggle going on in the region, Obama finds himself with the ultra-conservative and brutally autocratic oligarchies that constitute the ruling class in the region. Conceivably, he isn't finding it easy. If his own memoirs are to be believed, there could be times when the vague recollections of his childhood in Indonesia and his precious memories of his own mother, who from all accounts was a free-wheeling intellectual and humanist, must be stalking him in the White House corridors.
But Obama is first and foremost a realist. Emotions and personal beliefs drain away and strategic considerations weigh uppermost when he works in the Oval Office. With the military presence in Yemen, the US has tightened the cordon around Iran. In the event of a military attack on Iran, Yemen could be put to use as a springboard by the Israelis. These are weighty considerations for Obama.
The fact is that no one is in control as a Yemeni authority. It is a cakewalk for the formidable Israeli intelligence to carve out a niche in Yemen - just as it did in northern Iraq under somewhat comparable circumstances.
Islamism doesn't deter Israel at all. Saleh couldn't have been far off the mark when he alleged last year that Israeli intelligence had been exposed as having kept links with Yemeni Islamists. The point is, Yemeni Islamists are a highly fragmented lot and no one is sure who owes what sort of allegiance to whom. Israeli intelligence operates marvelously in such twilight zones when the horizon is lacerated with the blood of the vanishing sun.
Israel will find a toehold in Yemen to be a god-sent gift insofar as it registers its presence in the Arabian Peninsula. This is a dream come true for Israel, whose effectiveness as a regional power has always been seriously handicapped by its lack of access to the Persian Gulf region. The overarching US military presence helpsIsrael politically to consolidate its Yemeni chapter. Without doubt, Petraeus is moving on Yemen in tandem with Israel (and Britain). But the "pro-West" Arab states with their rentier mentality have no choice except to remain as mute spectators on the sidelines.
Some among them may actually acquiesce with the Israeli security presence in the region as a safer bet than the spread of the dangerous ideas of Shi'ite empowerment emanating out of Iran, Iraq and Hezbollah. Also, at some stage, Israeli intelligence will begin to infiltrate the extremist Sunni outfits in Yemen, which are commonly known as affiliates of al-Qaeda. That is, if it hasn't done that already. Any such link makes Israel an invaluable ally for the US in its fight against al-Qaeda. In sum, infinite possibilities exist in the paradigm that is taking shape in the Muslim world abutting into the strategic Persian Gulf.
Most important, however, for US global strategies will be the massive gain of control of the port of Aden in Yemen. Britain can vouchsafe that Aden is the gateway to Asia. Control of Aden and the Malacca Strait will put the US in an unassailable position in the "great game" of the Indian Ocean. The sea lanes of the Indian Ocean are literally the jugular veins of China's economy. By controlling them, Washington sends a strong message to Beijing that any notions by the latter that the US is a declining power in Asia would be nothing more than an extravagant indulgence in fantasy.
In the Indian Ocean region, China is increasingly coming under pressure. India is a natural ally of the US in the Indian Ocean region. Both disfavor any significant Chinese naval presence. India is mediating a rapprochement between Washington and Colombo that would help roll back Chinese influence in Sri Lanka. The US has taken a u-turn in its Myanmar policy and is engaging the regime there with the primary intent of eroding China's influence with the military rulers. The Chinese strategy aimed at strengthening influence in Sri Lanka and Myanmar so as to open a new transportation route towards the Middle East, the Persian Gulf and Africa, where it has begun contesting traditional Western economic dominance.
China is keen to whittle down its dependence on the Malacca Strait for its commerce with Europe and West Asia. The US, on the contrary, is determined that China remains vulnerable to the choke point between Indonesia and Malaysia.
An engrossing struggle is breaking out. The US is unhappy with China's efforts to reach the warm waters of the Persian Gulf through the Central Asian region and Pakistan. Slowly but steadily, Washington is tightening the noose around the neck of the Pakistani elites - civilian and military - and forcing them to make a strategic choice between the US and China. This will put those elites in an unenviable dilemma. Like their Indian counterparts, they are inherently "pro-Western" (even when they are "anti-American") and if the Chinese connection is important for Islamabad, that is primarily because it balances perceived Indian hegemony.
The existential questions with which the Pakistani elites are grappling are apparent. They are seeking answers from Obama. Can Obama maintain a balanced relationship vis-a-vis Pakistan and India? Or, will Obama lapse back to the George W Bush era strategy of building up India as the pre-eminent power in the Indian Ocean under whose shadow Pakistan will have to learn to live?
On the other hand, the Indian elites are in no compromising mood. Delhi was on a roll during the Bush days. Now, after the initial misgivings about Obama's political philosophy, Delhi is concluding that he is all but a clone of his illustrious predecessor as regards the broad contours of the US's global strategy - of which containment of China is a core template.
The comfort level is palpably rising in Delhi with regard to the Obama presidency. Delhi takes the surge of the Israeli lobby in Washington as the litmus test for the Obama presidency. The surge suits Delhi, since the Jewish lobby was always a helpful ally in cultivating influence in the US Congress, media and the rabble-rousing think-tankers as well as successive administrations. And all this is happening at a time when the India-Israel security relationship is gaining greater momentum.
United States Defense Secretary Robert Gates is due to visit Delhi in the coming days. The Obama administration is reportedly adopting an increasingly accommodative attitude toward India's longstanding quest for "dual-use" technology from the US. If so, a massive avenue of military cooperation is about to open between the two countries, which will make India a serious challenger to China's growing military prowess. It is a win-win situation as the great Indian arms bazaar offers highly lucrative business for American companies.
Clearly, a cozy three-way US-Israel-India alliance provides the underpinning for all the maneuvering that is going on. It will have significance for the security of the Indian Ocean, the Persian Gulf and the Arabian Peninsula. Last year, India formalized a naval presence in Oman.
All-in-all, terrorism experts are counting the trees and missing the wood when they analyze the US foray into Yemen in the limited terms of hunting down al-Qaeda. The hard reality is that Obama, whose main plank used to be "change", has careened away and increasingly defaults to the global strategies of the Bush era. The freshness of the Obama magic is dissipating. Traces of the "revisionism" in his foreign policy orientation are beginning to surface. We can see them already with regard to Iran, Afghanistan, the Middle East and the Israel-Palestine problem, Central Asia and towards China and Russia.
Arguably, this sort of "return of the native" by Obama was inevitable. For one thing, he is but a creature of his circumstances. As someone put it brilliantly, Obama's presidency is like driving a train rather than a car: a train cannot be "steered", the driver can at best set its speed, but ultimately, it must run on its tracks.
Besides, history has no instances of a declining world power meekly accepting its destiny and walking into the sunset. The US cannot give up on its global dominance without putting up a real fight. And the reality of all such momentous struggles is that they cannot be fought piece-meal. You cannot fight China without occupying Yemen.
—
Ambassador M K Bhadrakumar was a career diplomat in the Indian Foreign Service. His assignments included the Soviet Union, South Korea, Sri Lanka, Germany, Afghanistan, Pakistan, Uzbekistan, Kuwait and Turkey.
• This article appeared in Asia Times Online Jan. 10, 2010 at http://www.atimes.com/atimes/Front_Page.html
Friday, January 8, 2010
01-08-10 Activist Calendar
ACTIVIST CALENDAR, Jan. 8, 2010. Issue #153A
Of the Hudson Valley Activist Newsletter, http://activistnewsletter.blogspot.com/
Send event announcements to jacdon@earthlink.net
——————————
Editor's Note: A more complete calendar will be sent in a few days. The Activist Newsletter will follow soon thereafter.
————————————
Saturday, Jan. 9, POUGHKEEPSIE: A free public showing of a documentary on "Afghan Women: A History of Struggle," will begin at 7 p.m. at the Friends Meeting house, 249 Hooker Ave., followed by a discussion. After more than eight years of U.S. war and occupation, the plight of the women of Afghanistan has not changed substantially from the days of Taliban rule. And whatever positive change has take place largely derives from the struggles of the women themselves. This event is sponsored by the Dutchess Peace Coalition and the Poughkeepsie Friends Meeting. Information, (845) 454-6431 or (845) 454-2870, http://dutchesspeace.org.
Saturday, Jan. 9, SAUGERTIES: A music, dinner and dance fundraiser takes place today at the Elks Lodge on Rt. 32 to benefit Emilio and Alalia Maya of the local Tango Café. We're informed "they are facing possible deportation and incurring large legal bills." Live music is from 4-6 p.m., followed by a buffet dinner at 6 p.m., then after dinner tango, salsa and swing dancing. Suggested donation $20. Information, Gary Bischoff, eccxray@verizon.net.
Monday, Jan. 11, OLD CHATHAM: A showing of the full length documentary "Rethink Afghanistan" will be shown, public and free, starting at 7 p.m. at the Powell House Quaker Conference and Retreat Center, 524 Pitt Hall Rd. off County Rt. 13. This film combines footage from the war with interviews of experts from Afghanistan, the U.S., and Russia centering on the critical issues of military escalation, its effect on Pakistan and the surrounding region, the cost of war, civilian casualties, and the rights of Afghan women. Sponsored by Old Chatham Quaker Meeting. Information, (518) 766-2992. Directions, http://www.oldchathamquakers.org
Of the Hudson Valley Activist Newsletter, http://activistnewsletter.blogspot.com/
Send event announcements to jacdon@earthlink.net
——————————
Editor's Note: A more complete calendar will be sent in a few days. The Activist Newsletter will follow soon thereafter.
————————————
Saturday, Jan. 9, POUGHKEEPSIE: A free public showing of a documentary on "Afghan Women: A History of Struggle," will begin at 7 p.m. at the Friends Meeting house, 249 Hooker Ave., followed by a discussion. After more than eight years of U.S. war and occupation, the plight of the women of Afghanistan has not changed substantially from the days of Taliban rule. And whatever positive change has take place largely derives from the struggles of the women themselves. This event is sponsored by the Dutchess Peace Coalition and the Poughkeepsie Friends Meeting. Information, (845) 454-6431 or (845) 454-2870, http://dutchesspeace.org.
Saturday, Jan. 9, SAUGERTIES: A music, dinner and dance fundraiser takes place today at the Elks Lodge on Rt. 32 to benefit Emilio and Alalia Maya of the local Tango Café. We're informed "they are facing possible deportation and incurring large legal bills." Live music is from 4-6 p.m., followed by a buffet dinner at 6 p.m., then after dinner tango, salsa and swing dancing. Suggested donation $20. Information, Gary Bischoff, eccxray@verizon.net.
Monday, Jan. 11, OLD CHATHAM: A showing of the full length documentary "Rethink Afghanistan" will be shown, public and free, starting at 7 p.m. at the Powell House Quaker Conference and Retreat Center, 524 Pitt Hall Rd. off County Rt. 13. This film combines footage from the war with interviews of experts from Afghanistan, the U.S., and Russia centering on the critical issues of military escalation, its effect on Pakistan and the surrounding region, the cost of war, civilian casualties, and the rights of Afghan women. Sponsored by Old Chatham Quaker Meeting. Information, (518) 766-2992. Directions, http://www.oldchathamquakers.org
Wednesday, December 16, 2009
12-16-09 Activist Newsletter
December 16, 2009, Issue #153
HUDSON VALLEY ACTIVIST NEWSLETTER/CALENDAR
—————————————————
Contents:
1. A NEW YEAR WISH — We need democracy in action to bring about social change — and that comes from the people, not the politicians.
2. AFGHANISTAN: IT'S NOT A JUST WAR — Trying to justify his wider war, Obama misinterpreted the "Theory of Just War" during his Nobel Prize speech.
3. WASHINGTON'S TWO LOST WARS — The United States has already lost the war in Afghanistan, just as it has lost the war in Iraq.
4. HINCHEY, HALL BACK WIDER WAR — Our local liberal Congressmen enthusiastically back escalation of Afghan conflict.
5. VOICES OF WAR AND PEACE — Quotes.
6. NEW MOVEMENTS FOR SOCIAL CHANGE — Progressive power today resides in the people's activist and alternative movements for social/political change.
7. COMING SOON: THE THOUGHT POLICE — One of the recent technological "triumphs" is a device that's supposed to read our minds and emotions to determine if we have "harmful intentions."
8. SIXTEEN DEATHS PER DAY — Every day in the United States 16 workers die on the job, largely because of reckless negligence on the part of their employers.
9. THE PALESTINIAN PLIGHT — A local activist discusses Israel's oppression of the Palestinian people.
10. THE TRAGEDY OF LEONARD PELTIER —One of America's best known political prisoners — a Native American activist — has been denied parole once again.
11. THE VOICE OF COMPLICITY — A poem by Leonard Peltier.
12. OBAMA: A ONE-TERM PRESIDENT? — Better a one-term president who ends a bad war than a two-term president who keeps it going.
13. FIGHTING ANOTHER DUMB WAR — Chris Hedges interviews former Democratic Senator Mike Gravel, who has some interesting insights about President Obama.
14. KEEP CHURCH AND STATE SEPARATE — Americans United criticizes renewed push by conservative church groups to impose religious teachings.
15. GROUPS HIT U.S. OVER LANDMINE TREATY — Human rights and disarmament activists criticize Washington's refusal to ban landmines.
16. NEWS BRIEFS — Hunger increases in U.S., World hunger on the rise, Obama supports revival of Patriot Act.
—————————————————
1. A NEW YEAR WISH
Dear Readers:
With a new year around the corner, let's look at the year now ending, and then the year ahead.
The year 2009 began with great hopes by many Americans with liberal, progressive or left views. Republican George W. Bush and his neoconservative clique were finally gone after eight dreadful years of right wing governance at home and rampant imperialism abroad.
Many people with hopes for substantial change thought that despite the recession important political and social progress would accompany the new Democratic administration led by President Barack Obama and a Democratic Congress with large majorities in the House and Senate.
Many hoped for an end to the unjust wars, militarism and ever increasing war budgets; the replacement of economic teams that favored the wealthy, the banks and Wall Street; a reversal of the growing gap between rich and poor and the disproportionate economic inequality experienced by African Americans, Latinos, and Native Americans; implementation of adequate measures to mitigate foreclosures and create jobs for the swelling ranks of the unemployed; a halt to erosions of civil liberties; no more cover-ups of the Bush Administration's war crimes; and serious advances on climate change.
Now, as we are about to enter 2010, many of the high hopes entertained last January have been dashed. President Obama, with his political caution and penchant for compromising with the right wing, hasn't lived up to his advance billing. The Democratic Congress has terribly few accomplishments to its credit because of the large number of Blue Dogs and other conservatives in its own ranks, determined to undermine progressive legislation.
We understood from the beginning that the optimistic talk about the new administration governing from the center/center-left or even from dead center was political daydreaming. Much of what is emanating today from the White House and Congress isn't even from the center but the center-right. This was not the change many people believed in and voted for.
So what about 2010? There will be more of the same unless the liberals, the progressives and the left — and there are many millions of us in America — begin to make a lot of noise. We need democracy in action to bring about social change — and that comes first from the people, not the politicians.
Nothing beats mass movements in motion for pushing political parameters toward the left, after decades of having them moved toward the right. There are scores of people's movements, independent of the ruling parties, that need more people behind them in order to make an impact on the political system.
We think every liberal, progressive and leftist who is disappointed with the way things are going should join up with one or another of the mass movements and left organizations in 2010 and push for real change — for peace, or climate change, or single-payer/public option, or protection of civil liberties, or economic justice, or a score or so of additional categories where the power of the people can make a real difference.
That's our wish for the new year — a wish for many more people and movements in motion for progressive social change. Happy new year, friends.
From Hudson Valley Activist Newsletter, Activist Calendar, and Peace and Social Progress Now.
—————————————————
2. AFGHANISTAN: IT'S NOT A JUST WAR
President Barack Obama delivered a rather odd speech Dec. 10 when he accepted the Nobel Peace Prize at ceremonies in Oslo. In the name of peace, he sought to justify former President George W. Bush's invasion and occupation of Afghanistan, as well as his own decision Dec. 1 to vastly expand this unnecessary and essentially lost endeavor by ordering another 30,000 troops to the war zone.
In the process, Obama misinterpreted the "Theory of Just War," the subject of this article, which argues it is not a just war.
Most Republicans, especially the neoconservatives, strongly approved of the speech, largely because of its bellicosity and its justification for Bush's foray into Afghanistan. Sarah Palin "liked what he said." Newt Gingrich "thought the speech was actually very good." Karl Rove defined it as "superb," "tough" and "effective." The pro-war Wall Street Journal offered a "Congratulations, Mr. President."
Antiwar Democrats and the peace movement were critical, but many liberal Democrats praised it, though seemingly less for its rationalization of war and imperialism and more for its smooth intellectual style and philosophical wanderings, as when Katrina vanden Heuvel, editor of the liberal flagship weekly The Nation, focused on the president's "humility and grace."
Salon commentator Glenn Greenwald put it this way: "Much of the liberal praise for Obama's speech yesterday focused on how eloquent, sophisticated, nuanced, complex, philosophical, contemplative and intellectual it was. And, looked at a certain way, it was all of those things — like so many Obama speeches are. After eight years of enduring a president who spoke in simplistic Manichean imperatives and bullying decrees, many liberals are understandably joyous over having a president who uses their language and the rhetorical approach that resonates with them. But that's the real danger. Obama puts a pretty, intellectual, liberal face on some ugly and decidedly illiberal policies."
Obama had little option but to express humility in accepting the Nobel Committee's award that he himself knew was entirely undeserved and an embarrassment, coming as it did just after his big move to widen the Afghan war. Under the circumstances, he carried off the necessary humility sequence quite well, noting that "Compared to some of the giants of history who have received this prize — Schweitzer and King; Marshall and Mandela — my accomplishments are slight."
About half the Nobel speech was devoted to justifying the Afghan war, while most of the rest was a spirited, idealized, and mendacious defense of the U.S. role in foreign affairs since the end of World War II. Obama's foreign policy resembles a combination of that put forward by Presidents Bill Clinton and George H.W. Bush (the elder). It continues the dubious tradition embraced by American presidents since 1945 consisting of seeking hegemony and world supremacy based on overwhelming military power.
In attempting to legitimize Bush's Afghan war, Obama declared:
"Over time, as codes of law sought to control violence within groups, so did philosophers, clerics and statesmen seek to regulate the destructive power of war. The concept of a 'just war' emerged, suggesting that war is justified only when it meets certain preconditions: if it is waged as a last resort or in self-defense; if the force used is proportional; and if, whenever possible, civilians are spared from violence.... The world rallied around America after the 9/11 attacks, and continues to support our efforts in Afghanistan, because of the horror of those senseless attacks and the recognized principle of self-defense....
"I believe that all nations, strong and weak alike, must adhere to [just war] standards that govern the use of force.... Where force is necessary, we have a moral and strategic interest in binding ourselves to certain rules of conduct. And even as we confront a vicious adversary that abides by no rules, I believe that the United States of America must remain a standard bearer in the conduct of war. That is what makes us different from those whom we fight. That is a source of our strength."
President Obama is incorrect when he suggests that the Afghan war conforms with the theory of just war. Here's why:
Over the last 1,500 years, secular and religious ethicists have developed the theory of just war. The Roman Catholic Church is a major organizational upholder of the just war concept, but the theory enjoys universal application and is embraced in international law and the UN Charter. This is not a pacifist theory because it finds some wars just and some unjust. For instance, U.S. participation in World War II against German and Japanese imperialism is considered just, but its role in Iraq is termed unjust. Justness, not nonviolence, is the international criterion.
There are nuanced differences in the interpretation of just war theory, but there is general agreement on its six principal stipulations — all of which be must honored for the resort to war to be considered just. Four of the points are relevant to Afghanistan, the most important being "Just Cause." This means war is permissible to confront "a real and certain danger" — either an attack or imminent attack from another country — and includes self-defense or the defense of others from external aggression.
Afghanistan neither attacked the United States on Sept. 11, 2001, nor was it threatening an imminent attack. This rules out the just cause of self-defense. We will explain this before moving to the other three points.
Al-Qaeda, a small decentralized fundamentalist religious organization on the fringes of Islam was responsible for the attack, not the state or government of Afghanistan. Al-Qaeda was formed in Afghanistan by Osama bin-Laden, a Saudi exile, in 1988. Its members were drawn from foreign Muslim jihadist fighters taking part in the Afghan civil war (1979-1996) against a left wing government in Kabul that was being defended by Soviet troops, followed by a war between the various Afghan factions after the left was overthrown in 1992. The U.S. financed the anti-government civil war, as did Pakistan and Saudi Arabia on a lesser scale. Al-Qaeda was among the beneficiaries of Washington's support.
Most al-Qaeda recruits returned to their own countries in the Middle East and Europe after the war. Some set up small branches of the organization where they lived. A sector of al-Qaeda, including bin-Laden, remained in Afghanistan with the approval of the fundamentalist Taliban government, which emerged victorious from the civil war in 1996. (For Washington's deep involvement, including financing the civil war, see the archived "The U.S. in Afghanistan Part 2: The Origins of a Bad War" in the Nov. 5, 2009, Activist Newsletter.)
No Afghan was among the 19 Al-Qaeda suicide operatives, armed with box cutters, who hijacked four airliners on 9/11 and slammed one of them into the Pentagon and two others into New York's World Trade Center, killing about 3,000 people.
Much of the planning for the attack evidently took place in Europe and then in the U.S. There has never been any proof that Taliban leader Mullah Muhammad Omar was aware of the Sept. 11 plan, much less a party to it. Just hours after the Washington and New York City destruction, the Taliban authorities denounced the attacks. At the same time, Afghanistan's Taliban ambassador to Pakistan stated to the media "We want to tell the American children that Afghanistan feels your pain. We hope the courts find justice."
President Bush immediately rejected suggestions for a major international police effort to apprehend the leaders of the attack. Instead, after conferring with his neoconservative advisers, he defined this small-group terrorist raid as an act of war carried out from Afghan territory with the connivance of the Taliban government. This allowed Bush to declare an open-ended "War on Terrorism," paving the way a few weeks later for his invasion of Afghanistan, and then Iraq in March 2003.
Another of the just war points is "Last Resort. This means a country may resort to war only after exhausting every other possible alternative. This is reflected in the UN Charter, which calls for serious efforts to resolve differences nonviolently through diplomacy or the courts, before the resort to military means. Bush rejected an offer by the Taliban to produce bin-Laden if the U.S. wouldn't invade. Its only stipulation was that Washington provide proof that the al-Qaeda leader actually committed the crime, as would any country asked to surrender a suspect to another country. Bush swiftly refused, ruled out any negotiations, and began a bombing campaign and invasion. President Obama said in Oslo that "America did not seek" the Afghan war, but war was Bush's first resort, not last, as was the case 18 months later when he attacked Iraq.
A third stipulation is "Right Intention" — i.e., fighting only on behalf of an expressed just cause without a trace of ulterior motivation such as the acquisition of power, land, resources, riches, etc. As we note in the article below (Washington's Two Lost Wars), Bush's ulterior motivations were to interject U.S. military power into Central Asia and also to occupy a country adjacent to Iran, another neoconservative target for regime change at the time.
The last point is "Proportionality," meaning that the quantity of violence, damage and costs is proportionate to the expressed reason for resorting to war. Given the violation of the Just War standards of just cause, last resort, and right intention, the disproportion involved in Bush's bombing, invasion, occupation and continuing warfare is self-evident. In any event, Bush's expressed reason for war was that the Taliban did not hand over bin-Laden, but that was terminally modified by the U.S. refusal to provide the evidence required for extradition.
Thus, despite President Obama's efforts to define Bush's invasion of Afghanistan as just, he has decided to send another 30,000 troops, on top of approximately 30,000 sent earlier in this year, to fight in a manifestly unjust war.
—————————————————
3. WASHINGTON'S TWO LOST WARS
The United States has already lost the war in Afghanistan, just as it has lost the war in Iraq.
President Barack Obama's vast expansion of the Afghan war announced Dec. 1, and the extension of the violence into neighboring Pakistan, are intended to camouflage the reality of defeat, as was the Bush Administration's "surge" in Iraq.
The U.S. is the world's only superpower and history's unparalleled military colossus. But after six decades of extending its hegemony to the point of virtually dominating the world, Washington recognizes it is declining as a global economic and political power as other countries and blocs gain strength.
Those who rule America understand that the process of decline will accelerate if the Pentagon's vaunted war machine suffers the worldwide public humiliation of being bested in two wars by small forces of decentralized, irregular combatants with rifles, homemade munitions, and suicide belts.
And bested they have been, though neither Washington nor the corporate mass media will admit this truth after having suffered the setback of disgrace in Vietnam. But how else can America's present position in Iraq after nearly seven years, and in Afghanistan after over eight years, be explained?
Although its original plans crumbled when it was unable to defeat a small enemy, Washington wants to make sure that when its foreign legions finally come marching home from Afghanistan and Iraq, they will do so to the cadence of martial music proclaiming "Mission accomplished.... Best Army in the world.... All heroes.... Democracy wins!"
Let's first look at Iraq in terms of the fighting and Washington's war objectives, followed by Afghanistan and President Obama's expansion of the war.
The mighty U.S., which invaded Iraq in March 2003, was fought to a standstill from the summer of 2003 to the end of 2006 by up to 25,000 mostly Sunni guerrilla resistance fighters belonging to various small groups, nationalist or mujahedeen. The resistance largely evaporated two years ago because of President Bush's "surge," but this had nothing to do with military defeat. The struggle was subverted mainly by three things:
(1) The Shi'ite refusal to take part in the opposition to the Bush Administration's unjust and illegal invasion and occupation — knowing that when the invaders left they would be in charge — and by the Shia government's antagonism toward the Sunni combatants. (2) The entry of al-Qaeda, which before the war was never allowed into Iraq, and its indiscriminate war against civilians that undercut the resistance and dismayed Sunni nationalist ranks. (3) The "surge" that began in 2007, which was principally based on offering large sums of money to Sunni elders and tribal leaders, combined with paying salaries to thousands of jobless fighters, plus offering to protect the Sunnis from possible retaliation by the puppet Shi'ite government.
President George W. Bush's claimed objective was to eliminate weapons of mass destruction and to punish the Ba'athist government of President Saddam Hussein for conniving with al-Qaeda in the 9/11 attacks on the Pentagon and World Trade Center. When these lies were exposed they were replaced by two new lies — bringing democracy to Iraq, and protecting the Iraqi people from al-Qaeda.
The real neoconservative objective was far more grandiose — the extension of U.S. hegemony throughout the entire Middle East, not just in Saudi Arabia, Egypt, Jordan and a few lesser satellites as now. After a quick shock-and-awe victory, a puppet government-in-waiting composed of Iraqi exiles loyal to Washington was to run the country on behalf of U.S. political, economic and military interests.
Thus geographically situated with enormous military power between Iran and Syria, the U.S. was to begin the process of regime change in Damascus and Tehran, providing itself with a spectacular geostrategic prize — absolute control of the Persian Gulf, through which over half the world's petroleum must be transported. And it was all going to happen cheaply because it would be financed largely by Iraqi oil, and perhaps Iran's as well.
The plan to control the entire Middle East failed, though for the next several years the Iraqi government will not turn against the United States; after that it's an open question. The cost of the Iraq war, over the years — including long term interest payments on the war debt — will amount to $3 trillion, enough to end world poverty were it spent for a good cause. And combined with the Pentagon's inability to militarily sweep away a small number of resistance fighters the entire fiasco amounts to a serious defeat for the U.S.
Bush managed, with the backing of the mass media, to mitigate the perceived dimensions of the defeat by conflating the resistance with the crimes of al-Qaeda, by defining the surge as a military victory as opposed to a buyout, and by promoting the illusion that Iraq is now a democracy. Lastly, Bush cleverly decided to sign an agreement with the Baghdad government declaring that all U.S. troops were leaving the country by the end of 2011, suggesting "mission accomplished" and an "honorable withdrawal."
Afghanistan is different but similar. The Bush Administration detected a major geopolitical opportunity in the rubble of Sept. 11, 2001. Instead of massive international police work to apprehend the gang that perpetrated the historic terrorist crime, President Bush launched a "War on Terrorism" to justify new wars of aggression, an idea promoted by his neoconservative handlers.
The first objective of this neocolonial endeavor was to swiftly overthrow the reactionary Taliban government in Afghanistan that harbored a branch of al-Qaeda, and to put authority into the hands of officials totally subordinate to Washington's diktat, watched over by an army of occupation.
As we point out in the article above (Afghanistan: It's Not a Just War), there has not been any proof that the Taliban government participated in the planning or execution the 9/11, or that any Taliban official, including founder/leader Mullah Muhammad Omar, was aware of al-Qaeda plans to seize passenger jets and crash them into symbols of American power. Omar in fact offered to turn over Osama bin-Laden, as the U.S. demanded, if Washington first handed him proof of the al-Qaeda leader's guilt. Bush refused, and launched a war.
The real purpose of the invasion of Afghanistan had two levels. One was intended to show Bush was a powerful, vengeful leader capable of destroying world "terrorism" by fulfilling his shocking pledge to "export death and violence to the four corners of the Earth in defense of our great nation."
More to the point was the second level, wherein the U.S. was to ensconce itself in strategic Central Asia for the first time, protected by an American and NATO army of long-term occupation. Geographically, Washington's military power was now conveniently adjacent to Iran — another neocon target — and in close proximity to the resource-rich former republics of the USSR, prized for their oil and gas deposits. U.S./NATO military bases and airfields were also now in a position to worry if not threaten China and Russia, a big asset during Bush's several-year revival of the Cold War.
In addition to being unable to defeat a poorly armed guerrilla force of 20,000 or so effectives, the U.S. has been defending a thoroughly corrupt, weak and ineffective puppet government, and presiding over the growth of illegal drug cartels that rake in several billion dollars a year from poppy production. Despite Washington's control of the Afghan government, its police and army, the masses of people live unprotected by the central authorities and in extreme poverty. The cultural oppression of Afghan women and girls has improved only very slightly in the cities, and hardly at all in the countryside where the majority of people live.
After eight years, despite the U.S./NATO occupation, the Taliban is now dominant in at least a third of Afghanistan's 34 provinces, and are increasingly active in many others. Afghan Taliban forces based in Pakistan frequently cross the border to reassert control. American forces occupy some big cities but not much territory. Warlords and tribes, some on the U.S. payroll, some backing the resistance, occupy the rest of the country.
Admiral Michael Mullen, chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, said this month — nine months after President Obama authorized his first addition of 21,000 more troops — "we are losing." This was the same message Afghan war commander Gen. Stanley McChrystal has been conveying for months. The generals argued for a wider war to prevent an obvious defeat.
To create the impression that the U.S. is actually winning a war already lost, President Obama is now significantly escalating the conflict, aiming for a military force of 100,000 Americans (it was 32,000 when Obama entered office) and 45,000 NATO troops, plus as many "contractors" who often perform military duties. This action will multiply the death and destruction, and cost multi-billions more dollars the U.S. cannot afford.
The main purposes of the new surge are to • prevent the Taliban from further expanding its territories; • greatly intensify the fighting along and over the border with western Pakistan, including a major increase in drone attacks to kill Afghan Taliban leaders and units with bases in Pakistan; • train, equip and finance a huge puppet Army and police force under U.S. control; • delegate more power to the American-subsidized Afghan warlords in various parts of the country; • and, in a spectacular irony, to seek a strategic compromise with the Taliban that would allow it a role in provincial governments and eventually in the central government, while paying huge sums to Taliban fighters to stop shooting at U.S. troops.
All this, Obama hopes, will allow him to claim "success," though hardly "victory," and eventually extricate U.S. troops "with honor," possibly before the end of his second term. In matters like this, however, things rarely go as planned. It could blow up in America's face. Just ask former Commander-in-Chief George Bush, the instigator of two unnecessary, unjust and utterly failed wars.
The U.S. never should have attacked Afghanistan or Iraq to begin with. Having done so, Washington should have cut its losses and brought the troops home years ago. A substantial portion of the U.S. electorate brought Obama into office under the assumption he would find a way to do so. But here we go again.
———————————
4. REPS. HINCHEY, HALL BACK WIDER WAR
The New York Mid-Hudson region's two liberal "peace candidates" — Rep. Maurice Hinchey (NY-22nd CD) and Rep. John Hall (NY-19th CD) — strongly supported President Barack Obama's massive escalation of the U.S. war against Afghanistan.
Hinchey has opposed the Iraq war from the beginning, but he has supported the Afghan war since then-President George W. Bush's invasion and occupation that began in October 2001, though he usually hasn't broadcast his Afghan war views during addresses to antiwar audiences.
In a statement lauding President Obama's Dec. 1 decision to enlarge the war by sending an additional 30,000 U.S. troops to fight in Afghanistan and Pakistan, Hinchey was critical of Bush because he "abandoned any effective strategy" in Afghanistan. "We are now left to confront the festering problems of an insecure and volatile Afghanistan.... If we were to walk away now, it would be a waste of the last eight years."
Interestingly, as of Dec. 16, Hinchey is still listed among the 24 co-sponsors of a bill introduced in the House Oct. 1 by antiwar Rep. Barbara Lee. The purpose of the bill, H.R.3699, is "To prohibit any increase in the number of members of the United States Armed Forces serving in Afghanistan."
Rep. Hall's district includes West Point, where President Obama announced his decision to escalate the war. He was considered a "peace" candidate when he first won election to Congress in November 2006. His website includes this Dec. 1 statement on the wider war:
"The terrorists who attacked America and New York on 9/11, killing thousands of innocent American civilians, were trained in Al-Qaeda camps in Afghanistan. Preventing Al-Qaeda from regaining a safe haven in Afghanistan is absolutely vital to America's national security. I am glad that the President came here to West Point to explain his plans directly to our nation's future officer corps. The new strategy that the President announced tonight includes critical changes that can lead to American and Afghan success against the Taliban leadership and Al-Qaeda: requiring progress and benchmarks to be made by the Afghan government, expanding military presence beyond the cities to Taliban strongholds in the east and south, enabling America's withdrawal by training Afghan forces, and increasing direct economic development to provide economic options besides joining the Taliban."
—————————————————
5. VOICES OF WAR AND PEACE
"The United States of America has helped underwrite global security for more than six decades with the blood of our citizens and the strength of our arms. The service and sacrifice of our men and women in uniform has promoted peace and prosperity."
— Barack Obama, Dec. 10, 2009
"When we talk about war, we're really talking about peace. We want there to be peace. We want people to live in peace all around the world. I mean, our vision for peace extends beyond America. We believe in peace in South Asia. We believe in peace in the Middle East. We're going to be steadfast toward a vision that rejects terror and killing, and honors peace and hope. I also want the young to know that this country, we don't conquer people, we liberate people."
— George W. Bush, June 18, 2002, nine months after invading Afghanistan and nine months before invading Iraq.
"It's easy to get into a war, but hard as hell to get out of one."
— President Lyndon Baines Johnson.
"He that is the author of a war lets loose the whole contagion of hell and opens a vein that bleeds a nation to death."
—Thomas Paine
"A nation that continues year after year to spend more money on military defense than on programs of social uplift is approaching spiritual death."
— Martin Luther King
"It isn't enough to talk about peace. One must believe it. And it isn't enough to believe in it. One must work at it."
— Eleanor Roosevelt
"I believe that if we had and would keep our dirty, bloody, dollar soaked fingers out of the business of these [Third World] nations so full of depressed, exploited people, they will arrive at a solution of their own. And if unfortunately their revolution must be of the violent type because the 'haves' refuse to share with the 'have-nots' by any peaceful method, at least what they get will be their own, and not the American style, which they don't want and above all don't want crammed down their throats by Americans."
— Gen. David Sharp (1966), former Commandant U.S. Marine Corps
—————————————————
6. NEW MOVEMENTS FOR SOCIAL CHANGE
The widening war, economic recession, and serious policy disappointments from the White House and Congress are negative developments, but this situation also creates opportunities for the growth of progressive oppositional movements.
True, the political life of the country remains enveloped in a choking fog of conservatism emanating from the right-to-center "consensus" of the two ruling parties. The positive aspect of this situation is that social movements are growing in America, and are demanding fairly substantive change — not the vague "change" articulated by centrist politicians during last year's elections.
We speak largely of the new citizen's movement for single-payer/public option healthcare reform, and the regenerated people's environmental movement demanding significant progress in countering climate change, though each has a way to go organizationally, politically and in demonstrating they have staying power.
These movements are specifically challenging the inadequate, half-way measures emanating from the White House and Congress in response to the demand for severe reductions in greenhouse gas emissions and for building a healthcare system that finally puts people before profits. Working in concert with existing health-related and environmental movements, these newer forces have the potential to transform into energetic mass movements.
Obviously, given the Obama Administration's continuation of America's aggressive military posture, its glorification of the military, and an international perspective based upon extending Washington's hegemony wherever possible, the antiwar movement is of exceptional importance. Lately in the Activist Newsletter we have been analyzing the weaknesses of our peace forces, but we anticipate they will become stronger in the next year.
All three of these large movements are articulating demands that go beyond what the present powers in Washington will accept, much less the neoconservative yahoos of the previous administration. And they are joined by other grass roots organizations growing around such pressing needs as jobs and foreclosures, financial regulation and progressive immigration reform, to name a few.
These movements will be strengthened by the gradual shedding of political illusions by millions of progressives and liberals who assumed the Obama Administration would pursue a center-left reformist agenda. A process of political awakening is gradually taking place.
Locally, within one week — at the West Point protest Dec. 1, the New Paltz picket line against the Afghan War Dec. 5, and the CLASP meeting Dec. 6 — we were approached individually by about a dozen progressive readers of the Activist Newsletter who had strongly backed President Obama in the election. One after another indicated they were, in effect, disillusioned by Obama's penchant for making major concessions to the right wing and the center-right but spurning his center-left supporters and their programs for change.
We think the progressive healthcare and climate change movements have the potential for real growth because their goals — public healthcare for all, and the survival of our planet — are irrefutably essential for the well being of society. As it becomes evident that Washington distains their demands, participants will learn valuable lessons that advance their political consciousness — namely, that insurance companies rule the healthcare debate, big business controls the climate change agenda, and many American politicians are in liege to corporate and financial interests.
The antiwar movement has experienced hard times in the last couple of years, largely because the movement's main constituency by far — Democratic voters — began drifting away when their party gained Congress in the 2006 elections. This process accelerated when Obama was elected last year. A majority of Democrats told opinion polls they opposed the Afghan adventure, but now that it's Obama's war a great many have not yet returned to the peace movement.
But this is changing, not least because of Obama's decision to significantly escalate the Afghan war. The West Point protest, which took place as Obama announced the buildup to an audience of 4,000 cadets and millions of TV viewers, seemed to us the harbinger of a turnaround. Over 300 people were organized to demonstrate outside the Military Academy on very short notice, and the event turned out to be more militant than anticipated.
We think the antiwar movement is going to bounce back, especially as the Obama Administration increases the violence and the financial costs in Afghanistan while expanding the war into Pakistan. The protests set for the seventh anniversary of the Iraq war on March 20 in Washington, San Francisco, Los Angeles, Chicago and other cities will help determine the movement's future.
A stronger antiwar movement, combined with growing movements for healthcare, climate change and, hopefully a movement dedicated to the welfare of the working people of our country, can become an important factor in American politics. The combination of several movements in action for different progressive objectives is quite powerful. We had that during the 1960s and early 1970s , and it produced many important reforms — so many, in fact, that a conservative backlash against them still reverberates today.
This struggle between right and left views has been brewing for a long time, but it is growing more intense now that the Republicans are out of power and increasingly tilting to the far right. Who's going to prevail? Will it be the right/far right, with its reactionary anti-government populism, religious-right social/cultural views and neoconservative imperialism? The nation got a taste of some of this during the summer at the town hall confrontations. Will it be the vacillating center now in power, the first instinct of which is to compromise with the right? Or the center-left and left with their people-first policies and far more rational international views?
Influencing this outcome are the very progressives and liberals who played an important role in electing Obama because they thought he'd govern from the center-left. Many now are distressed because their candidate is actually doing so from the center-right — a major political difference. What will they do now?
At the same time the needs of the majority of American people have been coldly ignored by both ruling parties for 40 years, and this majority is today experiencing the most extreme ravages of the current recession. These people are situated in the working class, the lower to mid-sector of the middle class, the poverty caste, and the African American, Latino and Native American minorities who suffer cruelly disproportionate hardships.
The political duopoly has done nothing of significance to improve the lot of the masses of people in the years before and during the Great Recession, and it will do nothing when the economic crisis is declared over in a year or two. Both left and right are contending to provide leadership for this marginalized majority of the American people. So what is to be done?
We need big social, political and economic reforms in America that will attend to the needs of working families. We certainly need solid healthcare and climate change policies. And we need to end these endless wars – almost seven years in Iraq and over eight years in Afghanistan. And much more.
This can only happen if the center-left and left are stronger. Clearly, their clout within the two-party system is negligible. Progressive power, and the power of the American people, today resides in the social and activist and alternative political movements for progressive change, most certainly including the peace movement.
One way of becoming stronger is for the progressives and liberals who are dismayed by the shortcomings of the Congress and president they elected to join in these center-left social movements and fight hard for social change from an activist — as opposed to an almost entirely electoral — orientation. This will simultaneously put pressure for change on the Obama government, stand in strong opposition to the active right wing, and build for a progressive future.
—————————————————
7. COMING SOON: THE THOUGHT POLICE
Were the United States ever to transform into a police state the technology is ready and waiting. One of the more recent technological "triumphs" is a device that's supposed to read our minds and emotions to determine if we have "harmful intentions." Following is an excerpt from a Dec. 9 article by AlterNet's Liliana Segura:
This past February, the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) awarded a one-year, $2.6 million grant to the Cambridge, MA.-based Charles Stark Draper Laboratory to develop computerized sensors capable of detecting a person's level of "malintent" — or intention to do harm. It's only the most recent of numerous contracts awarded to Draper and assorted research outfits by the U.S. government over the past few years under the auspices of a project called "Future Attribute Screening Technologies," or FAST. It's the next wave of behavior surveillance from DHS and taxpayers have paid some $20 million on it so far.
Conceived as a cutting-edge counter-terrorism tool, the FAST program will ostensibly detect subjects' bad intentions by monitoring their physiological characteristics, particularly those associated with fear and anxiety. It's part of a broader "initiative to develop innovative, non-invasive technologies to screen people at security checkpoints," according to DHS.
The "non-invasive" claim might be a bit of a stretch. A DHS report issued last December outlined some of the possible technological features of FAST, which include "a remote cardiovascular and respiratory sensor" to measure "heart rate, heart rate variability, respiration rate, and respiratory sinus arrhythmia," a "remote eye tracker" that "uses a camera and processing software to track the position and gaze of the eyes (and, in some instances, the entire head)," "thermal cameras that provide detailed information on the changes in the thermal properties of the skin in the face," and "a high resolution video that allows for highly detailed images of the face and body… and an audio system for analyzing human voice for pitch change."
Ultimately, all of these components would be combined to take the form of a "prototypical mobile suite (FAST M2) … used to increase the accuracy and validity of identifying persons with malintent."
Coupled with the Transportation Security Administration's Behavior Detection Officers, 3,000 of whom are already scrutinizing travelers' expressions and body language at airports and travel hubs nationwide, DHS officials say that FAST will add a potentially lifesaving layer of security to prevent another terrorist attack. "There's only so much you can see with the naked eye," DHS spokesperson John Verrico told AlterNet. "We can't see somebody's heart rate…. We may be able to see movements of the eye and changes in dilation of the pupil, but will those give us enough [information] to make a determination as to what we're really seeing?"
Ideally, Verrico says, FAST mobile units would be used for security, not just at airports, but at "any sort of a large-scale event," including sporting events or political rallies. ("When the Pope visited Washington D.C.," he says, "it would have been nice to have something like this at the entrance of the stadium.")
"Basically," says Verrico, "we're looking to give the security folks just some more tools that will help to add to their toolbox."
If you think eye scanners and thermal cameras sound like the twisted props of some Orwellian dystopia, you're not alone. FAST may be years from being operational, but civil libertarians have already raised concerns over its implications.
"We think that you have an inherent privacy right to your bodily metabolic functions," Jay Stanley, director of the ACLU's Technology and Liberty program told AlterNet. "Just because somebody can build some high-tech piece of equipment that can detect your pulse and perspiration and breathing and heart rate, that doesn't mean that it should be open season to detect that on anybody without suspicion."
Besides, he says, the FAST program is based on "the same old pseudo-scientific baloney that we've seen in so many other areas. As far as I can tell, there's very little science that establishes the efficacy of this kind of thing. And there probably never will be."
Bruce Schneier, a security technologist and bestselling author who has been one of the most vociferous critics of such new high-tech DHS initiatives, concurs. In fact, he says, all the evidence suggests the opposite. "The problem is the false positives," he says.
Beyond the fact that ordinary travelers are likely to exhibit many of the symptoms supposedly indicative of malintent (how many people run to catch a plane and end up overheated and out of breath?), compare the rarity of terrorist attacks with the millions of travelers who pass through a security checkpoint. Statistically, Schneier argues, it's a fool's errand. "If you run the math, you get several million false positives for every real attack you find. So it ends up being as useless as picking people randomly. If you're going to spend money on something, you can spend money on dice — it's cheaper. And equally as effective."
The FAST program, and others like it, have been in the works for a few years. In 2007, New Scientist reported on a DHS project called Project Hostile Intent, which "aims to identify facial expressions, gait, blood pressure, pulse and perspiration rates that are characteristic of hostility or the desire to deceive." Under the purview of DHS's Advanced Research Projects Agency (HSARPA), the project would "include heart rate and breathing sensors, infrared light, laser, video, audio and eye tracking."
According to New Scientist, "PHI got quietly under way on 9 July, when HSARPA issued a 'request for information' in which it asked security companies and U.S. government labs to suggest technologies that could be used to achieve the project's aims. It hopes to test them at a handful of airports, borders and ports as early as 2010 and to deploy the system at all points of entry to the U.S. by 2012."
For full article: http://www.alternet.org/story/144443/
—————————————————
8. SIXTEEN DEATHS PER DAY
Every day in the United States 16 workers die on the job, largely because of reckless negligence on the part of their employers. Most companies are never prosecuted for negligence, even after repeated warnings that their workers are in danger.
In 2007, the last year for which complete figures are available, there were some 5,600 fatalities, plus about four million workplace injuries, according to figures from the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), which requires that all businesses with over 10 workers report work-related injuries requiring medical treatment beyond basic first aid.
But a critical report by the Government Accountability Office (GAO) Nov. 16 charges that the injury figures are much too low, suggesting that the real number may be three times higher.
In an article about the GAO revelations Nov. 17, the New York Times reported that "Employers and workers routinely underreport work-related injuries and illnesses.... [E]mployers did not report workplace injuries and illnesses for fear of increasing their workers’ compensation costs or hurting their chances of winning contracts.... [W]orkers did not report job-related injuries because they feared being fired or disciplined, and worried that their co-workers might lose rewards, like bonuses or steak dinners, as part of safety-based incentive programs....
"The accountability office said that 53% of health practitioners had reported experiencing pressure from company officials to play down injuries or illnesses, and that 47% had reported experiencing this pressure from workers.... [Some 67%] had reported observing worker fear of disciplinary action for reporting an injury or illness, and 46% said this fear had some impact on the accuracy of employers’ injury and illness records."
The website 16 Deaths Per Day reports that "Under current Federal law, willfully contributing to the death of an employee is a misdemeanor that carries a maximum prison sentence of six months and a maximum fine of $70,000. Even with these weak penalties, OSHA rarely refers such cases to the Department of Justice for prosecution, so those employers that knowingly allow their employees to work under dangerous conditions are rarely held accountable. In fact, current laws are so weak that millions of dollars of penalties to victim's families have not been paid — in those rare cases when violators are penalized at all."
Legislation is pending in Congress to expand workplace protections to state, county, municipal, and federal employees who are not currently covered by OSHA. It's called the Protecting America's Workers Act and was authored by Sen. Ted Kennedy, who died earlier this year, and Rep. Lynn Woolsey. The House bill, HR2067, has 51 sponsors in addition to Woolsey, including the Hudson Valley's Rep. John Hall (D, NY-19th CD) and Rep. Maurice Hinchey (D, NY-22nd CD). This act will also:
• Increase financial penalties for those who kill or endanger workers.
• Strengthen criminal penalties to make felony charges available for willful negligence causing death or serious injury.
• Expand OSHA coverage to millions of employees who fall through the cracks (like airline and railroad workers).
• Provide protection for whistleblowers.
• Give employees the right to refuse hazardous work that may kill them.
• Improve the rights of workers and families, requiring OSHA to investigate all cases of death.
• Prohibit employers from discouraging reporting of injury or illness.
There is a five minute video about the inadequacy of current laws, and a petition to Congressional leaders calling for passage of HR2067, at http://16deathsperday.com/.
—————————————————
9. THE PALESTINIAN PLIGHT
[The author of this article written for the newsletter is a peace and justice activist in the Mid-Hudson Valley. Among the local organizations he works with is Middle East Crisis Response.]
By Fred Nagel
With so many points of view about the Israeli/Palestinian conflict, it is hard for the average American to know where to start. And the knowledge some have acquired from religious fundamentalist teachings — Christian, Jewish, or Muslim — is often based on mythology.
Perhaps the best place to begin is on the ground in the West Bank and Gaza. In both occupied territories Palestinian people are among the poorest and most destitute in the world, often without adequate food, potable water, and even basic housing.
Added to this, at least in the occupied West Bank, is the ever-present violence directed at Palestinians by Jewish fundamentalists who have built armed fortresses on hundreds of hilltops. These zealots have one goal in mind: to clear the land of all Palestinians by shootings, beatings, and destroying what is left of Palestinian agriculture. The massive presence of the Israeli Defense Force — with its check points, military incursions, barrier walls and heavy surveillance — insures that there can be no Palestinian retaliation to these attacks. Palestinian homes are routinely bulldozed to make way for more Jewish families, usually paid for by the Israeli government ($75,000 per household). There are now a half million Jewish occupiers in the West Bank protected by tens of thousands of Israeli soldiers.
South Africa's Archbishop Desmond Tutu, who was awarded the Nobel Peace Prize in 1984, wrote in the Guardian (UK) in April 2002: "I've been very deeply distressed in my visit to the Holy Land; it reminded me so much of what happened to use black people in South Africa. I have seen the humiliation of the Palestinians at the checkpoints and roadblocks, suffering like us when young white police officers prevented us from moving about."
Life for the 1.5 million Palestinians in Gaza is by most measures even worse. Cut off from the outside world by an Israeli air, sea, and land blockade, their standard of living rivals the worst of the world's great slums. Without dependable sources of food or water, a whole generation of Palestinian children is growing up physically stunted. Moreover, the repeated military attacks on Gaza have left the entire population traumatized. There is simply no way to escape the fighter planes and missile gunships during the Israeli assaults.
According to journalist Chris Hedges Nov. 17, "The Israelis have orchestrated acute misery and poverty in the Palestinian territories over the past two decades in an effort to subdue and ethnically cleanse the captive population. They have reduced Palestinians, many of whom now live on less than $2 a day, to a subsistence level."
Efforts to "punish, humiliate, and terrorize" an entire population are recognized war crimes, as defined most recently by the Goldstone Report. The Israeli government and its Zionist allies in the U.S. have no moral or legal defense when it comes to how Israel treats Palestinians in the occupied territories. All that remains is obfuscation.
The Goldstone report on the Gaza invasion, however, is a good example of how effective the Zionist lobby in the U.S. has been in hiding Israeli war crimes from the public. Richard Goldstone, a Jewish South African, served as chief prosecutor of the UN Criminal Tribunals for Yugoslavia and Rwanda. In 2009, he led a UN Human Rights Council investigation of international and humanitarian law violations associated with the most recent Israeli invasion of Gaza. In his own words, his life's work pursuing war criminals "stems from the lessons of the Holocaust."
As soon as his 575-page report came out, The New York Times characterized it as critical of both Hamas, the organization elected to govern Gaza, and Israel. No mention was made of the fact that Goldstone directed the bulk of his condemnation at Israeli "war crimes" and "crimes against humanity," based in part on the 1,400 mostly civilian Palestinian deaths compared to 14 mostly Israeli army deaths during the Tel Aviv's invasion of Gaza a year ago. In every broadcast, NPR and the mainstream media referred to the Goldstone Report as "critical of both sides."
But that wasn't enough for Israel or its Zionist lobby in America. Soon massive pressure was exerted on the House of Representatives to condemn the Goldstone findings. After a one-sided debate, the House on Nov. 3 voted 344-36 for a non-binding resolution condemning the Goldstone Report as "irredeemably biased." Mid-Hudson Rep. John Hall (D, NY-19th CD) was a co-sponsor.
Three days later he UN General Assembly approved a resolution endorsing the Goldstone Report 114-18 with 44 abstentions. Among those voting against the resolution were the U.S., Australia, Canada, Germany, the Netherlands, Italy and Israel.
The U.S. corporate media, echoing Washington's political support for Israel, rarely depicts the Palestinian people in positive light. Despite this, it seems that increasing numbers of Americans are coming to sympathize with the Palestinian struggle against oppression. Later in December, for example, 14 local residents of the Mid-Hudson Valley are traveling to Gaza to take part in a Gaza Freedom March. The group is part of the Middle East Crisis Response (http://www.mideastcrisis.org), an organization in Dutchess and Ulster Counties dedicated to ending Israeli and U.S. war crimes.
The local marchers will join over a thousand international participants in breaking the siege of Gaza by crossing the Egyptian boarder on Dec. 29. Their progress can be followed at http://www.hudsontogaza.blogspot.com/.
—————————————————
10. THE TRAGEDY OF LEONARD PELTIER
[Editor's Note: Native American activist Leonard Peltier is one of America's two best known political prisoners. The other is Mumia Abu-Jamal. Peltier has been held in U.S. prisons for 33 years for a crime he and a multitude of supporters at home and abroad insist he did not commit. He has just been denied parole once again. The following article by award-winning author Peter Matthiessen, who has followed the Peltier tragedy from the beginning, appeared in the Nov. 19 New York Review of Books.]
By Peter Matthiessen
On July 27, 2009, I drove west from New York to the old riverside town of Lewisburg in central Pennsylvania, the site of the federal penitentiary where early the next morning I would make an appeal to the parole board on behalf of the American Indian Movement (AIM) activist Leonard Peltier in his first parole hearing in 15 years.
On this soft summer evening, a quiet gathering of Peltier supporters from all over the country had convened in a small park near the Susquehanna River. Despite his long history of defeats in court, these Indians and whites sharing a makeshift picnic at wood tables under the trees were optimistic about a favorable outcome. Surely a new era of justice for minorities and poor people had begun with the Obama administration, and anyway, wasn't Leonard's freedom all but assured by the Parole Act of 2005, which mandated release for inmates who had spent thirty or more years in prison?
Leonard Peltier, an Ojibwa-Lakota from Turtle Mountain, North Dakota, was one of the three young Indians who were among the participants in a shoot-out with the FBI at Oglala on South Dakota's Pine Ridge Reservation on a hot dusty day in June 1975. They were later charged with the deaths of FBI agents Jack Coler and Ron Williams.
Ostensibly searching for a suspect in a recent robbery case, the agents had been warned by tribal police not to enter the property where the AIM Indians had their camp. Their intrusion apparently provoked a warning that led to an exchange of gunfire. Understandably outraged by the deaths of Coler and Williams and in particular by the fact that an unknown "shooter" had finished off both wounded men at point-blank range, their fellow agents would also suffer intense frustration and embarrassment when a dozen or more of the Indians involved, using a brushy culvert under a side road, escaped a tight cordon of hundreds of agents, Indian and state police, national guardsmen, and vigilantes who had the area surrounded.
More galling still, Bob Robideau and Dino Butler, two of the three AIM suspects in the killings arrested during the FBI's huge "ResMurs" (Reservation Murders) investigation, were acquitted a year later in Cedar Rapids, Iowa, on a plea of self-defense, as the third and last suspect, Leonard Peltier, would certainly have been as well, had he not fled to Canada. He was arrested there in February 1976, extradited back to the US, and tried separately.
Though originally indicted with the others on identical evidence, he was barred by a hostile new judge, Paul Benson, from presenting the same argument based on self-defense that had led to Robideau and Butler's acquittal. Furiously prosecuted as the lone killer and convicted for both deaths on disputed evidence, Peltier was sentenced in February 1977 in Fargo, North Dakota, to two consecutive life terms in federal prison.
The following year, when Peltier's conviction was appealed, 8th Circuit Court of Appeals Judge Donald Ross denounced the coercion of witnesses and manipulation of evidence in his case as "a clear abuse of the investigative process by the FBI"; the US Attorney's Office, too, would be sharply criticized for withholding exculpatory evidence.
In October 1984, in an evidentiary hearing in Bismarck, North Dakota, ordered by the appellate court to review the possibility of a new trial, the prosecutor, U.S. Attorney Lynn Crooks, had to concede that the FBI's own laboratory had failed to verify the claimed ballistics link between Peltier and the murder weapon that was used to nail down his conviction — a shell casing of disputed provenance that Crooks had called "perhaps the most important piece of evidence in this case." Even so, Judge Benson refused to reconsider the conviction.
The following year when the decision was appealed again, Crooks finally admitted that the identity of "the shooter" had never been proven and was in fact unknown to the prosecution even when it was twisting the evidence to ensure Peltier's conviction and make certain that its third and last suspect — by its own description, "the only one we got" — was imprisoned for life. Yet the appellate court, while noting that so much tainted evidence had deprived the defendant of his constitutional right to due process of law, found "no compelling legal justification" for ordering a new trial.
In a TV interview after his retirement in 1989, Judge Gerald Heaney, who had signed that astonishing decision, called it "the most difficult I had to make in 22 years on the bench." The following year, in the National Law Journal, this troubled jurist held the FBI "equally responsible" for the deaths of its two agents; in a letter to Sen. Daniel Inouye of Hawaii, he urged commutation of Peltier's sentence.
Questioned on the same 1989 TV show about the perjured affidavits extracted by FBI agents from a frightened alcoholic, U.S. Attorney Crooks declared: "I don't really know and I don't really care if they were false. I don't agree that we did anything wrong, but I can tell you, it don't bother my conscience one whit if we did." Properly outraged by this arrogant refusal to repudiate U.S. government use of fabricated evidence, Sen. Inouye, as a former U.S. attorney, called Crooks "a disgrace to the profession."
I first interviewed Leonard Peltier in Marion Penitentiary in 1981, and that same year, with his original codefendant Bob Robideau, I inspected the Jumping Bull Ranch at Oglala where the shoot-out had taken place. Later, after reading many if not most of the pertinent documents, including the FBI field reports and the transcripts of both trials, I returned to Oglala to interview local people and study the scene again.
Like the FBI, I would hear all sorts of rumors about the many young Indians involved without learning which one had fired the fatal shots; however there seemed to me no doubt whatever that Leonard Peltier had been railroaded into prison.
Unfortunately my long book making that case [In the Spirit of Crazy Horse (Viking, 1983)] was quickly suppressed by libel suits brought by South Dakota's attorney general, William Janklow, and an FBI agent named David Price. Eight years would pass before both suits were summarily dismissed and the book was back in circulation. Meanwhile Peltier's long fight for a fair trial had won his endorsement as a political prisoner by Amnesty International, and his thousands of supporters throughout the world included the Dalai Lama, Nelson Mandela, Desmond Tutu, and the great majority of his own people in the more than 250 Indian nations that had formally demanded his release.
In Peltier's first parole hearing in 1996, the examiner filed an internal recommendation in Peltier's favor. (The U.S. Parole Commission, like the U.S. Attorney's Office and the FBI, is under the aegis of the Justice Department: its examiner informs himself about the case, questions both sides, and appraises the new evidence, if any.) Yet in actions so belated and irregular as to raise suspicion of undue influence, the commission replaced that first examiner with one more to its liking and denied parole.
By then, the few bold lawmakers who had called for investigations had retreated or retired, and Peltier's best hope was executive clemency. To that end, I wangled my way into the Oval Office and pressed my book about the case into President Clinton's hands. In January 2001, during Clinton's last week in office, as FBI lobbyists — the Association of Retired FBI Agents and No Parole for Peltier — marched in front of the White House, I joined attorney Bruce Ellison and filmmaker Jon Kilik in a long meeting with the presidential and White House counsels in which we argued that granting clemency to an American Indian who could offer nothing in return was a bold symbolic step that could only enhance the President's last-minute efforts to prop up his legacy.
The lawyers seemed impressed and hopes were high, but when the clemency list appeared on the Saturday morning of Inauguration Day, Peltier's name was missing. The phone call I dreaded was put through from Leavenworth Prison in early afternoon. "They didn't give it to me," mumbled a stunned voice I scarcely recognized — the first time in 20 years of visits, letters, and telephone conversations that Leonard Peltier's strong spirit sounded broken. With all court appeals exhausted and no hope of mercy from the incoming Republican administration, this aging prisoner was condemned to wait for his next parole hearing in 2009.
In the park in Lewisburg, people agreed that had the shoot-out victims not been "FBIs," Leonard might never have been convicted; at the very least, he would have been paroled many years before. Someone in the park recalled the fear and disruption on the reservations caused by the FBI's huge ResMurs investigation (which was widely perceived as the latest chapter in the long history of oppression and revenge against "the redskins who killed Custer" that had led up to the shoot-out).
The killing that day in June 1975 of a young member of the AIM by a marksman's bullet in the forehead had gone all but unmentioned, someone said, let alone investigated by "the Injustice Department," doubtless because "Injuns don't count." How about Bob Robideau's statement to an FBI man that he had been "the shooter"? Would the Parole Commission take that into account? And was it suspicious that Robideau had been found dead last February in Barcelona? (The official autopsy concluded that he had struck his head in a fall while suffering a seizure.)
With Peltier's attorney Eric Seitz and the two other parole advocates — Dr. Thom White Wolf Fassett, a Seneca elder and United Methodist adviser to Congress on Indian affairs, and an Ojibwa woman named Cindy Maleterre representing Peltier's Turtle Mountain Reservation — I went early the next morning to the prison, passing supporters waving "Free Peltier" signs at the entrance road.
In the hearing room the first to speak were the two sons of the late agent Jack Coler. After testifying to their family's great loss, they suggested that if this man facing them today were to take responsibility and express remorse for those brutal murders he so stubbornly denies having committed, the Coler family might not protest his parole. But the three FBI spokesmen and the assistant U.S. attorney who spoke next were content to repeat the same vilifications and distortions of the facts that won a conviction back in 1977. Locked long ago into their ResMurs myth, they insisted that Peltier was still a danger to the public and cited those provisions in the Parole Act specifying that parole may be denied if the subject's release might "depreciate the seriousness of the offense" or "promote disrespect for the law."
In response to the charge that Peltier has evaded his responsibility for those murders, Eric Seitz countered that the FBI and the U.S. Attorney's Office have evaded responsibility for their own illegal tactics in his prosecution. Otherwise Seitz made no attempt to retry a long historic case in a few minutes, emphasizing instead the prisoner's exemplary behavior record, serious health problems, and other strong qualifications for parole under the commission's geriatric and medical criteria. He reminded Examiner Scott Kubic that in a few weeks, on Sept. 12, when Peltier would turn 65, he would also become eligible for home detention under the new Second Chance program for elderly inmates designed to ease overcrowding in the U.S. prisons.
Thom White Wolf testified that Peltier's incarceration for nearly 33 years has been viewed both nationally and internationally as a gross injustice and a major embarrassment to our country, with a negative effect on the world's view of how the U.S. government treats its native population.
When my turn came, I spoke to the points made in this article, adding how much this inmate had matured over the three decades of our acquaintance, not only as an articulate spokesman for his people but as an artist, self-taught in the prisons, whose work is admired throughout the U.S. And Cindy Maleterre assured the examiner that the prisoner's Ojibwa-Dakota people at Turtle Mountain — including grandchildren he has never seen — had already taken care of the parole requirements of social support, adequate housing, and steady employment (as an arts-and-crafts teacher and alcoholism counselor on the reservation), and were planning to welcome him home with a great feast.
That afternoon we left the prison with the feeling that Examiner Kubic had listened carefully and would recommend parole — a guarded optimism we conveyed to the flag-waving supporters awaiting our report on the public road. But no one forgot how the examiner's finding in Peltier's favor 15 years before had been aborted; in the next weeks, as so often in the past, the prisoner would have to suffer the suspense of desperate hope.
On Friday, August 20, federal inmate #89637-132 received terse notice that his petition for parole had been denied: not until his "15-year Reconsideration Hearing in July 2024," he was informed, would he become eligible to be turned down again. In the unlikely event that he lives long enough to attend that hearing, inmate Peltier will be 80 years old.
In his angry response, Attorney Seitz accused the commission of "adopting the position of the FBI that anyone who may be implicated in the killings of its agents should never be paroled and should be left to die in prison." I entirely agree with Seitz and share his anger. For the prisoner and his supporters, the Lewisburg hearing had been hollow, with a predetermined outcome: The United States v. Leonard Peltier had always been a matter less of justice than of retribution.
Americans — those in public office especially — should inform themselves about this painful case and demand an unbiased investigation that might start with one simple question: If, in the 33 years since his trial, reputable evidence has ever emerged that Leonard Peltier was the lone killer and deserves to be in prison for life, why hasn't the Justice Department produced it?
Without public protest, Peltier will not be granted a fair hearing since his prosecutors know that in the absence of honest evidence, "the only one we got" would be set free. Instead, this man's life leaks away behind grim concrete walls for the unworthy purpose of saving face for the FBI and a U.S. Attorney's Office that together botched the famous ResMurs case and mean to see somebody pay. And who better for this fate than a "radical" AIM Indian who dared stand up to "legally constituted authority" in defense of his humiliated people, as he was doing with such tragic consequences on that long-ago June day?
In reviewing this case with an open mind, as surely he must in fulfilling his oath of office, Attorney General Eric Holder (the assistant attorney general in 2001) might reflect on his own role in the clemency bestowed by Clinton on Marc Rich, the notorious "fugitive felon." He might consider, too, Rich's consequent evasion of even a single day in prison in the harsh light of the 11 thousand days already served by a penniless American Indian who remains innocent before the law, having never been proven guilty.
——
From the Activist Newsletter:
• The website of Leonard's energetic support group is http://www.leonardpeltier.net/.
• The website of the American Indian Movement contains much information about the Peltier case, plus a petition for his freedom, at http://www.aimovement.org/.
• You may write to him at Leonard Peltier, #89637-132, USP Lewisburg, U.S. Penitentiary, P.O. Box
1000. Lewisburg, PA 17837. Leonard can only receive letters, cards, postcards, photos, (not Polaroid), and postal money orders for his commissary account. He responds to all his mail.
• To purchase a paperback copy of Leonard's "Prison Writings: "My Life Is My Sun Dance" see http://www.amazon.com/s/ref=nb_ss?url=search-alias%3Dstripbooks&field-keywords=My+Life+Is+My+Sun+Dance&x=16&y=20
————————————————
11. THE VOICE OF COMPLICITY
Silence, they say, is the voice of complicity.
But silence is impossible.
Silence screams.
Silence is a message,
just as doing nothing is an act.
Let who you are ring out & resonate
in every word & every deed.
Yes, become who you are.
There's no sidestepping your own being
or your own responsibility.
What you do is who you are.
You are your own comeuppance.
You become your own message.
You are the message.
In the Spirit of Crazy Horse,
Leonard Peltier
—————————————————
12. OBAMA: A ONE-TERM PRESIDENT?
Editor's Note: Garry Willis, the author of nearly 40 books, is a frequent writer for the New York Review of Books, where this article is printed in the Dec. 3 issue. A conservative who turned liberal a few decades ago, he supported Barack Obama during the elections, hoping that he would serve two terms. But now he has an unusual suggestion:
By Garry Wills
I am told by people I respect that Barack Obama cannot pull out of both Iraq and Afghanistan without becoming a one-term president. I think that may be true. The charges from various quarters would be toxic — that he was weak, unpatriotic, sacrificing the sacrifices that have been made, betraying our dead, throwing away all former investments in lives and treasure. All that would indeed be brought against him, and he could have little defense in the quarters where such charges would originate.
These are the arguments that have kept us in losing efforts before. They are the ones that made presidents Kennedy, Johnson, and Nixon pass on to their successors in the presidency the draining and self-lacerating Vietnam War. They are the arguments that made President George W. Bush pass on two wars to his successor.
One of the strongest arguments for continued firing up of these wars is that none of these presidents wanted to serve only one term (even Lyndon Johnson, who chose not to run for a second full term). But what justification is there for buying a second presidential term with the lives of hundreds or thousands of young American men and women in the military?
I have great hopes for the Obama presidency, even in his first term, and especially if he could have two terms to realize the exciting new things he aspires to do in the White House. But I would rather see him a one-term president than have him pass on another unwinnable war to the person who will follow him in office.
I know how difficult it will be to withdraw from Iraq and Afghanistan. We go into these places, now, trailing baggage of a deadly sort. There are more hired American contractors in both nations than there are military personnel. What to do with these unaccountable and corrupt bands? We have farmed out so many of our national duties that the contractors, like our banks, have grown too big to be dealt with. Who is to guard our soldiers if not our mercenary bodyguards?
But we had a thousand soldiers wounded in the last three months—a quarter the number of wounded since 2001. These include many lives shattered forever. We sink deeper into blood, with no foreseeable end in sight. Qualified reporters and military officials foresee another 10 years in Afghanistan—and their projections usually err on the short side.
The American people now oppose the war, and it is folly to keep up a war without support back home. We will hear predictions of dire consequences if we don't carry out a commitment, and don't yield to demands of the military to expand forces. We heard that for years about Vietnam. But when we did withdraw, the consequences were not as fatal as those we incurred during the years that saw the deaths of over 50,000 of our soldiers and many more Vietnamese. Some leader has to break the spell before costs mount further while our wars are passed from president to president. Among other things, this will give our military a needed chance to repair the wear and tear on men and equipment that the overstretched regular services and the National Guard have suffered, and to make them ready for other challenges.
It is unlikely that we will soon have another president with the moral and rhetorical force to talk us out of a foolish commitment that cannot be sustained without shame and defeat. If it costs him his presidency, what other achievement can match it?
During his presidential campaign, Barack Obama said he would rather be a one-term president than give up on his goals. Here is a goal no other president we can imagine would have a possibility of reaching. Presidents who just kick the can down the road are easy to come by. Lost lives and limbs are not.
—————————————————
13. FIGHTING ANOTHER DUMB WAR
By Chris Hedges
I have spent enough time inside the American military to have tasted its dark brutality, frequent incompetence and profligate ability to waste human lives and taxpayer dollars. The deviousness and stupidity of generals, the absurdity of most war plans and the pathological addiction to violence — which is the only language most who command our armed forces are able to understand — make the American military the gravest threat to our anemic democracy, especially as we head toward economic collapse.
Barack Obama, who is as mesmerized by the red, white and blue bunting draped around our vast killing machine as the press, the two main political parties and our entertainment industry, will not halt our doomed imperial projects or renege on the $1 trillion in defense-related spending that is hollowing out the country from the inside. A plague of unchecked militarism has seeped outward from the Pentagon since the end of World War II and is now sucking our marrow dry. It is a familiar disease in imperial empires. We are in the terminal stage. We spend more on our military — half of all discretionary spending — than all of the other countries on Earth combined, although we face no explicit threat.
Mike Gravel, the former two-term [1969 to 1981 Democratic] senator from Alaska and 2008 presidential candidate, sat Saturday [Dec. 12] on a park bench in Lafayette Park facing the White House. Gravel and I were in the park, along with Rep. Dennis Kucinich, Ralph Nader, [former Rep.] Cynthia McKinney and other antiwar activists, to denounce the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan at a sparsely attended rally. Few voices in American politics have been as consistent, as reasoned and as moral as his, which is why Gravel, on a chilly December morning, is in front of the White House, not inside it.
"I suspect that from the get-go he had an inferiority complex with respect to the military," Gravel, who was a first lieutenant in the Army, said of the president. "It is the same problem [Bill] Clinton had by not serving in the military, by not having an actual experience. You don’t have to go into combat, you just have to get into the military and recognize at the lower reaches how incompetent the military can be. So not having that experience, and only dealing with generals, who of course learn to be charming — it’s the sergeants who inflict the pain — he has this aura about the military. We have acculturated the nation to a military culture. This is the sadness of it all because that sustains the military-industrial complex."
"Obama comes on the scene," he added. "He is endorsed in the course of the campaign by some 19 generals and admirals. These people had no confidence in [George W.] Bush. They recognized that Bush’s unilateralism and cavalier approach to torture was injurious to the American military. They gravitated towards Obama. It turned his head. He thought he could be commander in chief and he could, he has the intelligence, but he does not have fortitude. He lacks courage."
Time is rapidly running out. The massive bailouts, stimulus packages, giveaways and short-term debt, along with imperial wars we can no longer afford, will leave the country struggling to finance nearly $5 trillion in debt by 2010. This will require the United States to auction off about $96 billion in debt a week. Once China and the oil-rich states walk away from our debt, which is inevitable, the Federal Reserve will become the buyer of last resort. The Fed has printed perhaps as much as 2 trillion new dollars in the last two years, and buying this much new debt will see it print trillions more. This is when inflation, and most likely hyperinflation, will turn the dollar into junk. A backlash by a betrayed and angry populace, one unprepared intellectually and psychologically for collapse, will tear apart the social fabric, unleash chaos and violence, and strengthen the calls for more draconian measures by our security apparatus and military.
Obama uses the veneer of intellectualism to promote the dirty politics of Bush. The president spoke in Oslo, when he accepted the Nobel Prize, of "just war" theory, although the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan do not meet the criteria laid down by Thomas Aquinas or traditional Catholic just-war doctrine. He spoke of battling evil, dividing human reality into binary poles of black and white as Bush did, without examining the evil of pre-emptive war, sustained military occupation and imperialism. He compared al-Qaeda to Hitler, ignoring the difference between a protean group of terrorists and a nation-state with the capacity to overwhelm its neighbors with conventional military force. "The instruments of war do have a role to play in preserving the peace," Obama insisted in Oslo. The U.S., he said, has the right to "act unilaterally if necessary" and to launch wars whose purpose "extends beyond self-defense or the defense of one nation against an aggressor." Obama’s policies, despite the high-blown rhetoric, are as morally bankrupt as those of his predecessor.
"The first time I met him I felt there was arrogance with a touch of cynicism," Gravel said of the president. "Now the cynicism and the arrogance have overwhelmed his intelligence. Like Clinton, he is into power."
Gravel’s shining moment as a politician occurred in 1971 when Daniel Ellsberg, a military analyst, handed the secret Pentagon Papers to The New York Times. The newspaper published portions of the document, which painted a picture of a failing war at odds with official pronouncements. The Justice Department swiftly blocked further publication and moved to punish newspaper publishers who revealed its contents. Gravel responded by reading large portions of the Pentagon Papers into the Congressional Record. His courageous public release of the papers made it possible for the publication to resume. Gravel also launched in 1971 a one-man five-month filibuster to end the peacetime military draft, forcing the Nixon administration to cut a deal that allowed the draft to expire in 1973. He was a feisty and blunt candidate in 2008 who lambasted the Democratic Party and its major candidates for being in the service of corporations, especially the arms industry. His outspokenness saw him banned by the Democratic leadership from later primary debates.
"Obama has wasted an opportunity to be a great president," Gravel lamented. "More than 50 percent of the American people do not buy into this war. He could have stood up and said ‘we are getting out.’ Forget the Congress. Forget the Republicans. Forget the hawks. Forget mainstream media, including The New York Times and The Washington Post, which are hawks. He would have weathered that storm because he would have had the American people on his side. And what did he do? He caved in to the leadership of [David] Petraeus and [Stanley A.] McChrystal and adopted a scenario that is a total loser."
"When he hugs his children at night, when he puts them to bed, he has got to begin to think there are little girls like this in Afghanistan who are being killed and maimed," Gravel told me. "If he can’t have that kind of a thought then his arrogance knows no boundaries. I saw this in the Senate during the Vietnam War. People detach themselves from the immediacy of the crime. They vote for the money. They vote for the policy. The picture of people dying is distant. My God, if you are sitting next to me and a bomb explodes and your arm is ripped off that is not distant. It is immediate. I saw the film by Robert Greenwald, "Rethink Afghanistan." It rips your heart out. And America under the leadership of Obama is a party to this crime. Close your eyes. Listen to the media. Listen to the pundits. Listen to the rhetoric. It is Vietnam all over again. What is the difference between our vital interests and the domino theory? We could leave Afghanistan and it would be as significant as when we left Vietnam."
"Don’t be hoodwinked by Obama going to Dover [Air Force Base] to watch the caskets or going to Arlington to salute the graves, with his snappy salute," Gravel says. "Adolf Hitler lionized soldiers dying. This is the old idea that it is honorable to die. It is not honorable to die in vain. People died in vain in Vietnam. They are dying in vain in Iraq and Afghanistan. And more people will die in vain because of the leadership of Barack Obama."
"They don’t hate us because we are free," Gravel said of the insurgents in Iraq and Afghanistan. "They hate us because we are killing them."
— Chris Hedges was for nearly two decades a foreign correspondent for The New York Times. He is the author of many books, including: War Is A Force That Gives Us Meaning, What Every Person Should Know About War, and American Fascists: The Christian Right and the War on America. His most recent book is Empire of Illusion: The End of Literacy and the Triumph of Spectacle. — http://www.commondreams.org/view/2009/12/14
—————————————————
14. KEEP CHURCH AND STATE SEPARATE
The organization Americans United for Separation of Church and State recently expressed "grave concern" about a renewed push by a coalition of conservative church groups to impose religious teachings on all Americans through government action.
At a New York City press conference in late November, religious right leaders and Roman Catholic bishops unveiled a joint statement criticizing laws that allow reproductive choice and same-sex marriage. The "Manhattan Declaration" indicates that participating religious leaders will defy such laws if they conflict with church doctrines.
The declaration signed by 125 Orthodox, Catholic and Evangelical Christian leaders, expresses opposition to "abortions, embryo-destructive research, assisted suicide and euthanasia or any other anti-life act; nor will we bend to any rule purporting to force us to bless immoral sexual partnerships, treat them as marriage or the equivalent or refrain from proclaiming the truth, as we know it, about morality and immorality and marriage and the family."
Americans United charged that the real agenda is not protecting the religious freedom of churches, but rather attempting to impose those doctrines on all Americans by government decree.
Said the Rev. Barry W. Lynn, Americans United executive director: "This declaration is certain to be deeply divisive. These religious leaders want to see their doctrines imposed by force of law.... I am optimistic that the people in the pews will not heed their leaders’ misguided call to action. Polls show that most church-goers do not want to see their faith politicized."
Lynn said he was "well aware that religious leaders have vast lobbying power that cannot be ignored" — a reference to the House version of the healthcare reform bill that was revised to curtail women's access to abortion at the behest of the U.S. Conference of Catholic Bishops.
—————————————————
15. GROUPS HIT U.S. OVER LANDMINE TREATY
Human rights and disarmament activists reacted bitterly in late November to the Obama administration's decision not to sign the 10-year-old treaty banning anti-personnel landmines.
The U.S. Campaign to Ban Landmines (USCBL), a coalition of scores of activist groups, called the administration's decision "shocking," while Human Rights Watch (HRW), one of the Campaign's most influential members, described it as "reprehensible."
"President Obama's decision to cling to anti-personnel mines keeps the U.S. on the wrong side of history and the wrong side of humanity," said Steve Goose, the director of HRW's Arms Division, who also noted that Washington stood alone among its NATO allies in refusing to sign the treaty.
Democratic Sen. Patrick Leahy, who spearheaded the drive in the early 1990s to ban Washington's export of the weapon to other countries, decried the decision, which was announced by State Department spokesman Ian Kelly Nov. 24. He said it constituted a "default of U.S. leadership" and charged that it appeared to be based on a review that "can only be described as cursory and half-hearted."
Rep. Jim McGovern (D-MA), another leader of Congressional disarmament efforts, called the review and its outcome "a major insult to the international community that unfortunately far overshadows our contributions in the areas of de-mining and support for landmine survivors."
The decision, which came on the eve of the Second Five-Year Review Conference of the Mine Ban Treaty to begin Sunday in Cartagena, Colombia, was viewed as a victory for the Pentagon, which has long opposed the treaty, and Republicans wary of all international treaties that may limit Washington's freedom to act in the world as it wishes.
It is likely to add to growing frustration in recent months among Obama's more-liberal political base over his unwillingness to break more definitively with the unilateralist and militarist policies of his predecessor, George W. Bush.
The U.S. is currently one of only 39 countries that have not signed the treaty, which was opened for signing in 1997 and took effect in 1999 after a campaign led by Canada and Western Europe, as well as hundreds of independent human rights and disarmament organizations that make up the International Campaign to Ban Landmines (ICBL). The ICBL won the Nobel Prize for its efforts in 1997 in recognition of its leadership role in the effort.
In its most recent report, the ICBL, which has since undertaken an initiative for an international ban on cluster munitions, reported that mines remain planted in more than 70 countries where last year they killed or wounded more than 5,000 people — the vast majority of whom were civilians. (Inter Press Service)
—————————————————
16. NEWS BRIEFS
By Nathan Rosenblum
HUNGER INCREASES IN THE U.S. — According to an annual report released recently by the Department of Agriculture, hunger in the United States has been increasing at the fastest rate since the department began recording in 1995. About 49.1 million people (16.4 % of the population) or 14.6% of all households in the United States suffer "food insecurity" and "very low food security." This is an increase of 3.5% from 2007. Many of those affected are working class people above the official poverty line. While the poverty rate (which has substantially increased) is 13.2 %, or about 37.3 million people, the actual number of people living in poverty is more likely about 70 to 80 million people or at least a quarter of the population.
Of those suffering from very low food security, 5.2 million are children. Some 17 million children were in households that had insufficient food (up from 12 million in 2007) and almost 1.1 million children suffered absolute hunger. About 5.7% of Americans have reduced food consumption or otherwise changed their eating patterns due to money problems. Use of food pantries increased from 3.9 million households to 4.8 million this past year. African American and Latino households were more than twice as likely as white families to report food insecurity.
WORLD HUNGER ON THE RISE — Worldwide hunger has continued to increase, says the United Nations Food and Agriculture Organization. About 1.02 billion face the prospect of hunger and of these 200 million are children. Every six seconds, a child dies of hunger. Count: One, two, three, four, five, six — another has just died. More than 90% of the children in this unconscionable cohort, are from Asia and Africa. The main problem is poverty. Other causes include the use of cropland to grow biofuels, large agribusiness which destroys the livelihoods of small farmers, fuel costs which make shipping more expensive as well as droughts and floods. Effects have been exacerbated by the economic crisis and global warming. Hunger has decreased in Asia (from 40% in 1990 to 30% last year) but has continued to increase in Africa (up from to 34% last year to 38% this year). About $44 billion dollars would be required in aid to third-world counties up from $7.9 billion now allotted. Obama has pledged $2 billion dollars in aid. The cost of the Iraq war will amount to $3 trillion.
OBAMA SUPPORTS REVIVAL OF PATRIOT ACT — The Obama administration supports continuing sections of the Patriot Act that are coming up for renewal at the end of December. These include National Security Letters, the "Material Support" statute, and the FISA amendments. The National Security Letters (NSL’s) are issued to force libraries, banks, credit reporting companies, and Internet service providers to hand over information about customers, including financial transactions and books borrowed. This is not revealed to the person being investigated, and it is illegal to even mention that one has received an NSL, even to an attorney. The "material support" statute is a vaguely worded document that allows anyone providing support to a "terrorist" or "terrorist group" to be charged with a criminal act. This includes a defending attorney (Lynne Stewart is the best known example) or a charity donation (such as giving money to a hospital in Gaza). The FISA Amendments Act of 2008 allows for the collection and reading of international phone calls and emails without a warrant or suspicion of criminal activity. President Obama has long been open in his support of the act. He voted for the renewal of the act in 2006 and the immunity for phone providers that assisted with the warrantless wiretaps.
—————————————————
HUDSON VALLEY ACTIVIST NEWSLETTER/CALENDAR
—————————————————
Contents:
1. A NEW YEAR WISH — We need democracy in action to bring about social change — and that comes from the people, not the politicians.
2. AFGHANISTAN: IT'S NOT A JUST WAR — Trying to justify his wider war, Obama misinterpreted the "Theory of Just War" during his Nobel Prize speech.
3. WASHINGTON'S TWO LOST WARS — The United States has already lost the war in Afghanistan, just as it has lost the war in Iraq.
4. HINCHEY, HALL BACK WIDER WAR — Our local liberal Congressmen enthusiastically back escalation of Afghan conflict.
5. VOICES OF WAR AND PEACE — Quotes.
6. NEW MOVEMENTS FOR SOCIAL CHANGE — Progressive power today resides in the people's activist and alternative movements for social/political change.
7. COMING SOON: THE THOUGHT POLICE — One of the recent technological "triumphs" is a device that's supposed to read our minds and emotions to determine if we have "harmful intentions."
8. SIXTEEN DEATHS PER DAY — Every day in the United States 16 workers die on the job, largely because of reckless negligence on the part of their employers.
9. THE PALESTINIAN PLIGHT — A local activist discusses Israel's oppression of the Palestinian people.
10. THE TRAGEDY OF LEONARD PELTIER —One of America's best known political prisoners — a Native American activist — has been denied parole once again.
11. THE VOICE OF COMPLICITY — A poem by Leonard Peltier.
12. OBAMA: A ONE-TERM PRESIDENT? — Better a one-term president who ends a bad war than a two-term president who keeps it going.
13. FIGHTING ANOTHER DUMB WAR — Chris Hedges interviews former Democratic Senator Mike Gravel, who has some interesting insights about President Obama.
14. KEEP CHURCH AND STATE SEPARATE — Americans United criticizes renewed push by conservative church groups to impose religious teachings.
15. GROUPS HIT U.S. OVER LANDMINE TREATY — Human rights and disarmament activists criticize Washington's refusal to ban landmines.
16. NEWS BRIEFS — Hunger increases in U.S., World hunger on the rise, Obama supports revival of Patriot Act.
—————————————————
1. A NEW YEAR WISH
Dear Readers:
With a new year around the corner, let's look at the year now ending, and then the year ahead.
The year 2009 began with great hopes by many Americans with liberal, progressive or left views. Republican George W. Bush and his neoconservative clique were finally gone after eight dreadful years of right wing governance at home and rampant imperialism abroad.
Many people with hopes for substantial change thought that despite the recession important political and social progress would accompany the new Democratic administration led by President Barack Obama and a Democratic Congress with large majorities in the House and Senate.
Many hoped for an end to the unjust wars, militarism and ever increasing war budgets; the replacement of economic teams that favored the wealthy, the banks and Wall Street; a reversal of the growing gap between rich and poor and the disproportionate economic inequality experienced by African Americans, Latinos, and Native Americans; implementation of adequate measures to mitigate foreclosures and create jobs for the swelling ranks of the unemployed; a halt to erosions of civil liberties; no more cover-ups of the Bush Administration's war crimes; and serious advances on climate change.
Now, as we are about to enter 2010, many of the high hopes entertained last January have been dashed. President Obama, with his political caution and penchant for compromising with the right wing, hasn't lived up to his advance billing. The Democratic Congress has terribly few accomplishments to its credit because of the large number of Blue Dogs and other conservatives in its own ranks, determined to undermine progressive legislation.
We understood from the beginning that the optimistic talk about the new administration governing from the center/center-left or even from dead center was political daydreaming. Much of what is emanating today from the White House and Congress isn't even from the center but the center-right. This was not the change many people believed in and voted for.
So what about 2010? There will be more of the same unless the liberals, the progressives and the left — and there are many millions of us in America — begin to make a lot of noise. We need democracy in action to bring about social change — and that comes first from the people, not the politicians.
Nothing beats mass movements in motion for pushing political parameters toward the left, after decades of having them moved toward the right. There are scores of people's movements, independent of the ruling parties, that need more people behind them in order to make an impact on the political system.
We think every liberal, progressive and leftist who is disappointed with the way things are going should join up with one or another of the mass movements and left organizations in 2010 and push for real change — for peace, or climate change, or single-payer/public option, or protection of civil liberties, or economic justice, or a score or so of additional categories where the power of the people can make a real difference.
That's our wish for the new year — a wish for many more people and movements in motion for progressive social change. Happy new year, friends.
From Hudson Valley Activist Newsletter, Activist Calendar, and Peace and Social Progress Now.
—————————————————
2. AFGHANISTAN: IT'S NOT A JUST WAR
President Barack Obama delivered a rather odd speech Dec. 10 when he accepted the Nobel Peace Prize at ceremonies in Oslo. In the name of peace, he sought to justify former President George W. Bush's invasion and occupation of Afghanistan, as well as his own decision Dec. 1 to vastly expand this unnecessary and essentially lost endeavor by ordering another 30,000 troops to the war zone.
In the process, Obama misinterpreted the "Theory of Just War," the subject of this article, which argues it is not a just war.
Most Republicans, especially the neoconservatives, strongly approved of the speech, largely because of its bellicosity and its justification for Bush's foray into Afghanistan. Sarah Palin "liked what he said." Newt Gingrich "thought the speech was actually very good." Karl Rove defined it as "superb," "tough" and "effective." The pro-war Wall Street Journal offered a "Congratulations, Mr. President."
Antiwar Democrats and the peace movement were critical, but many liberal Democrats praised it, though seemingly less for its rationalization of war and imperialism and more for its smooth intellectual style and philosophical wanderings, as when Katrina vanden Heuvel, editor of the liberal flagship weekly The Nation, focused on the president's "humility and grace."
Salon commentator Glenn Greenwald put it this way: "Much of the liberal praise for Obama's speech yesterday focused on how eloquent, sophisticated, nuanced, complex, philosophical, contemplative and intellectual it was. And, looked at a certain way, it was all of those things — like so many Obama speeches are. After eight years of enduring a president who spoke in simplistic Manichean imperatives and bullying decrees, many liberals are understandably joyous over having a president who uses their language and the rhetorical approach that resonates with them. But that's the real danger. Obama puts a pretty, intellectual, liberal face on some ugly and decidedly illiberal policies."
Obama had little option but to express humility in accepting the Nobel Committee's award that he himself knew was entirely undeserved and an embarrassment, coming as it did just after his big move to widen the Afghan war. Under the circumstances, he carried off the necessary humility sequence quite well, noting that "Compared to some of the giants of history who have received this prize — Schweitzer and King; Marshall and Mandela — my accomplishments are slight."
About half the Nobel speech was devoted to justifying the Afghan war, while most of the rest was a spirited, idealized, and mendacious defense of the U.S. role in foreign affairs since the end of World War II. Obama's foreign policy resembles a combination of that put forward by Presidents Bill Clinton and George H.W. Bush (the elder). It continues the dubious tradition embraced by American presidents since 1945 consisting of seeking hegemony and world supremacy based on overwhelming military power.
In attempting to legitimize Bush's Afghan war, Obama declared:
"Over time, as codes of law sought to control violence within groups, so did philosophers, clerics and statesmen seek to regulate the destructive power of war. The concept of a 'just war' emerged, suggesting that war is justified only when it meets certain preconditions: if it is waged as a last resort or in self-defense; if the force used is proportional; and if, whenever possible, civilians are spared from violence.... The world rallied around America after the 9/11 attacks, and continues to support our efforts in Afghanistan, because of the horror of those senseless attacks and the recognized principle of self-defense....
"I believe that all nations, strong and weak alike, must adhere to [just war] standards that govern the use of force.... Where force is necessary, we have a moral and strategic interest in binding ourselves to certain rules of conduct. And even as we confront a vicious adversary that abides by no rules, I believe that the United States of America must remain a standard bearer in the conduct of war. That is what makes us different from those whom we fight. That is a source of our strength."
President Obama is incorrect when he suggests that the Afghan war conforms with the theory of just war. Here's why:
Over the last 1,500 years, secular and religious ethicists have developed the theory of just war. The Roman Catholic Church is a major organizational upholder of the just war concept, but the theory enjoys universal application and is embraced in international law and the UN Charter. This is not a pacifist theory because it finds some wars just and some unjust. For instance, U.S. participation in World War II against German and Japanese imperialism is considered just, but its role in Iraq is termed unjust. Justness, not nonviolence, is the international criterion.
There are nuanced differences in the interpretation of just war theory, but there is general agreement on its six principal stipulations — all of which be must honored for the resort to war to be considered just. Four of the points are relevant to Afghanistan, the most important being "Just Cause." This means war is permissible to confront "a real and certain danger" — either an attack or imminent attack from another country — and includes self-defense or the defense of others from external aggression.
Afghanistan neither attacked the United States on Sept. 11, 2001, nor was it threatening an imminent attack. This rules out the just cause of self-defense. We will explain this before moving to the other three points.
Al-Qaeda, a small decentralized fundamentalist religious organization on the fringes of Islam was responsible for the attack, not the state or government of Afghanistan. Al-Qaeda was formed in Afghanistan by Osama bin-Laden, a Saudi exile, in 1988. Its members were drawn from foreign Muslim jihadist fighters taking part in the Afghan civil war (1979-1996) against a left wing government in Kabul that was being defended by Soviet troops, followed by a war between the various Afghan factions after the left was overthrown in 1992. The U.S. financed the anti-government civil war, as did Pakistan and Saudi Arabia on a lesser scale. Al-Qaeda was among the beneficiaries of Washington's support.
Most al-Qaeda recruits returned to their own countries in the Middle East and Europe after the war. Some set up small branches of the organization where they lived. A sector of al-Qaeda, including bin-Laden, remained in Afghanistan with the approval of the fundamentalist Taliban government, which emerged victorious from the civil war in 1996. (For Washington's deep involvement, including financing the civil war, see the archived "The U.S. in Afghanistan Part 2: The Origins of a Bad War" in the Nov. 5, 2009, Activist Newsletter.)
No Afghan was among the 19 Al-Qaeda suicide operatives, armed with box cutters, who hijacked four airliners on 9/11 and slammed one of them into the Pentagon and two others into New York's World Trade Center, killing about 3,000 people.
Much of the planning for the attack evidently took place in Europe and then in the U.S. There has never been any proof that Taliban leader Mullah Muhammad Omar was aware of the Sept. 11 plan, much less a party to it. Just hours after the Washington and New York City destruction, the Taliban authorities denounced the attacks. At the same time, Afghanistan's Taliban ambassador to Pakistan stated to the media "We want to tell the American children that Afghanistan feels your pain. We hope the courts find justice."
President Bush immediately rejected suggestions for a major international police effort to apprehend the leaders of the attack. Instead, after conferring with his neoconservative advisers, he defined this small-group terrorist raid as an act of war carried out from Afghan territory with the connivance of the Taliban government. This allowed Bush to declare an open-ended "War on Terrorism," paving the way a few weeks later for his invasion of Afghanistan, and then Iraq in March 2003.
Another of the just war points is "Last Resort. This means a country may resort to war only after exhausting every other possible alternative. This is reflected in the UN Charter, which calls for serious efforts to resolve differences nonviolently through diplomacy or the courts, before the resort to military means. Bush rejected an offer by the Taliban to produce bin-Laden if the U.S. wouldn't invade. Its only stipulation was that Washington provide proof that the al-Qaeda leader actually committed the crime, as would any country asked to surrender a suspect to another country. Bush swiftly refused, ruled out any negotiations, and began a bombing campaign and invasion. President Obama said in Oslo that "America did not seek" the Afghan war, but war was Bush's first resort, not last, as was the case 18 months later when he attacked Iraq.
A third stipulation is "Right Intention" — i.e., fighting only on behalf of an expressed just cause without a trace of ulterior motivation such as the acquisition of power, land, resources, riches, etc. As we note in the article below (Washington's Two Lost Wars), Bush's ulterior motivations were to interject U.S. military power into Central Asia and also to occupy a country adjacent to Iran, another neoconservative target for regime change at the time.
The last point is "Proportionality," meaning that the quantity of violence, damage and costs is proportionate to the expressed reason for resorting to war. Given the violation of the Just War standards of just cause, last resort, and right intention, the disproportion involved in Bush's bombing, invasion, occupation and continuing warfare is self-evident. In any event, Bush's expressed reason for war was that the Taliban did not hand over bin-Laden, but that was terminally modified by the U.S. refusal to provide the evidence required for extradition.
Thus, despite President Obama's efforts to define Bush's invasion of Afghanistan as just, he has decided to send another 30,000 troops, on top of approximately 30,000 sent earlier in this year, to fight in a manifestly unjust war.
—————————————————
3. WASHINGTON'S TWO LOST WARS
The United States has already lost the war in Afghanistan, just as it has lost the war in Iraq.
President Barack Obama's vast expansion of the Afghan war announced Dec. 1, and the extension of the violence into neighboring Pakistan, are intended to camouflage the reality of defeat, as was the Bush Administration's "surge" in Iraq.
The U.S. is the world's only superpower and history's unparalleled military colossus. But after six decades of extending its hegemony to the point of virtually dominating the world, Washington recognizes it is declining as a global economic and political power as other countries and blocs gain strength.
Those who rule America understand that the process of decline will accelerate if the Pentagon's vaunted war machine suffers the worldwide public humiliation of being bested in two wars by small forces of decentralized, irregular combatants with rifles, homemade munitions, and suicide belts.
And bested they have been, though neither Washington nor the corporate mass media will admit this truth after having suffered the setback of disgrace in Vietnam. But how else can America's present position in Iraq after nearly seven years, and in Afghanistan after over eight years, be explained?
Although its original plans crumbled when it was unable to defeat a small enemy, Washington wants to make sure that when its foreign legions finally come marching home from Afghanistan and Iraq, they will do so to the cadence of martial music proclaiming "Mission accomplished.... Best Army in the world.... All heroes.... Democracy wins!"
Let's first look at Iraq in terms of the fighting and Washington's war objectives, followed by Afghanistan and President Obama's expansion of the war.
The mighty U.S., which invaded Iraq in March 2003, was fought to a standstill from the summer of 2003 to the end of 2006 by up to 25,000 mostly Sunni guerrilla resistance fighters belonging to various small groups, nationalist or mujahedeen. The resistance largely evaporated two years ago because of President Bush's "surge," but this had nothing to do with military defeat. The struggle was subverted mainly by three things:
(1) The Shi'ite refusal to take part in the opposition to the Bush Administration's unjust and illegal invasion and occupation — knowing that when the invaders left they would be in charge — and by the Shia government's antagonism toward the Sunni combatants. (2) The entry of al-Qaeda, which before the war was never allowed into Iraq, and its indiscriminate war against civilians that undercut the resistance and dismayed Sunni nationalist ranks. (3) The "surge" that began in 2007, which was principally based on offering large sums of money to Sunni elders and tribal leaders, combined with paying salaries to thousands of jobless fighters, plus offering to protect the Sunnis from possible retaliation by the puppet Shi'ite government.
President George W. Bush's claimed objective was to eliminate weapons of mass destruction and to punish the Ba'athist government of President Saddam Hussein for conniving with al-Qaeda in the 9/11 attacks on the Pentagon and World Trade Center. When these lies were exposed they were replaced by two new lies — bringing democracy to Iraq, and protecting the Iraqi people from al-Qaeda.
The real neoconservative objective was far more grandiose — the extension of U.S. hegemony throughout the entire Middle East, not just in Saudi Arabia, Egypt, Jordan and a few lesser satellites as now. After a quick shock-and-awe victory, a puppet government-in-waiting composed of Iraqi exiles loyal to Washington was to run the country on behalf of U.S. political, economic and military interests.
Thus geographically situated with enormous military power between Iran and Syria, the U.S. was to begin the process of regime change in Damascus and Tehran, providing itself with a spectacular geostrategic prize — absolute control of the Persian Gulf, through which over half the world's petroleum must be transported. And it was all going to happen cheaply because it would be financed largely by Iraqi oil, and perhaps Iran's as well.
The plan to control the entire Middle East failed, though for the next several years the Iraqi government will not turn against the United States; after that it's an open question. The cost of the Iraq war, over the years — including long term interest payments on the war debt — will amount to $3 trillion, enough to end world poverty were it spent for a good cause. And combined with the Pentagon's inability to militarily sweep away a small number of resistance fighters the entire fiasco amounts to a serious defeat for the U.S.
Bush managed, with the backing of the mass media, to mitigate the perceived dimensions of the defeat by conflating the resistance with the crimes of al-Qaeda, by defining the surge as a military victory as opposed to a buyout, and by promoting the illusion that Iraq is now a democracy. Lastly, Bush cleverly decided to sign an agreement with the Baghdad government declaring that all U.S. troops were leaving the country by the end of 2011, suggesting "mission accomplished" and an "honorable withdrawal."
Afghanistan is different but similar. The Bush Administration detected a major geopolitical opportunity in the rubble of Sept. 11, 2001. Instead of massive international police work to apprehend the gang that perpetrated the historic terrorist crime, President Bush launched a "War on Terrorism" to justify new wars of aggression, an idea promoted by his neoconservative handlers.
The first objective of this neocolonial endeavor was to swiftly overthrow the reactionary Taliban government in Afghanistan that harbored a branch of al-Qaeda, and to put authority into the hands of officials totally subordinate to Washington's diktat, watched over by an army of occupation.
As we point out in the article above (Afghanistan: It's Not a Just War), there has not been any proof that the Taliban government participated in the planning or execution the 9/11, or that any Taliban official, including founder/leader Mullah Muhammad Omar, was aware of al-Qaeda plans to seize passenger jets and crash them into symbols of American power. Omar in fact offered to turn over Osama bin-Laden, as the U.S. demanded, if Washington first handed him proof of the al-Qaeda leader's guilt. Bush refused, and launched a war.
The real purpose of the invasion of Afghanistan had two levels. One was intended to show Bush was a powerful, vengeful leader capable of destroying world "terrorism" by fulfilling his shocking pledge to "export death and violence to the four corners of the Earth in defense of our great nation."
More to the point was the second level, wherein the U.S. was to ensconce itself in strategic Central Asia for the first time, protected by an American and NATO army of long-term occupation. Geographically, Washington's military power was now conveniently adjacent to Iran — another neocon target — and in close proximity to the resource-rich former republics of the USSR, prized for their oil and gas deposits. U.S./NATO military bases and airfields were also now in a position to worry if not threaten China and Russia, a big asset during Bush's several-year revival of the Cold War.
In addition to being unable to defeat a poorly armed guerrilla force of 20,000 or so effectives, the U.S. has been defending a thoroughly corrupt, weak and ineffective puppet government, and presiding over the growth of illegal drug cartels that rake in several billion dollars a year from poppy production. Despite Washington's control of the Afghan government, its police and army, the masses of people live unprotected by the central authorities and in extreme poverty. The cultural oppression of Afghan women and girls has improved only very slightly in the cities, and hardly at all in the countryside where the majority of people live.
After eight years, despite the U.S./NATO occupation, the Taliban is now dominant in at least a third of Afghanistan's 34 provinces, and are increasingly active in many others. Afghan Taliban forces based in Pakistan frequently cross the border to reassert control. American forces occupy some big cities but not much territory. Warlords and tribes, some on the U.S. payroll, some backing the resistance, occupy the rest of the country.
Admiral Michael Mullen, chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, said this month — nine months after President Obama authorized his first addition of 21,000 more troops — "we are losing." This was the same message Afghan war commander Gen. Stanley McChrystal has been conveying for months. The generals argued for a wider war to prevent an obvious defeat.
To create the impression that the U.S. is actually winning a war already lost, President Obama is now significantly escalating the conflict, aiming for a military force of 100,000 Americans (it was 32,000 when Obama entered office) and 45,000 NATO troops, plus as many "contractors" who often perform military duties. This action will multiply the death and destruction, and cost multi-billions more dollars the U.S. cannot afford.
The main purposes of the new surge are to • prevent the Taliban from further expanding its territories; • greatly intensify the fighting along and over the border with western Pakistan, including a major increase in drone attacks to kill Afghan Taliban leaders and units with bases in Pakistan; • train, equip and finance a huge puppet Army and police force under U.S. control; • delegate more power to the American-subsidized Afghan warlords in various parts of the country; • and, in a spectacular irony, to seek a strategic compromise with the Taliban that would allow it a role in provincial governments and eventually in the central government, while paying huge sums to Taliban fighters to stop shooting at U.S. troops.
All this, Obama hopes, will allow him to claim "success," though hardly "victory," and eventually extricate U.S. troops "with honor," possibly before the end of his second term. In matters like this, however, things rarely go as planned. It could blow up in America's face. Just ask former Commander-in-Chief George Bush, the instigator of two unnecessary, unjust and utterly failed wars.
The U.S. never should have attacked Afghanistan or Iraq to begin with. Having done so, Washington should have cut its losses and brought the troops home years ago. A substantial portion of the U.S. electorate brought Obama into office under the assumption he would find a way to do so. But here we go again.
———————————
4. REPS. HINCHEY, HALL BACK WIDER WAR
The New York Mid-Hudson region's two liberal "peace candidates" — Rep. Maurice Hinchey (NY-22nd CD) and Rep. John Hall (NY-19th CD) — strongly supported President Barack Obama's massive escalation of the U.S. war against Afghanistan.
Hinchey has opposed the Iraq war from the beginning, but he has supported the Afghan war since then-President George W. Bush's invasion and occupation that began in October 2001, though he usually hasn't broadcast his Afghan war views during addresses to antiwar audiences.
In a statement lauding President Obama's Dec. 1 decision to enlarge the war by sending an additional 30,000 U.S. troops to fight in Afghanistan and Pakistan, Hinchey was critical of Bush because he "abandoned any effective strategy" in Afghanistan. "We are now left to confront the festering problems of an insecure and volatile Afghanistan.... If we were to walk away now, it would be a waste of the last eight years."
Interestingly, as of Dec. 16, Hinchey is still listed among the 24 co-sponsors of a bill introduced in the House Oct. 1 by antiwar Rep. Barbara Lee. The purpose of the bill, H.R.3699, is "To prohibit any increase in the number of members of the United States Armed Forces serving in Afghanistan."
Rep. Hall's district includes West Point, where President Obama announced his decision to escalate the war. He was considered a "peace" candidate when he first won election to Congress in November 2006. His website includes this Dec. 1 statement on the wider war:
"The terrorists who attacked America and New York on 9/11, killing thousands of innocent American civilians, were trained in Al-Qaeda camps in Afghanistan. Preventing Al-Qaeda from regaining a safe haven in Afghanistan is absolutely vital to America's national security. I am glad that the President came here to West Point to explain his plans directly to our nation's future officer corps. The new strategy that the President announced tonight includes critical changes that can lead to American and Afghan success against the Taliban leadership and Al-Qaeda: requiring progress and benchmarks to be made by the Afghan government, expanding military presence beyond the cities to Taliban strongholds in the east and south, enabling America's withdrawal by training Afghan forces, and increasing direct economic development to provide economic options besides joining the Taliban."
—————————————————
5. VOICES OF WAR AND PEACE
"The United States of America has helped underwrite global security for more than six decades with the blood of our citizens and the strength of our arms. The service and sacrifice of our men and women in uniform has promoted peace and prosperity."
— Barack Obama, Dec. 10, 2009
"When we talk about war, we're really talking about peace. We want there to be peace. We want people to live in peace all around the world. I mean, our vision for peace extends beyond America. We believe in peace in South Asia. We believe in peace in the Middle East. We're going to be steadfast toward a vision that rejects terror and killing, and honors peace and hope. I also want the young to know that this country, we don't conquer people, we liberate people."
— George W. Bush, June 18, 2002, nine months after invading Afghanistan and nine months before invading Iraq.
"It's easy to get into a war, but hard as hell to get out of one."
— President Lyndon Baines Johnson.
"He that is the author of a war lets loose the whole contagion of hell and opens a vein that bleeds a nation to death."
—Thomas Paine
"A nation that continues year after year to spend more money on military defense than on programs of social uplift is approaching spiritual death."
— Martin Luther King
"It isn't enough to talk about peace. One must believe it. And it isn't enough to believe in it. One must work at it."
— Eleanor Roosevelt
"I believe that if we had and would keep our dirty, bloody, dollar soaked fingers out of the business of these [Third World] nations so full of depressed, exploited people, they will arrive at a solution of their own. And if unfortunately their revolution must be of the violent type because the 'haves' refuse to share with the 'have-nots' by any peaceful method, at least what they get will be their own, and not the American style, which they don't want and above all don't want crammed down their throats by Americans."
— Gen. David Sharp (1966), former Commandant U.S. Marine Corps
—————————————————
6. NEW MOVEMENTS FOR SOCIAL CHANGE
The widening war, economic recession, and serious policy disappointments from the White House and Congress are negative developments, but this situation also creates opportunities for the growth of progressive oppositional movements.
True, the political life of the country remains enveloped in a choking fog of conservatism emanating from the right-to-center "consensus" of the two ruling parties. The positive aspect of this situation is that social movements are growing in America, and are demanding fairly substantive change — not the vague "change" articulated by centrist politicians during last year's elections.
We speak largely of the new citizen's movement for single-payer/public option healthcare reform, and the regenerated people's environmental movement demanding significant progress in countering climate change, though each has a way to go organizationally, politically and in demonstrating they have staying power.
These movements are specifically challenging the inadequate, half-way measures emanating from the White House and Congress in response to the demand for severe reductions in greenhouse gas emissions and for building a healthcare system that finally puts people before profits. Working in concert with existing health-related and environmental movements, these newer forces have the potential to transform into energetic mass movements.
Obviously, given the Obama Administration's continuation of America's aggressive military posture, its glorification of the military, and an international perspective based upon extending Washington's hegemony wherever possible, the antiwar movement is of exceptional importance. Lately in the Activist Newsletter we have been analyzing the weaknesses of our peace forces, but we anticipate they will become stronger in the next year.
All three of these large movements are articulating demands that go beyond what the present powers in Washington will accept, much less the neoconservative yahoos of the previous administration. And they are joined by other grass roots organizations growing around such pressing needs as jobs and foreclosures, financial regulation and progressive immigration reform, to name a few.
These movements will be strengthened by the gradual shedding of political illusions by millions of progressives and liberals who assumed the Obama Administration would pursue a center-left reformist agenda. A process of political awakening is gradually taking place.
Locally, within one week — at the West Point protest Dec. 1, the New Paltz picket line against the Afghan War Dec. 5, and the CLASP meeting Dec. 6 — we were approached individually by about a dozen progressive readers of the Activist Newsletter who had strongly backed President Obama in the election. One after another indicated they were, in effect, disillusioned by Obama's penchant for making major concessions to the right wing and the center-right but spurning his center-left supporters and their programs for change.
We think the progressive healthcare and climate change movements have the potential for real growth because their goals — public healthcare for all, and the survival of our planet — are irrefutably essential for the well being of society. As it becomes evident that Washington distains their demands, participants will learn valuable lessons that advance their political consciousness — namely, that insurance companies rule the healthcare debate, big business controls the climate change agenda, and many American politicians are in liege to corporate and financial interests.
The antiwar movement has experienced hard times in the last couple of years, largely because the movement's main constituency by far — Democratic voters — began drifting away when their party gained Congress in the 2006 elections. This process accelerated when Obama was elected last year. A majority of Democrats told opinion polls they opposed the Afghan adventure, but now that it's Obama's war a great many have not yet returned to the peace movement.
But this is changing, not least because of Obama's decision to significantly escalate the Afghan war. The West Point protest, which took place as Obama announced the buildup to an audience of 4,000 cadets and millions of TV viewers, seemed to us the harbinger of a turnaround. Over 300 people were organized to demonstrate outside the Military Academy on very short notice, and the event turned out to be more militant than anticipated.
We think the antiwar movement is going to bounce back, especially as the Obama Administration increases the violence and the financial costs in Afghanistan while expanding the war into Pakistan. The protests set for the seventh anniversary of the Iraq war on March 20 in Washington, San Francisco, Los Angeles, Chicago and other cities will help determine the movement's future.
A stronger antiwar movement, combined with growing movements for healthcare, climate change and, hopefully a movement dedicated to the welfare of the working people of our country, can become an important factor in American politics. The combination of several movements in action for different progressive objectives is quite powerful. We had that during the 1960s and early 1970s , and it produced many important reforms — so many, in fact, that a conservative backlash against them still reverberates today.
This struggle between right and left views has been brewing for a long time, but it is growing more intense now that the Republicans are out of power and increasingly tilting to the far right. Who's going to prevail? Will it be the right/far right, with its reactionary anti-government populism, religious-right social/cultural views and neoconservative imperialism? The nation got a taste of some of this during the summer at the town hall confrontations. Will it be the vacillating center now in power, the first instinct of which is to compromise with the right? Or the center-left and left with their people-first policies and far more rational international views?
Influencing this outcome are the very progressives and liberals who played an important role in electing Obama because they thought he'd govern from the center-left. Many now are distressed because their candidate is actually doing so from the center-right — a major political difference. What will they do now?
At the same time the needs of the majority of American people have been coldly ignored by both ruling parties for 40 years, and this majority is today experiencing the most extreme ravages of the current recession. These people are situated in the working class, the lower to mid-sector of the middle class, the poverty caste, and the African American, Latino and Native American minorities who suffer cruelly disproportionate hardships.
The political duopoly has done nothing of significance to improve the lot of the masses of people in the years before and during the Great Recession, and it will do nothing when the economic crisis is declared over in a year or two. Both left and right are contending to provide leadership for this marginalized majority of the American people. So what is to be done?
We need big social, political and economic reforms in America that will attend to the needs of working families. We certainly need solid healthcare and climate change policies. And we need to end these endless wars – almost seven years in Iraq and over eight years in Afghanistan. And much more.
This can only happen if the center-left and left are stronger. Clearly, their clout within the two-party system is negligible. Progressive power, and the power of the American people, today resides in the social and activist and alternative political movements for progressive change, most certainly including the peace movement.
One way of becoming stronger is for the progressives and liberals who are dismayed by the shortcomings of the Congress and president they elected to join in these center-left social movements and fight hard for social change from an activist — as opposed to an almost entirely electoral — orientation. This will simultaneously put pressure for change on the Obama government, stand in strong opposition to the active right wing, and build for a progressive future.
—————————————————
7. COMING SOON: THE THOUGHT POLICE
Were the United States ever to transform into a police state the technology is ready and waiting. One of the more recent technological "triumphs" is a device that's supposed to read our minds and emotions to determine if we have "harmful intentions." Following is an excerpt from a Dec. 9 article by AlterNet's Liliana Segura:
This past February, the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) awarded a one-year, $2.6 million grant to the Cambridge, MA.-based Charles Stark Draper Laboratory to develop computerized sensors capable of detecting a person's level of "malintent" — or intention to do harm. It's only the most recent of numerous contracts awarded to Draper and assorted research outfits by the U.S. government over the past few years under the auspices of a project called "Future Attribute Screening Technologies," or FAST. It's the next wave of behavior surveillance from DHS and taxpayers have paid some $20 million on it so far.
Conceived as a cutting-edge counter-terrorism tool, the FAST program will ostensibly detect subjects' bad intentions by monitoring their physiological characteristics, particularly those associated with fear and anxiety. It's part of a broader "initiative to develop innovative, non-invasive technologies to screen people at security checkpoints," according to DHS.
The "non-invasive" claim might be a bit of a stretch. A DHS report issued last December outlined some of the possible technological features of FAST, which include "a remote cardiovascular and respiratory sensor" to measure "heart rate, heart rate variability, respiration rate, and respiratory sinus arrhythmia," a "remote eye tracker" that "uses a camera and processing software to track the position and gaze of the eyes (and, in some instances, the entire head)," "thermal cameras that provide detailed information on the changes in the thermal properties of the skin in the face," and "a high resolution video that allows for highly detailed images of the face and body… and an audio system for analyzing human voice for pitch change."
Ultimately, all of these components would be combined to take the form of a "prototypical mobile suite (FAST M2) … used to increase the accuracy and validity of identifying persons with malintent."
Coupled with the Transportation Security Administration's Behavior Detection Officers, 3,000 of whom are already scrutinizing travelers' expressions and body language at airports and travel hubs nationwide, DHS officials say that FAST will add a potentially lifesaving layer of security to prevent another terrorist attack. "There's only so much you can see with the naked eye," DHS spokesperson John Verrico told AlterNet. "We can't see somebody's heart rate…. We may be able to see movements of the eye and changes in dilation of the pupil, but will those give us enough [information] to make a determination as to what we're really seeing?"
Ideally, Verrico says, FAST mobile units would be used for security, not just at airports, but at "any sort of a large-scale event," including sporting events or political rallies. ("When the Pope visited Washington D.C.," he says, "it would have been nice to have something like this at the entrance of the stadium.")
"Basically," says Verrico, "we're looking to give the security folks just some more tools that will help to add to their toolbox."
If you think eye scanners and thermal cameras sound like the twisted props of some Orwellian dystopia, you're not alone. FAST may be years from being operational, but civil libertarians have already raised concerns over its implications.
"We think that you have an inherent privacy right to your bodily metabolic functions," Jay Stanley, director of the ACLU's Technology and Liberty program told AlterNet. "Just because somebody can build some high-tech piece of equipment that can detect your pulse and perspiration and breathing and heart rate, that doesn't mean that it should be open season to detect that on anybody without suspicion."
Besides, he says, the FAST program is based on "the same old pseudo-scientific baloney that we've seen in so many other areas. As far as I can tell, there's very little science that establishes the efficacy of this kind of thing. And there probably never will be."
Bruce Schneier, a security technologist and bestselling author who has been one of the most vociferous critics of such new high-tech DHS initiatives, concurs. In fact, he says, all the evidence suggests the opposite. "The problem is the false positives," he says.
Beyond the fact that ordinary travelers are likely to exhibit many of the symptoms supposedly indicative of malintent (how many people run to catch a plane and end up overheated and out of breath?), compare the rarity of terrorist attacks with the millions of travelers who pass through a security checkpoint. Statistically, Schneier argues, it's a fool's errand. "If you run the math, you get several million false positives for every real attack you find. So it ends up being as useless as picking people randomly. If you're going to spend money on something, you can spend money on dice — it's cheaper. And equally as effective."
The FAST program, and others like it, have been in the works for a few years. In 2007, New Scientist reported on a DHS project called Project Hostile Intent, which "aims to identify facial expressions, gait, blood pressure, pulse and perspiration rates that are characteristic of hostility or the desire to deceive." Under the purview of DHS's Advanced Research Projects Agency (HSARPA), the project would "include heart rate and breathing sensors, infrared light, laser, video, audio and eye tracking."
According to New Scientist, "PHI got quietly under way on 9 July, when HSARPA issued a 'request for information' in which it asked security companies and U.S. government labs to suggest technologies that could be used to achieve the project's aims. It hopes to test them at a handful of airports, borders and ports as early as 2010 and to deploy the system at all points of entry to the U.S. by 2012."
For full article: http://www.alternet.org/story/144443/
—————————————————
8. SIXTEEN DEATHS PER DAY
Every day in the United States 16 workers die on the job, largely because of reckless negligence on the part of their employers. Most companies are never prosecuted for negligence, even after repeated warnings that their workers are in danger.
In 2007, the last year for which complete figures are available, there were some 5,600 fatalities, plus about four million workplace injuries, according to figures from the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), which requires that all businesses with over 10 workers report work-related injuries requiring medical treatment beyond basic first aid.
But a critical report by the Government Accountability Office (GAO) Nov. 16 charges that the injury figures are much too low, suggesting that the real number may be three times higher.
In an article about the GAO revelations Nov. 17, the New York Times reported that "Employers and workers routinely underreport work-related injuries and illnesses.... [E]mployers did not report workplace injuries and illnesses for fear of increasing their workers’ compensation costs or hurting their chances of winning contracts.... [W]orkers did not report job-related injuries because they feared being fired or disciplined, and worried that their co-workers might lose rewards, like bonuses or steak dinners, as part of safety-based incentive programs....
"The accountability office said that 53% of health practitioners had reported experiencing pressure from company officials to play down injuries or illnesses, and that 47% had reported experiencing this pressure from workers.... [Some 67%] had reported observing worker fear of disciplinary action for reporting an injury or illness, and 46% said this fear had some impact on the accuracy of employers’ injury and illness records."
The website 16 Deaths Per Day reports that "Under current Federal law, willfully contributing to the death of an employee is a misdemeanor that carries a maximum prison sentence of six months and a maximum fine of $70,000. Even with these weak penalties, OSHA rarely refers such cases to the Department of Justice for prosecution, so those employers that knowingly allow their employees to work under dangerous conditions are rarely held accountable. In fact, current laws are so weak that millions of dollars of penalties to victim's families have not been paid — in those rare cases when violators are penalized at all."
Legislation is pending in Congress to expand workplace protections to state, county, municipal, and federal employees who are not currently covered by OSHA. It's called the Protecting America's Workers Act and was authored by Sen. Ted Kennedy, who died earlier this year, and Rep. Lynn Woolsey. The House bill, HR2067, has 51 sponsors in addition to Woolsey, including the Hudson Valley's Rep. John Hall (D, NY-19th CD) and Rep. Maurice Hinchey (D, NY-22nd CD). This act will also:
• Increase financial penalties for those who kill or endanger workers.
• Strengthen criminal penalties to make felony charges available for willful negligence causing death or serious injury.
• Expand OSHA coverage to millions of employees who fall through the cracks (like airline and railroad workers).
• Provide protection for whistleblowers.
• Give employees the right to refuse hazardous work that may kill them.
• Improve the rights of workers and families, requiring OSHA to investigate all cases of death.
• Prohibit employers from discouraging reporting of injury or illness.
There is a five minute video about the inadequacy of current laws, and a petition to Congressional leaders calling for passage of HR2067, at http://16deathsperday.com/.
—————————————————
9. THE PALESTINIAN PLIGHT
[The author of this article written for the newsletter is a peace and justice activist in the Mid-Hudson Valley. Among the local organizations he works with is Middle East Crisis Response.]
By Fred Nagel
With so many points of view about the Israeli/Palestinian conflict, it is hard for the average American to know where to start. And the knowledge some have acquired from religious fundamentalist teachings — Christian, Jewish, or Muslim — is often based on mythology.
Perhaps the best place to begin is on the ground in the West Bank and Gaza. In both occupied territories Palestinian people are among the poorest and most destitute in the world, often without adequate food, potable water, and even basic housing.
Added to this, at least in the occupied West Bank, is the ever-present violence directed at Palestinians by Jewish fundamentalists who have built armed fortresses on hundreds of hilltops. These zealots have one goal in mind: to clear the land of all Palestinians by shootings, beatings, and destroying what is left of Palestinian agriculture. The massive presence of the Israeli Defense Force — with its check points, military incursions, barrier walls and heavy surveillance — insures that there can be no Palestinian retaliation to these attacks. Palestinian homes are routinely bulldozed to make way for more Jewish families, usually paid for by the Israeli government ($75,000 per household). There are now a half million Jewish occupiers in the West Bank protected by tens of thousands of Israeli soldiers.
South Africa's Archbishop Desmond Tutu, who was awarded the Nobel Peace Prize in 1984, wrote in the Guardian (UK) in April 2002: "I've been very deeply distressed in my visit to the Holy Land; it reminded me so much of what happened to use black people in South Africa. I have seen the humiliation of the Palestinians at the checkpoints and roadblocks, suffering like us when young white police officers prevented us from moving about."
Life for the 1.5 million Palestinians in Gaza is by most measures even worse. Cut off from the outside world by an Israeli air, sea, and land blockade, their standard of living rivals the worst of the world's great slums. Without dependable sources of food or water, a whole generation of Palestinian children is growing up physically stunted. Moreover, the repeated military attacks on Gaza have left the entire population traumatized. There is simply no way to escape the fighter planes and missile gunships during the Israeli assaults.
According to journalist Chris Hedges Nov. 17, "The Israelis have orchestrated acute misery and poverty in the Palestinian territories over the past two decades in an effort to subdue and ethnically cleanse the captive population. They have reduced Palestinians, many of whom now live on less than $2 a day, to a subsistence level."
Efforts to "punish, humiliate, and terrorize" an entire population are recognized war crimes, as defined most recently by the Goldstone Report. The Israeli government and its Zionist allies in the U.S. have no moral or legal defense when it comes to how Israel treats Palestinians in the occupied territories. All that remains is obfuscation.
The Goldstone report on the Gaza invasion, however, is a good example of how effective the Zionist lobby in the U.S. has been in hiding Israeli war crimes from the public. Richard Goldstone, a Jewish South African, served as chief prosecutor of the UN Criminal Tribunals for Yugoslavia and Rwanda. In 2009, he led a UN Human Rights Council investigation of international and humanitarian law violations associated with the most recent Israeli invasion of Gaza. In his own words, his life's work pursuing war criminals "stems from the lessons of the Holocaust."
As soon as his 575-page report came out, The New York Times characterized it as critical of both Hamas, the organization elected to govern Gaza, and Israel. No mention was made of the fact that Goldstone directed the bulk of his condemnation at Israeli "war crimes" and "crimes against humanity," based in part on the 1,400 mostly civilian Palestinian deaths compared to 14 mostly Israeli army deaths during the Tel Aviv's invasion of Gaza a year ago. In every broadcast, NPR and the mainstream media referred to the Goldstone Report as "critical of both sides."
But that wasn't enough for Israel or its Zionist lobby in America. Soon massive pressure was exerted on the House of Representatives to condemn the Goldstone findings. After a one-sided debate, the House on Nov. 3 voted 344-36 for a non-binding resolution condemning the Goldstone Report as "irredeemably biased." Mid-Hudson Rep. John Hall (D, NY-19th CD) was a co-sponsor.
Three days later he UN General Assembly approved a resolution endorsing the Goldstone Report 114-18 with 44 abstentions. Among those voting against the resolution were the U.S., Australia, Canada, Germany, the Netherlands, Italy and Israel.
The U.S. corporate media, echoing Washington's political support for Israel, rarely depicts the Palestinian people in positive light. Despite this, it seems that increasing numbers of Americans are coming to sympathize with the Palestinian struggle against oppression. Later in December, for example, 14 local residents of the Mid-Hudson Valley are traveling to Gaza to take part in a Gaza Freedom March. The group is part of the Middle East Crisis Response (http://www.mideastcrisis.org), an organization in Dutchess and Ulster Counties dedicated to ending Israeli and U.S. war crimes.
The local marchers will join over a thousand international participants in breaking the siege of Gaza by crossing the Egyptian boarder on Dec. 29. Their progress can be followed at http://www.hudsontogaza.blogspot.com/.
—————————————————
10. THE TRAGEDY OF LEONARD PELTIER
[Editor's Note: Native American activist Leonard Peltier is one of America's two best known political prisoners. The other is Mumia Abu-Jamal. Peltier has been held in U.S. prisons for 33 years for a crime he and a multitude of supporters at home and abroad insist he did not commit. He has just been denied parole once again. The following article by award-winning author Peter Matthiessen, who has followed the Peltier tragedy from the beginning, appeared in the Nov. 19 New York Review of Books.]
By Peter Matthiessen
On July 27, 2009, I drove west from New York to the old riverside town of Lewisburg in central Pennsylvania, the site of the federal penitentiary where early the next morning I would make an appeal to the parole board on behalf of the American Indian Movement (AIM) activist Leonard Peltier in his first parole hearing in 15 years.
On this soft summer evening, a quiet gathering of Peltier supporters from all over the country had convened in a small park near the Susquehanna River. Despite his long history of defeats in court, these Indians and whites sharing a makeshift picnic at wood tables under the trees were optimistic about a favorable outcome. Surely a new era of justice for minorities and poor people had begun with the Obama administration, and anyway, wasn't Leonard's freedom all but assured by the Parole Act of 2005, which mandated release for inmates who had spent thirty or more years in prison?
Leonard Peltier, an Ojibwa-Lakota from Turtle Mountain, North Dakota, was one of the three young Indians who were among the participants in a shoot-out with the FBI at Oglala on South Dakota's Pine Ridge Reservation on a hot dusty day in June 1975. They were later charged with the deaths of FBI agents Jack Coler and Ron Williams.
Ostensibly searching for a suspect in a recent robbery case, the agents had been warned by tribal police not to enter the property where the AIM Indians had their camp. Their intrusion apparently provoked a warning that led to an exchange of gunfire. Understandably outraged by the deaths of Coler and Williams and in particular by the fact that an unknown "shooter" had finished off both wounded men at point-blank range, their fellow agents would also suffer intense frustration and embarrassment when a dozen or more of the Indians involved, using a brushy culvert under a side road, escaped a tight cordon of hundreds of agents, Indian and state police, national guardsmen, and vigilantes who had the area surrounded.
More galling still, Bob Robideau and Dino Butler, two of the three AIM suspects in the killings arrested during the FBI's huge "ResMurs" (Reservation Murders) investigation, were acquitted a year later in Cedar Rapids, Iowa, on a plea of self-defense, as the third and last suspect, Leonard Peltier, would certainly have been as well, had he not fled to Canada. He was arrested there in February 1976, extradited back to the US, and tried separately.
Though originally indicted with the others on identical evidence, he was barred by a hostile new judge, Paul Benson, from presenting the same argument based on self-defense that had led to Robideau and Butler's acquittal. Furiously prosecuted as the lone killer and convicted for both deaths on disputed evidence, Peltier was sentenced in February 1977 in Fargo, North Dakota, to two consecutive life terms in federal prison.
The following year, when Peltier's conviction was appealed, 8th Circuit Court of Appeals Judge Donald Ross denounced the coercion of witnesses and manipulation of evidence in his case as "a clear abuse of the investigative process by the FBI"; the US Attorney's Office, too, would be sharply criticized for withholding exculpatory evidence.
In October 1984, in an evidentiary hearing in Bismarck, North Dakota, ordered by the appellate court to review the possibility of a new trial, the prosecutor, U.S. Attorney Lynn Crooks, had to concede that the FBI's own laboratory had failed to verify the claimed ballistics link between Peltier and the murder weapon that was used to nail down his conviction — a shell casing of disputed provenance that Crooks had called "perhaps the most important piece of evidence in this case." Even so, Judge Benson refused to reconsider the conviction.
The following year when the decision was appealed again, Crooks finally admitted that the identity of "the shooter" had never been proven and was in fact unknown to the prosecution even when it was twisting the evidence to ensure Peltier's conviction and make certain that its third and last suspect — by its own description, "the only one we got" — was imprisoned for life. Yet the appellate court, while noting that so much tainted evidence had deprived the defendant of his constitutional right to due process of law, found "no compelling legal justification" for ordering a new trial.
In a TV interview after his retirement in 1989, Judge Gerald Heaney, who had signed that astonishing decision, called it "the most difficult I had to make in 22 years on the bench." The following year, in the National Law Journal, this troubled jurist held the FBI "equally responsible" for the deaths of its two agents; in a letter to Sen. Daniel Inouye of Hawaii, he urged commutation of Peltier's sentence.
Questioned on the same 1989 TV show about the perjured affidavits extracted by FBI agents from a frightened alcoholic, U.S. Attorney Crooks declared: "I don't really know and I don't really care if they were false. I don't agree that we did anything wrong, but I can tell you, it don't bother my conscience one whit if we did." Properly outraged by this arrogant refusal to repudiate U.S. government use of fabricated evidence, Sen. Inouye, as a former U.S. attorney, called Crooks "a disgrace to the profession."
I first interviewed Leonard Peltier in Marion Penitentiary in 1981, and that same year, with his original codefendant Bob Robideau, I inspected the Jumping Bull Ranch at Oglala where the shoot-out had taken place. Later, after reading many if not most of the pertinent documents, including the FBI field reports and the transcripts of both trials, I returned to Oglala to interview local people and study the scene again.
Like the FBI, I would hear all sorts of rumors about the many young Indians involved without learning which one had fired the fatal shots; however there seemed to me no doubt whatever that Leonard Peltier had been railroaded into prison.
Unfortunately my long book making that case [In the Spirit of Crazy Horse (Viking, 1983)] was quickly suppressed by libel suits brought by South Dakota's attorney general, William Janklow, and an FBI agent named David Price. Eight years would pass before both suits were summarily dismissed and the book was back in circulation. Meanwhile Peltier's long fight for a fair trial had won his endorsement as a political prisoner by Amnesty International, and his thousands of supporters throughout the world included the Dalai Lama, Nelson Mandela, Desmond Tutu, and the great majority of his own people in the more than 250 Indian nations that had formally demanded his release.
In Peltier's first parole hearing in 1996, the examiner filed an internal recommendation in Peltier's favor. (The U.S. Parole Commission, like the U.S. Attorney's Office and the FBI, is under the aegis of the Justice Department: its examiner informs himself about the case, questions both sides, and appraises the new evidence, if any.) Yet in actions so belated and irregular as to raise suspicion of undue influence, the commission replaced that first examiner with one more to its liking and denied parole.
By then, the few bold lawmakers who had called for investigations had retreated or retired, and Peltier's best hope was executive clemency. To that end, I wangled my way into the Oval Office and pressed my book about the case into President Clinton's hands. In January 2001, during Clinton's last week in office, as FBI lobbyists — the Association of Retired FBI Agents and No Parole for Peltier — marched in front of the White House, I joined attorney Bruce Ellison and filmmaker Jon Kilik in a long meeting with the presidential and White House counsels in which we argued that granting clemency to an American Indian who could offer nothing in return was a bold symbolic step that could only enhance the President's last-minute efforts to prop up his legacy.
The lawyers seemed impressed and hopes were high, but when the clemency list appeared on the Saturday morning of Inauguration Day, Peltier's name was missing. The phone call I dreaded was put through from Leavenworth Prison in early afternoon. "They didn't give it to me," mumbled a stunned voice I scarcely recognized — the first time in 20 years of visits, letters, and telephone conversations that Leonard Peltier's strong spirit sounded broken. With all court appeals exhausted and no hope of mercy from the incoming Republican administration, this aging prisoner was condemned to wait for his next parole hearing in 2009.
In the park in Lewisburg, people agreed that had the shoot-out victims not been "FBIs," Leonard might never have been convicted; at the very least, he would have been paroled many years before. Someone in the park recalled the fear and disruption on the reservations caused by the FBI's huge ResMurs investigation (which was widely perceived as the latest chapter in the long history of oppression and revenge against "the redskins who killed Custer" that had led up to the shoot-out).
The killing that day in June 1975 of a young member of the AIM by a marksman's bullet in the forehead had gone all but unmentioned, someone said, let alone investigated by "the Injustice Department," doubtless because "Injuns don't count." How about Bob Robideau's statement to an FBI man that he had been "the shooter"? Would the Parole Commission take that into account? And was it suspicious that Robideau had been found dead last February in Barcelona? (The official autopsy concluded that he had struck his head in a fall while suffering a seizure.)
With Peltier's attorney Eric Seitz and the two other parole advocates — Dr. Thom White Wolf Fassett, a Seneca elder and United Methodist adviser to Congress on Indian affairs, and an Ojibwa woman named Cindy Maleterre representing Peltier's Turtle Mountain Reservation — I went early the next morning to the prison, passing supporters waving "Free Peltier" signs at the entrance road.
In the hearing room the first to speak were the two sons of the late agent Jack Coler. After testifying to their family's great loss, they suggested that if this man facing them today were to take responsibility and express remorse for those brutal murders he so stubbornly denies having committed, the Coler family might not protest his parole. But the three FBI spokesmen and the assistant U.S. attorney who spoke next were content to repeat the same vilifications and distortions of the facts that won a conviction back in 1977. Locked long ago into their ResMurs myth, they insisted that Peltier was still a danger to the public and cited those provisions in the Parole Act specifying that parole may be denied if the subject's release might "depreciate the seriousness of the offense" or "promote disrespect for the law."
In response to the charge that Peltier has evaded his responsibility for those murders, Eric Seitz countered that the FBI and the U.S. Attorney's Office have evaded responsibility for their own illegal tactics in his prosecution. Otherwise Seitz made no attempt to retry a long historic case in a few minutes, emphasizing instead the prisoner's exemplary behavior record, serious health problems, and other strong qualifications for parole under the commission's geriatric and medical criteria. He reminded Examiner Scott Kubic that in a few weeks, on Sept. 12, when Peltier would turn 65, he would also become eligible for home detention under the new Second Chance program for elderly inmates designed to ease overcrowding in the U.S. prisons.
Thom White Wolf testified that Peltier's incarceration for nearly 33 years has been viewed both nationally and internationally as a gross injustice and a major embarrassment to our country, with a negative effect on the world's view of how the U.S. government treats its native population.
When my turn came, I spoke to the points made in this article, adding how much this inmate had matured over the three decades of our acquaintance, not only as an articulate spokesman for his people but as an artist, self-taught in the prisons, whose work is admired throughout the U.S. And Cindy Maleterre assured the examiner that the prisoner's Ojibwa-Dakota people at Turtle Mountain — including grandchildren he has never seen — had already taken care of the parole requirements of social support, adequate housing, and steady employment (as an arts-and-crafts teacher and alcoholism counselor on the reservation), and were planning to welcome him home with a great feast.
That afternoon we left the prison with the feeling that Examiner Kubic had listened carefully and would recommend parole — a guarded optimism we conveyed to the flag-waving supporters awaiting our report on the public road. But no one forgot how the examiner's finding in Peltier's favor 15 years before had been aborted; in the next weeks, as so often in the past, the prisoner would have to suffer the suspense of desperate hope.
On Friday, August 20, federal inmate #89637-132 received terse notice that his petition for parole had been denied: not until his "15-year Reconsideration Hearing in July 2024," he was informed, would he become eligible to be turned down again. In the unlikely event that he lives long enough to attend that hearing, inmate Peltier will be 80 years old.
In his angry response, Attorney Seitz accused the commission of "adopting the position of the FBI that anyone who may be implicated in the killings of its agents should never be paroled and should be left to die in prison." I entirely agree with Seitz and share his anger. For the prisoner and his supporters, the Lewisburg hearing had been hollow, with a predetermined outcome: The United States v. Leonard Peltier had always been a matter less of justice than of retribution.
Americans — those in public office especially — should inform themselves about this painful case and demand an unbiased investigation that might start with one simple question: If, in the 33 years since his trial, reputable evidence has ever emerged that Leonard Peltier was the lone killer and deserves to be in prison for life, why hasn't the Justice Department produced it?
Without public protest, Peltier will not be granted a fair hearing since his prosecutors know that in the absence of honest evidence, "the only one we got" would be set free. Instead, this man's life leaks away behind grim concrete walls for the unworthy purpose of saving face for the FBI and a U.S. Attorney's Office that together botched the famous ResMurs case and mean to see somebody pay. And who better for this fate than a "radical" AIM Indian who dared stand up to "legally constituted authority" in defense of his humiliated people, as he was doing with such tragic consequences on that long-ago June day?
In reviewing this case with an open mind, as surely he must in fulfilling his oath of office, Attorney General Eric Holder (the assistant attorney general in 2001) might reflect on his own role in the clemency bestowed by Clinton on Marc Rich, the notorious "fugitive felon." He might consider, too, Rich's consequent evasion of even a single day in prison in the harsh light of the 11 thousand days already served by a penniless American Indian who remains innocent before the law, having never been proven guilty.
——
From the Activist Newsletter:
• The website of Leonard's energetic support group is http://www.leonardpeltier.net/.
• The website of the American Indian Movement contains much information about the Peltier case, plus a petition for his freedom, at http://www.aimovement.org/.
• You may write to him at Leonard Peltier, #89637-132, USP Lewisburg, U.S. Penitentiary, P.O. Box
1000. Lewisburg, PA 17837. Leonard can only receive letters, cards, postcards, photos, (not Polaroid), and postal money orders for his commissary account. He responds to all his mail.• To purchase a paperback copy of Leonard's "Prison Writings: "My Life Is My Sun Dance" see http://www.amazon.com/s/ref=nb_ss?url=search-alias%3Dstripbooks&field-keywords=My+Life+Is+My+Sun+Dance&x=16&y=20
————————————————
11. THE VOICE OF COMPLICITY
Silence, they say, is the voice of complicity.
But silence is impossible.
Silence screams.
Silence is a message,
just as doing nothing is an act.
Let who you are ring out & resonate
in every word & every deed.
Yes, become who you are.
There's no sidestepping your own being
or your own responsibility.
What you do is who you are.
You are your own comeuppance.
You become your own message.
You are the message.
In the Spirit of Crazy Horse,
Leonard Peltier
—————————————————
12. OBAMA: A ONE-TERM PRESIDENT?
Editor's Note: Garry Willis, the author of nearly 40 books, is a frequent writer for the New York Review of Books, where this article is printed in the Dec. 3 issue. A conservative who turned liberal a few decades ago, he supported Barack Obama during the elections, hoping that he would serve two terms. But now he has an unusual suggestion:
By Garry Wills
I am told by people I respect that Barack Obama cannot pull out of both Iraq and Afghanistan without becoming a one-term president. I think that may be true. The charges from various quarters would be toxic — that he was weak, unpatriotic, sacrificing the sacrifices that have been made, betraying our dead, throwing away all former investments in lives and treasure. All that would indeed be brought against him, and he could have little defense in the quarters where such charges would originate.
These are the arguments that have kept us in losing efforts before. They are the ones that made presidents Kennedy, Johnson, and Nixon pass on to their successors in the presidency the draining and self-lacerating Vietnam War. They are the arguments that made President George W. Bush pass on two wars to his successor.
One of the strongest arguments for continued firing up of these wars is that none of these presidents wanted to serve only one term (even Lyndon Johnson, who chose not to run for a second full term). But what justification is there for buying a second presidential term with the lives of hundreds or thousands of young American men and women in the military?
I have great hopes for the Obama presidency, even in his first term, and especially if he could have two terms to realize the exciting new things he aspires to do in the White House. But I would rather see him a one-term president than have him pass on another unwinnable war to the person who will follow him in office.
I know how difficult it will be to withdraw from Iraq and Afghanistan. We go into these places, now, trailing baggage of a deadly sort. There are more hired American contractors in both nations than there are military personnel. What to do with these unaccountable and corrupt bands? We have farmed out so many of our national duties that the contractors, like our banks, have grown too big to be dealt with. Who is to guard our soldiers if not our mercenary bodyguards?
But we had a thousand soldiers wounded in the last three months—a quarter the number of wounded since 2001. These include many lives shattered forever. We sink deeper into blood, with no foreseeable end in sight. Qualified reporters and military officials foresee another 10 years in Afghanistan—and their projections usually err on the short side.
The American people now oppose the war, and it is folly to keep up a war without support back home. We will hear predictions of dire consequences if we don't carry out a commitment, and don't yield to demands of the military to expand forces. We heard that for years about Vietnam. But when we did withdraw, the consequences were not as fatal as those we incurred during the years that saw the deaths of over 50,000 of our soldiers and many more Vietnamese. Some leader has to break the spell before costs mount further while our wars are passed from president to president. Among other things, this will give our military a needed chance to repair the wear and tear on men and equipment that the overstretched regular services and the National Guard have suffered, and to make them ready for other challenges.
It is unlikely that we will soon have another president with the moral and rhetorical force to talk us out of a foolish commitment that cannot be sustained without shame and defeat. If it costs him his presidency, what other achievement can match it?
During his presidential campaign, Barack Obama said he would rather be a one-term president than give up on his goals. Here is a goal no other president we can imagine would have a possibility of reaching. Presidents who just kick the can down the road are easy to come by. Lost lives and limbs are not.
—————————————————
13. FIGHTING ANOTHER DUMB WAR
By Chris Hedges
I have spent enough time inside the American military to have tasted its dark brutality, frequent incompetence and profligate ability to waste human lives and taxpayer dollars. The deviousness and stupidity of generals, the absurdity of most war plans and the pathological addiction to violence — which is the only language most who command our armed forces are able to understand — make the American military the gravest threat to our anemic democracy, especially as we head toward economic collapse.
Barack Obama, who is as mesmerized by the red, white and blue bunting draped around our vast killing machine as the press, the two main political parties and our entertainment industry, will not halt our doomed imperial projects or renege on the $1 trillion in defense-related spending that is hollowing out the country from the inside. A plague of unchecked militarism has seeped outward from the Pentagon since the end of World War II and is now sucking our marrow dry. It is a familiar disease in imperial empires. We are in the terminal stage. We spend more on our military — half of all discretionary spending — than all of the other countries on Earth combined, although we face no explicit threat.
Mike Gravel, the former two-term [1969 to 1981 Democratic] senator from Alaska and 2008 presidential candidate, sat Saturday [Dec. 12] on a park bench in Lafayette Park facing the White House. Gravel and I were in the park, along with Rep. Dennis Kucinich, Ralph Nader, [former Rep.] Cynthia McKinney and other antiwar activists, to denounce the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan at a sparsely attended rally. Few voices in American politics have been as consistent, as reasoned and as moral as his, which is why Gravel, on a chilly December morning, is in front of the White House, not inside it.
"I suspect that from the get-go he had an inferiority complex with respect to the military," Gravel, who was a first lieutenant in the Army, said of the president. "It is the same problem [Bill] Clinton had by not serving in the military, by not having an actual experience. You don’t have to go into combat, you just have to get into the military and recognize at the lower reaches how incompetent the military can be. So not having that experience, and only dealing with generals, who of course learn to be charming — it’s the sergeants who inflict the pain — he has this aura about the military. We have acculturated the nation to a military culture. This is the sadness of it all because that sustains the military-industrial complex."
"Obama comes on the scene," he added. "He is endorsed in the course of the campaign by some 19 generals and admirals. These people had no confidence in [George W.] Bush. They recognized that Bush’s unilateralism and cavalier approach to torture was injurious to the American military. They gravitated towards Obama. It turned his head. He thought he could be commander in chief and he could, he has the intelligence, but he does not have fortitude. He lacks courage."
Time is rapidly running out. The massive bailouts, stimulus packages, giveaways and short-term debt, along with imperial wars we can no longer afford, will leave the country struggling to finance nearly $5 trillion in debt by 2010. This will require the United States to auction off about $96 billion in debt a week. Once China and the oil-rich states walk away from our debt, which is inevitable, the Federal Reserve will become the buyer of last resort. The Fed has printed perhaps as much as 2 trillion new dollars in the last two years, and buying this much new debt will see it print trillions more. This is when inflation, and most likely hyperinflation, will turn the dollar into junk. A backlash by a betrayed and angry populace, one unprepared intellectually and psychologically for collapse, will tear apart the social fabric, unleash chaos and violence, and strengthen the calls for more draconian measures by our security apparatus and military.
Obama uses the veneer of intellectualism to promote the dirty politics of Bush. The president spoke in Oslo, when he accepted the Nobel Prize, of "just war" theory, although the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan do not meet the criteria laid down by Thomas Aquinas or traditional Catholic just-war doctrine. He spoke of battling evil, dividing human reality into binary poles of black and white as Bush did, without examining the evil of pre-emptive war, sustained military occupation and imperialism. He compared al-Qaeda to Hitler, ignoring the difference between a protean group of terrorists and a nation-state with the capacity to overwhelm its neighbors with conventional military force. "The instruments of war do have a role to play in preserving the peace," Obama insisted in Oslo. The U.S., he said, has the right to "act unilaterally if necessary" and to launch wars whose purpose "extends beyond self-defense or the defense of one nation against an aggressor." Obama’s policies, despite the high-blown rhetoric, are as morally bankrupt as those of his predecessor.
"The first time I met him I felt there was arrogance with a touch of cynicism," Gravel said of the president. "Now the cynicism and the arrogance have overwhelmed his intelligence. Like Clinton, he is into power."
Gravel’s shining moment as a politician occurred in 1971 when Daniel Ellsberg, a military analyst, handed the secret Pentagon Papers to The New York Times. The newspaper published portions of the document, which painted a picture of a failing war at odds with official pronouncements. The Justice Department swiftly blocked further publication and moved to punish newspaper publishers who revealed its contents. Gravel responded by reading large portions of the Pentagon Papers into the Congressional Record. His courageous public release of the papers made it possible for the publication to resume. Gravel also launched in 1971 a one-man five-month filibuster to end the peacetime military draft, forcing the Nixon administration to cut a deal that allowed the draft to expire in 1973. He was a feisty and blunt candidate in 2008 who lambasted the Democratic Party and its major candidates for being in the service of corporations, especially the arms industry. His outspokenness saw him banned by the Democratic leadership from later primary debates.
"Obama has wasted an opportunity to be a great president," Gravel lamented. "More than 50 percent of the American people do not buy into this war. He could have stood up and said ‘we are getting out.’ Forget the Congress. Forget the Republicans. Forget the hawks. Forget mainstream media, including The New York Times and The Washington Post, which are hawks. He would have weathered that storm because he would have had the American people on his side. And what did he do? He caved in to the leadership of [David] Petraeus and [Stanley A.] McChrystal and adopted a scenario that is a total loser."
"When he hugs his children at night, when he puts them to bed, he has got to begin to think there are little girls like this in Afghanistan who are being killed and maimed," Gravel told me. "If he can’t have that kind of a thought then his arrogance knows no boundaries. I saw this in the Senate during the Vietnam War. People detach themselves from the immediacy of the crime. They vote for the money. They vote for the policy. The picture of people dying is distant. My God, if you are sitting next to me and a bomb explodes and your arm is ripped off that is not distant. It is immediate. I saw the film by Robert Greenwald, "Rethink Afghanistan."
"Don’t be hoodwinked by Obama going to Dover [Air Force Base] to watch the caskets or going to Arlington to salute the graves, with his snappy salute," Gravel says. "Adolf Hitler lionized soldiers dying. This is the old idea that it is honorable to die. It is not honorable to die in vain. People died in vain in Vietnam. They are dying in vain in Iraq and Afghanistan. And more people will die in vain because of the leadership of Barack Obama."
"They don’t hate us because we are free," Gravel said of the insurgents in Iraq and Afghanistan. "They hate us because we are killing them."
— Chris Hedges was for nearly two decades a foreign correspondent for The New York Times. He is the author of many books, including: War Is A Force That Gives Us Meaning, What Every Person Should Know About War, and American Fascists: The Christian Right and the War on America. His most recent book is Empire of Illusion: The End of Literacy and the Triumph of Spectacle. — http://www.commondreams.org/view/2009/12/14
—————————————————
14. KEEP CHURCH AND STATE SEPARATE
The organization Americans United for Separation of Church and State recently expressed "grave concern" about a renewed push by a coalition of conservative church groups to impose religious teachings on all Americans through government action.
At a New York City press conference in late November, religious right leaders and Roman Catholic bishops unveiled a joint statement criticizing laws that allow reproductive choice and same-sex marriage. The "Manhattan Declaration" indicates that participating religious leaders will defy such laws if they conflict with church doctrines.
The declaration signed by 125 Orthodox, Catholic and Evangelical Christian leaders, expresses opposition to "abortions, embryo-destructive research, assisted suicide and euthanasia or any other anti-life act; nor will we bend to any rule purporting to force us to bless immoral sexual partnerships, treat them as marriage or the equivalent or refrain from proclaiming the truth, as we know it, about morality and immorality and marriage and the family."
Americans United charged that the real agenda is not protecting the religious freedom of churches, but rather attempting to impose those doctrines on all Americans by government decree.
Said the Rev. Barry W. Lynn, Americans United executive director: "This declaration is certain to be deeply divisive. These religious leaders want to see their doctrines imposed by force of law.... I am optimistic that the people in the pews will not heed their leaders’ misguided call to action. Polls show that most church-goers do not want to see their faith politicized."
Lynn said he was "well aware that religious leaders have vast lobbying power that cannot be ignored" — a reference to the House version of the healthcare reform bill that was revised to curtail women's access to abortion at the behest of the U.S. Conference of Catholic Bishops.
—————————————————
15. GROUPS HIT U.S. OVER LANDMINE TREATY
Human rights and disarmament activists reacted bitterly in late November to the Obama administration's decision not to sign the 10-year-old treaty banning anti-personnel landmines.
The U.S. Campaign to Ban Landmines (USCBL), a coalition of scores of activist groups, called the administration's decision "shocking," while Human Rights Watch (HRW), one of the Campaign's most influential members, described it as "reprehensible."
"President Obama's decision to cling to anti-personnel mines keeps the U.S. on the wrong side of history and the wrong side of humanity," said Steve Goose, the director of HRW's Arms Division, who also noted that Washington stood alone among its NATO allies in refusing to sign the treaty.
Democratic Sen. Patrick Leahy, who spearheaded the drive in the early 1990s to ban Washington's export of the weapon to other countries, decried the decision, which was announced by State Department spokesman Ian Kelly Nov. 24. He said it constituted a "default of U.S. leadership" and charged that it appeared to be based on a review that "can only be described as cursory and half-hearted."
Rep. Jim McGovern (D-MA), another leader of Congressional disarmament efforts, called the review and its outcome "a major insult to the international community that unfortunately far overshadows our contributions in the areas of de-mining and support for landmine survivors."
The decision, which came on the eve of the Second Five-Year Review Conference of the Mine Ban Treaty to begin Sunday in Cartagena, Colombia, was viewed as a victory for the Pentagon, which has long opposed the treaty, and Republicans wary of all international treaties that may limit Washington's freedom to act in the world as it wishes.
It is likely to add to growing frustration in recent months among Obama's more-liberal political base over his unwillingness to break more definitively with the unilateralist and militarist policies of his predecessor, George W. Bush.
The U.S. is currently one of only 39 countries that have not signed the treaty, which was opened for signing in 1997 and took effect in 1999 after a campaign led by Canada and Western Europe, as well as hundreds of independent human rights and disarmament organizations that make up the International Campaign to Ban Landmines (ICBL). The ICBL won the Nobel Prize for its efforts in 1997 in recognition of its leadership role in the effort.
In its most recent report, the ICBL, which has since undertaken an initiative for an international ban on cluster munitions, reported that mines remain planted in more than 70 countries where last year they killed or wounded more than 5,000 people — the vast majority of whom were civilians. (Inter Press Service)
—————————————————
16. NEWS BRIEFS
By Nathan Rosenblum
HUNGER INCREASES IN THE U.S. — According to an annual report released recently by the Department of Agriculture, hunger in the United States has been increasing at the fastest rate since the department began recording in 1995. About 49.1 million people (16.4 % of the population) or 14.6% of all households in the United States suffer "food insecurity" and "very low food security." This is an increase of 3.5% from 2007. Many of those affected are working class people above the official poverty line. While the poverty rate (which has substantially increased) is 13.2 %, or about 37.3 million people, the actual number of people living in poverty is more likely about 70 to 80 million people or at least a quarter of the population.
Of those suffering from very low food security, 5.2 million are children. Some 17 million children were in households that had insufficient food (up from 12 million in 2007) and almost 1.1 million children suffered absolute hunger. About 5.7% of Americans have reduced food consumption or otherwise changed their eating patterns due to money problems. Use of food pantries increased from 3.9 million households to 4.8 million this past year. African American and Latino households were more than twice as likely as white families to report food insecurity.
WORLD HUNGER ON THE RISE — Worldwide hunger has continued to increase, says the United Nations Food and Agriculture Organization. About 1.02 billion face the prospect of hunger and of these 200 million are children. Every six seconds, a child dies of hunger. Count: One, two, three, four, five, six — another has just died. More than 90% of the children in this unconscionable cohort, are from Asia and Africa. The main problem is poverty. Other causes include the use of cropland to grow biofuels, large agribusiness which destroys the livelihoods of small farmers, fuel costs which make shipping more expensive as well as droughts and floods. Effects have been exacerbated by the economic crisis and global warming. Hunger has decreased in Asia (from 40% in 1990 to 30% last year) but has continued to increase in Africa (up from to 34% last year to 38% this year). About $44 billion dollars would be required in aid to third-world counties up from $7.9 billion now allotted. Obama has pledged $2 billion dollars in aid. The cost of the Iraq war will amount to $3 trillion.
OBAMA SUPPORTS REVIVAL OF PATRIOT ACT — The Obama administration supports continuing sections of the Patriot Act that are coming up for renewal at the end of December. These include National Security Letters, the "Material Support" statute, and the FISA amendments. The National Security Letters (NSL’s) are issued to force libraries, banks, credit reporting companies, and Internet service providers to hand over information about customers, including financial transactions and books borrowed. This is not revealed to the person being investigated, and it is illegal to even mention that one has received an NSL, even to an attorney. The "material support" statute is a vaguely worded document that allows anyone providing support to a "terrorist" or "terrorist group" to be charged with a criminal act. This includes a defending attorney (Lynne Stewart is the best known example) or a charity donation (such as giving money to a hospital in Gaza). The FISA Amendments Act of 2008 allows for the collection and reading of international phone calls and emails without a warrant or suspicion of criminal activity. President Obama has long been open in his support of the act. He voted for the renewal of the act in 2006 and the immunity for phone providers that assisted with the warrantless wiretaps.
—————————————————
Thursday, December 10, 2009
12-10-09 12 Climate Change Vigils
A DOZEN LOCAL VIGILS AGAINST
CLIMATE CHANGE THIS WEEKEND
Listed below are 12 candlelight vigils in the Hudson Valley, mostly taking place Saturday, Dec. 12, but also on Friday the 11th and Sunday the 13th. They are part of nearly 3,000 vigils in 136 countries being held around the world at the same time, to coincide with the Copenhagen Conference on global warming.
This worldwide event is sponsored by Avaaz.org, which we didn't know about before but is described at Wikipedia as "an international civic organization that promotes activism on issues such as climate change, human rights, and religious conflicts." (Avaaz means "noise" or "voice" in Hindi, Urdu, Dari, Persian, and other languages.) Avaaz.org was co-founded by Res Publica, a global civic advocacy group and non-profit organization, and MoveOn, the U.S. public policy advocacy group. The Service Employees International Union is a founding partner. For information, http://www.avaaz.org/en/.
Here is the alphabetical listing for Hudson Valley candlelight vigils.
(Our non-Valley readers can click on the Avaaz link above for locations.)
———————————
ALBANY VIGIL
Sunday, Dec. 13 at 7:00 p.m..
Place: 405 Washington Ave.
Host: 350
———————————
BEACON VIGIL
Saturday, Dec. 12, at 5:30 p.m.
East end of Main St, across from City Hall.
Host: Mid-Hudson Progressive Alliance, Beacon Sloop Club, River Pool at Beacon, Philipstown for Democracy and Climate Crisis Coalition
———————————
HUDSON VIGIL
Saturday, Dec. 12 at 5:30 p.m.
Place: 7th and Warren St., Hudson
Host: Rainer Judd
———————————
NEW PALTZ VIGIL
Saturday, Dec. 12 at 5:30 p.m.
Place: 93 Main St.
Host: Karen Cathers
—————————
RHINEBECK VIGILS (2 of them)
Friday, Dec. 11 at 7:00 p.m.
Place: At Rt. 9 four corners in middle of Rhinebeck
Host: 350
Saturday, Dec. 12 at 4:00 p.m..
Place: E. Market St. & Rt. 9, Rhinebeck
Host: Marcia Slatkin
———————————
SARATOGA SPRINGS VIGIL
Friday, Dec. 11 at 6:30 p.m.
Place: Front of Post Office, Broadway
Host: 350
———————————
SCHENECTADY VIGIL
Sunday, Dec. 13 at 7:00 p.m.
Place: 1221 Wendell Ave.
Host: 350
———————————
WARWICK VIGIL
Saturday, Dec. 12 at 7:00 p.m..
Place: 11 Hamilton Ave.
Host: 350
———————————
WOODSTOCK VIGILS (2 events)
Friday, Dec. 11 at 4:00 p.m.
Place: Village Green, Woodstock
Host: 350
Saturday, Dec. 12 at 4:00 p.m..
Place: Rt 212 and Rock City Rd.
Host: Stephen Johnson
———————————
YONKERS VIGIL
Saturday, Dec. 12 at 5:30 p.m.
Place: Yonkers Ave./Kimball Ave.
Host: ESG
CLIMATE CHANGE THIS WEEKEND
Listed below are 12 candlelight vigils in the Hudson Valley, mostly taking place Saturday, Dec. 12, but also on Friday the 11th and Sunday the 13th. They are part of nearly 3,000 vigils in 136 countries being held around the world at the same time, to coincide with the Copenhagen Conference on global warming.
This worldwide event is sponsored by Avaaz.org, which we didn't know about before but is described at Wikipedia as "an international civic organization that promotes activism on issues such as climate change, human rights, and religious conflicts." (Avaaz means "noise" or "voice" in Hindi, Urdu, Dari, Persian, and other languages.) Avaaz.org was co-founded by Res Publica, a global civic advocacy group and non-profit organization, and MoveOn, the U.S. public policy advocacy group. The Service Employees International Union is a founding partner. For information, http://www.avaaz.org/en/.
Here is the alphabetical listing for Hudson Valley candlelight vigils.
(Our non-Valley readers can click on the Avaaz link above for locations.)
———————————
ALBANY VIGIL
Sunday, Dec. 13 at 7:00 p.m..
Place: 405 Washington Ave.
Host: 350
———————————
BEACON VIGIL
Saturday, Dec. 12, at 5:30 p.m.
East end of Main St, across from City Hall.
Host: Mid-Hudson Progressive Alliance, Beacon Sloop Club, River Pool at Beacon, Philipstown for Democracy and Climate Crisis Coalition
———————————
HUDSON VIGIL
Saturday, Dec. 12 at 5:30 p.m.
Place: 7th and Warren St., Hudson
Host: Rainer Judd
———————————
NEW PALTZ VIGIL
Saturday, Dec. 12 at 5:30 p.m.
Place: 93 Main St.
Host: Karen Cathers
—————————
RHINEBECK VIGILS (2 of them)
Friday, Dec. 11 at 7:00 p.m.
Place: At Rt. 9 four corners in middle of Rhinebeck
Host: 350
Saturday, Dec. 12 at 4:00 p.m..
Place: E. Market St. & Rt. 9, Rhinebeck
Host: Marcia Slatkin
———————————
SARATOGA SPRINGS VIGIL
Friday, Dec. 11 at 6:30 p.m.
Place: Front of Post Office, Broadway
Host: 350
———————————
SCHENECTADY VIGIL
Sunday, Dec. 13 at 7:00 p.m.
Place: 1221 Wendell Ave.
Host: 350
———————————
WARWICK VIGIL
Saturday, Dec. 12 at 7:00 p.m..
Place: 11 Hamilton Ave.
Host: 350
———————————
WOODSTOCK VIGILS (2 events)
Friday, Dec. 11 at 4:00 p.m.
Place: Village Green, Woodstock
Host: 350
Saturday, Dec. 12 at 4:00 p.m..
Place: Rt 212 and Rock City Rd.
Host: Stephen Johnson
———————————
YONKERS VIGIL
Saturday, Dec. 12 at 5:30 p.m.
Place: Yonkers Ave./Kimball Ave.
Host: ESG
Monday, December 7, 2009
12-7-9 Activist Calendar
ACTIVIST CALENDAR, Dec. 7, 2009, Issue #153
Of the Hudson Valley Activist Newsletter
Send event announcements to jacdon@earthlink.net.
——————————
EDITOR'S NOTE:
The Activist Newsletter's been delayed for another week because we've been tied up in organizing demonstrations. Our latest one was the Saturday, Dec. 5, "Snowstorm" protest in New Paltz against the escalation of the Afghanistan war. The storm began at 1:30 p.m. and the vigil-picket on Main St. began at 2 p.m. Despite the windy, cold, snowy, and miserable afternoon 40 people took part before the 4 p.m. closing. Some stayed the entire two hours, many for an hour or so before their hands froze. Spirits were quite good, and a lot of car horns were honked in approval. We wrapped our signs in transparent plastic sheeting, so they survived the storm and will be fit for duty for the next eight years of Afghan war protests. Thanks to all who took part. We'll try to arrange for a lightening storm at the next demonstration.
Enjoy the winter holidays friends. Activism through the region will pick up near the end of January, unless there's a new crisis earlier, as there was in late December last year.
Jack
——————————
ACTIVIST CALENDAR EVENTS
Tuesday, Dec. 8, ALBANY: A number of healthcare vigils are taking place across the country today, initiated by MoveOn, with the title, "Cost of Delay Candlelight Vigil: Shine a Light on an American Tragedy!" Help "shine a light" on the number of Americans who cannot afford healthcare, while the Senate delays passing a meaningful bill. The Albany vigil will be stationed at Central Ave and Wolf Rd. at 5:30 p.m. Sponsored by Moveon.org Capital Region Council. Information (518) 393-8913, (518) 583-4326, wbrown45@nycap.rr.com, http://pol.moveon.org/event/costofdelay/99690.
Tuesday, Dec. 8, NEW PALTZ: Here's another Cost of Delay Healthcare Vigil (see above). It begins at 7 p.m. in front of the Elting Library at 93 Main St., diagonally across from Starbucks. Say the local organizers Linda and Barbara: "We are at the eleventh hour and a real health care reform bill with a public option is within reach. But Blue Dog Dems are now threatening to block any real reform. Meanwhile, people are losing their homes trying to pay for health care bills and others are suffering and dying because they have no insurance. Let's get out once more and let the government know that we demand a strong bill now. Please bring candles (must be in holders to prevent wax on the sidewalk). Bring signs (and we'll have some too) telling Congress we need a health care bill with a strong public option now!"
Tuesday-Thursday, Dec. 8-10, RHINEBECK: The documentary "Crude" will be screened at Upstate Films, 6415 Montgomery St. (Rt. 9), just north of the traffic light. This film documents the Amazon River oil spill by Chevron at the headwaters of the Amazon River. Much larger than the Exxon Valdez, Chevron's spills have been going on in this area for almost 30 years. Tens of thousands of lawsuits have been filed against the corporation. For times consult http://upstatefilms.org. Admission is $7.50 for adults, $6.50 for seniors. Sponsored by Amazon Watch. Information, (917) 418-4133, han@amazonwatch.org, http://www.amazonwatch.org.
Tuesday, Dec. 8, ALBANY: An Afghan-American woman, Fahima Vorgetts, discusses "Paths to Peace in Afghanistan: The Impact of the U.S. Military Presence" at the Unitarian Universalist Society of Albany, 405 Washington Ave. at 7 p.m. The speaker fled from Afghanistan in 1979, and travels back several times a year, working to improve the position of women in Afghan society. Rugs and crafts for sale to benefit women's projects in Afghanistan. Sponsored by Women Against War and the Social Responsibilities Council of the First Unitarian Universalist Society of Albany. Information, (518) 426-0710, http://www.womenagainstwar.org.
Wednesday, Dec. 9, BEACON: A discussion, "Our Fight Against Global Warming," will be held at Bank Square Coffeehouse, 129 Main St., 7:30-8:30 p.m. Dr. Sacha Spector, Scenic Hudson's director of Conservation Science, will discuss what some of the latest climate change projections mean for the communities of the Hudson Valley, and what can be done to prevent negative impacts. Information, Anthony Coneski (845) 473-4440 ext. 273, http://www.scenichudson.org/events.
Thursday, Dec. 10, DELMAR: In conjunction with the recent 10th anniversary of the dramatic 1999 protests in opposition to the World Trade Organization meeting in Seattle, there will be a screening tonight of the 98-minute 2007 film, "The Battle in Seattle." This free public showing starts at 6:45 p.m. at the Bethlehem Public Library, 451 Delaware Ave. The protest was in opposition to WTO trade regulations that harm developing nations. The film is a dramatization of the events that took place when tens of thousands of demonstrators took to the streets of Seattle for five days of protest outside the WTO Ministerial Meeting. A peaceful demonstration to stop the talks quickly escalated into a full-scale police riot, with a State of Emergency declared by the city's mayor. Following the showing, Brooke Newell of the N.Y. Citizens Trade Campaign will lead a discussion of the 2009 Trade Act. The event is sponsored by Bethlehem Neighbors for Peace. Information, (518) 466-1192, http://www.BethlehemforPeace.org/.
Thursday, Dec. 10, OSSINING: A benefit consisting of a cultural evening with fashion, music and dance will take place at the Ossining High School Auditorium, 29 S. Highland Ave., 7-9 p.m. Fashions by Nime Jamal and Vershawn London will be shown, including cruelty-free and sweatshop-free clothing. The event will benefit a college fund for African-American and Latina women. Admission: $20/$10 for students. Sponsored by NY-based fashion designers and WESPAC Foundation. Information, (914) 449-6514, http://www.wespac.org.
Friday, Dec. 11, SARATOGA SPRINGS: A Climate Change vigil will take place in front of the Post Office, 475 Broadway, 6:30-7:30 p.m., to support the framework for an agreement at the Copenhagen Summit. Participants are encouraged to bring a candle and a sign. Information, patsymce@earthlink.net (518) 587-2661.
Saturday, Dec. 12, BEACON: A candlelight walk and vigil in solidarity with the UN Climate Change Conference — taking place in Copenhagen Dec. 7-19 — will begin at 5:30 p.m. from the east end of Main St., across from City Hall. Participants will walk to the Howland Cultural Center at the west end of the street. The organizers advise: "Bring friends and family, candles or flashlights, and signs and leaflets, if you wish. And wear warm clothing." Sponsored by Mid-Hudson Progressive Alliance, Beacon Sloop Club, River Pool at Beacon, Philipstown for Democracy and Climate Crisis Coalition.
[REPEAT FROM LAST CALENDAR] Saturday, Dec. 12, WASHINGTON: An Emergency Rally Against Escalating the Afghan War will be conducted in Lafayette Park, across from the White House, 11 a.m.-4 p.m. The event has been called by more than 100 leading U.S. peace activists from most major national and regional antiwar organizations. Former Rep. Cynthia McKinney is a leading initiator of the event. In addition to McKinney, speakers include Sen. Mike Gravel, Kathy Kelly, Chris Hedges, David Swanson, Rev. Graylan Hagler, Gael Murphy, Coy McKinney, Debra Sweet, Brian Becker, Mathis Chiroux, Lynne Williams, Hon. Betty Hall, Elaine Brower, Marian Douglas, Dr. Michael Knox, Ralph Lopez, and ( Ret.) Capt. Ron Fisher. In addition there will be music by Jordan Page, Head-Roc, Emma's Revolution and Precise Science. We're told: "Rally organizers are calling for the left to end its support for Obama now that he has committed to a troop surge, and to condemn and oppose Obama’s war policy." Organizers also note that "This is a peaceful demonstration. We are committed to nonviolence and do not condone illegal acts of any kind, including civil disobedience." Information: (207) 604-8988, contact@enduswars.org, http://www.enduswars.org/.
Sunday, Dec. 13, WOODSTOCK: Woodstock Peace Economy, a local group opposed to the arms manufacturing industry, is screening a short 1960s documentary titled "Rotron in Woodstock" at 4 p.m. in The Colony Cafe, 22 Rock City Rd. It's an old promotional film for the military contractor Rotron, which is still located in Woodstock. It will be followed by a slideshow presenting some of Rotron's products at work, and a discussion of the issues raised by the presence of the company in the region. Free and public. Information, Laurie Kirby at (845) 679-9140, L@woodstockpeaceeconomy.org.
Sunday, Dec. 13, STAATSBURG: A discussion, "Bread Not Bombs: Funding Human Security First," will take place at St. Margaret's Episcopal Church, Old Post Rd. and E. Elm Ave., 4-6 p.m. The featured speaker is Frida Berrigan, the senior program associate of the Arms and Security Initiative at the New America Foundation, and senior research associate at the Arms Trade Resource Center. She is an expert on the arms trade and human rights, and on Washington's policies concerning nuclear and space weapons, and missile defense. Sponsored by the Justice for All Speakers Forum, Universalist Fellowship of Poughkeepsie, St. Margaret's Episcopal Church, Hyde Park United Methodist Church, Poughkeepsie Friends Meeting, Christ Episcopal Church, Unitarian Universalist Congregation of the Catskills, Freedom Plains Presbyterian Church, Rural & Migrant Ministry, and the Office of Religious and Spiritual Life at Vassar College, with a grant from Trinity Wall Street. Information, jfaspeakers@gmail.com, http://allforjustice.org.
Sunday, Dec. 13 to Sunday, Dec. 20, NEW YORK CITY & NEARBY: Attention Animal Rights Advocates. There will be a number of anti-fur protests sponsored by Caring Activists Against Fur, including today, 1-3 p.m. outside Macy's department store, 151 W. 34th St. in Manhattan. For a full listing visit http://caafgroup.com/. Information, info@caafgroup.com.
Monday, Dec. 14, GUILDERLAND: The new documentary by progressive filmmaker Robert Greenwald, "Rethink Afghanistan," will be shown 7-9 p.m., following the monthly meeting of Guilderland Neighbors for Peace. All are invited admission free. This critical look at Washington's unnecessary Afghan war will be followed by a discussion led by photojournalist Connie Frisbee Houde, who recently returned from a visit to Afghanistan. It's sponsored by Guilderland Neighbors and takes place at the Public Library, 2228 Western Ave. Information, (518) 464-6788, Steve@simpletosendcards.com, http://rethink.bravenewtheaters.com/screening/show/13586-guilderland.
Wednesday-Saturday, Dec. 16-19, NEW PALTZ: Hudson Valley Materials Exchange will be holding their Winter Solstice Sale, at the New Paltz Recycling Center, Clearwater Rd. from 12-5 p.m. Find holiday gifts from recycled craft and building materials from this non-profit community warehouse that keeps many useable items out of the waste stream. Information, (845) 567-1455, http://www.hvme.com.
Saturday, Dec. 19, NEW ROCHELLE: Women in Black Palestine Solidarity Vigil, 2-3 p.m. at Main St. and Memorial Hwy. Wear black if you wish. Men are also welcome. Sponsored by Code Pink Westchester and WESPAC. Information, ceilie@aol.com, (914) 654-8990.
Saturday, Dec. 19, ALBANY: Consumer societies are the target of a documentary that will be shown at 7:30 p.m. at the First Unitarian Universalist Society of Albany, 405 Washington Ave. The title is "Surplus: Terrorized into Being Consumers." According to the film notes, "Shot in the United States, India, China, Italy, Sweden, Hungary, and elsewhere, this very unusual 2003 film explores the superficial nature of what has become the major 'freedom' encouraged in many societies: the freedom to consume." A discussion will follow the free public showing. The event is sponsored by the Solidarity Committee of the Capital District, Bethlehem Neighbors for Peace, and Upper Hudson Peace Action. Information dbull4@verizon.net, (518) 426-0883 http://www.jflan.net/solidarity.
Of the Hudson Valley Activist Newsletter
Send event announcements to jacdon@earthlink.net.
——————————
EDITOR'S NOTE:
The Activist Newsletter's been delayed for another week because we've been tied up in organizing demonstrations. Our latest one was the Saturday, Dec. 5, "Snowstorm" protest in New Paltz against the escalation of the Afghanistan war. The storm began at 1:30 p.m. and the vigil-picket on Main St. began at 2 p.m. Despite the windy, cold, snowy, and miserable afternoon 40 people took part before the 4 p.m. closing. Some stayed the entire two hours, many for an hour or so before their hands froze. Spirits were quite good, and a lot of car horns were honked in approval. We wrapped our signs in transparent plastic sheeting, so they survived the storm and will be fit for duty for the next eight years of Afghan war protests. Thanks to all who took part. We'll try to arrange for a lightening storm at the next demonstration.
Enjoy the winter holidays friends. Activism through the region will pick up near the end of January, unless there's a new crisis earlier, as there was in late December last year.
Jack
——————————
ACTIVIST CALENDAR EVENTS
Tuesday, Dec. 8, ALBANY: A number of healthcare vigils are taking place across the country today, initiated by MoveOn, with the title, "Cost of Delay Candlelight Vigil: Shine a Light on an American Tragedy!" Help "shine a light" on the number of Americans who cannot afford healthcare, while the Senate delays passing a meaningful bill. The Albany vigil will be stationed at Central Ave and Wolf Rd. at 5:30 p.m. Sponsored by Moveon.org Capital Region Council. Information (518) 393-8913, (518) 583-4326, wbrown45@nycap.rr.com, http://pol.moveon.org/event/costofdelay/99690.
Tuesday, Dec. 8, NEW PALTZ: Here's another Cost of Delay Healthcare Vigil (see above). It begins at 7 p.m. in front of the Elting Library at 93 Main St., diagonally across from Starbucks. Say the local organizers Linda and Barbara: "We are at the eleventh hour and a real health care reform bill with a public option is within reach. But Blue Dog Dems are now threatening to block any real reform. Meanwhile, people are losing their homes trying to pay for health care bills and others are suffering and dying because they have no insurance. Let's get out once more and let the government know that we demand a strong bill now. Please bring candles (must be in holders to prevent wax on the sidewalk). Bring signs (and we'll have some too) telling Congress we need a health care bill with a strong public option now!"
Tuesday-Thursday, Dec. 8-10, RHINEBECK: The documentary "Crude" will be screened at Upstate Films, 6415 Montgomery St. (Rt. 9), just north of the traffic light. This film documents the Amazon River oil spill by Chevron at the headwaters of the Amazon River. Much larger than the Exxon Valdez, Chevron's spills have been going on in this area for almost 30 years. Tens of thousands of lawsuits have been filed against the corporation. For times consult http://upstatefilms.org. Admission is $7.50 for adults, $6.50 for seniors. Sponsored by Amazon Watch. Information, (917) 418-4133, han@amazonwatch.org, http://www.amazonwatch.org.
Tuesday, Dec. 8, ALBANY: An Afghan-American woman, Fahima Vorgetts, discusses "Paths to Peace in Afghanistan: The Impact of the U.S. Military Presence" at the Unitarian Universalist Society of Albany, 405 Washington Ave. at 7 p.m. The speaker fled from Afghanistan in 1979, and travels back several times a year, working to improve the position of women in Afghan society. Rugs and crafts for sale to benefit women's projects in Afghanistan. Sponsored by Women Against War and the Social Responsibilities Council of the First Unitarian Universalist Society of Albany. Information, (518) 426-0710, http://www.womenagainstwar.org.
Wednesday, Dec. 9, BEACON: A discussion, "Our Fight Against Global Warming," will be held at Bank Square Coffeehouse, 129 Main St., 7:30-8:30 p.m. Dr. Sacha Spector, Scenic Hudson's director of Conservation Science, will discuss what some of the latest climate change projections mean for the communities of the Hudson Valley, and what can be done to prevent negative impacts. Information, Anthony Coneski (845) 473-4440 ext. 273, http://www.scenichudson.org/events.
Thursday, Dec. 10, DELMAR: In conjunction with the recent 10th anniversary of the dramatic 1999 protests in opposition to the World Trade Organization meeting in Seattle, there will be a screening tonight of the 98-minute 2007 film, "The Battle in Seattle." This free public showing starts at 6:45 p.m. at the Bethlehem Public Library, 451 Delaware Ave. The protest was in opposition to WTO trade regulations that harm developing nations. The film is a dramatization of the events that took place when tens of thousands of demonstrators took to the streets of Seattle for five days of protest outside the WTO Ministerial Meeting. A peaceful demonstration to stop the talks quickly escalated into a full-scale police riot, with a State of Emergency declared by the city's mayor. Following the showing, Brooke Newell of the N.Y. Citizens Trade Campaign will lead a discussion of the 2009 Trade Act. The event is sponsored by Bethlehem Neighbors for Peace. Information, (518) 466-1192, http://www.BethlehemforPeace.org/.
Thursday, Dec. 10, OSSINING: A benefit consisting of a cultural evening with fashion, music and dance will take place at the Ossining High School Auditorium, 29 S. Highland Ave., 7-9 p.m. Fashions by Nime Jamal and Vershawn London will be shown, including cruelty-free and sweatshop-free clothing. The event will benefit a college fund for African-American and Latina women. Admission: $20/$10 for students. Sponsored by NY-based fashion designers and WESPAC Foundation. Information, (914) 449-6514, http://www.wespac.org.
Friday, Dec. 11, SARATOGA SPRINGS: A Climate Change vigil will take place in front of the Post Office, 475 Broadway, 6:30-7:30 p.m., to support the framework for an agreement at the Copenhagen Summit. Participants are encouraged to bring a candle and a sign. Information, patsymce@earthlink.net (518) 587-2661.
Saturday, Dec. 12, BEACON: A candlelight walk and vigil in solidarity with the UN Climate Change Conference — taking place in Copenhagen Dec. 7-19 — will begin at 5:30 p.m. from the east end of Main St., across from City Hall. Participants will walk to the Howland Cultural Center at the west end of the street. The organizers advise: "Bring friends and family, candles or flashlights, and signs and leaflets, if you wish. And wear warm clothing." Sponsored by Mid-Hudson Progressive Alliance, Beacon Sloop Club, River Pool at Beacon, Philipstown for Democracy and Climate Crisis Coalition.
[REPEAT FROM LAST CALENDAR] Saturday, Dec. 12, WASHINGTON: An Emergency Rally Against Escalating the Afghan War will be conducted in Lafayette Park, across from the White House, 11 a.m.-4 p.m. The event has been called by more than 100 leading U.S. peace activists from most major national and regional antiwar organizations. Former Rep. Cynthia McKinney is a leading initiator of the event. In addition to McKinney, speakers include Sen. Mike Gravel, Kathy Kelly, Chris Hedges, David Swanson, Rev. Graylan Hagler, Gael Murphy, Coy McKinney, Debra Sweet, Brian Becker, Mathis Chiroux, Lynne Williams, Hon. Betty Hall, Elaine Brower, Marian Douglas, Dr. Michael Knox, Ralph Lopez, and ( Ret.) Capt. Ron Fisher. In addition there will be music by Jordan Page, Head-Roc, Emma's Revolution and Precise Science. We're told: "Rally organizers are calling for the left to end its support for Obama now that he has committed to a troop surge, and to condemn and oppose Obama’s war policy." Organizers also note that "This is a peaceful demonstration. We are committed to nonviolence and do not condone illegal acts of any kind, including civil disobedience." Information: (207) 604-8988, contact@enduswars.org, http://www.enduswars.org/.
Sunday, Dec. 13, WOODSTOCK: Woodstock Peace Economy, a local group opposed to the arms manufacturing industry, is screening a short 1960s documentary titled "Rotron in Woodstock" at 4 p.m. in The Colony Cafe, 22 Rock City Rd. It's an old promotional film for the military contractor Rotron, which is still located in Woodstock. It will be followed by a slideshow presenting some of Rotron's products at work, and a discussion of the issues raised by the presence of the company in the region. Free and public. Information, Laurie Kirby at (845) 679-9140, L@woodstockpeaceeconomy.org.
Sunday, Dec. 13, STAATSBURG: A discussion, "Bread Not Bombs: Funding Human Security First," will take place at St. Margaret's Episcopal Church, Old Post Rd. and E. Elm Ave., 4-6 p.m. The featured speaker is Frida Berrigan, the senior program associate of the Arms and Security Initiative at the New America Foundation, and senior research associate at the Arms Trade Resource Center. She is an expert on the arms trade and human rights, and on Washington's policies concerning nuclear and space weapons, and missile defense. Sponsored by the Justice for All Speakers Forum, Universalist Fellowship of Poughkeepsie, St. Margaret's Episcopal Church, Hyde Park United Methodist Church, Poughkeepsie Friends Meeting, Christ Episcopal Church, Unitarian Universalist Congregation of the Catskills, Freedom Plains Presbyterian Church, Rural & Migrant Ministry, and the Office of Religious and Spiritual Life at Vassar College, with a grant from Trinity Wall Street. Information, jfaspeakers@gmail.com, http://allforjustice.org.
Sunday, Dec. 13 to Sunday, Dec. 20, NEW YORK CITY & NEARBY: Attention Animal Rights Advocates. There will be a number of anti-fur protests sponsored by Caring Activists Against Fur, including today, 1-3 p.m. outside Macy's department store, 151 W. 34th St. in Manhattan. For a full listing visit http://caafgroup.com/. Information, info@caafgroup.com.
Monday, Dec. 14, GUILDERLAND: The new documentary by progressive filmmaker Robert Greenwald, "Rethink Afghanistan," will be shown 7-9 p.m., following the monthly meeting of Guilderland Neighbors for Peace. All are invited admission free. This critical look at Washington's unnecessary Afghan war will be followed by a discussion led by photojournalist Connie Frisbee Houde, who recently returned from a visit to Afghanistan. It's sponsored by Guilderland Neighbors and takes place at the Public Library, 2228 Western Ave. Information, (518) 464-6788, Steve@simpletosendcards.com, http://rethink.bravenewtheaters.com/screening/show/13586-guilderland.
Wednesday-Saturday, Dec. 16-19, NEW PALTZ: Hudson Valley Materials Exchange will be holding their Winter Solstice Sale, at the New Paltz Recycling Center, Clearwater Rd. from 12-5 p.m. Find holiday gifts from recycled craft and building materials from this non-profit community warehouse that keeps many useable items out of the waste stream. Information, (845) 567-1455, http://www.hvme.com.
Saturday, Dec. 19, NEW ROCHELLE: Women in Black Palestine Solidarity Vigil, 2-3 p.m. at Main St. and Memorial Hwy. Wear black if you wish. Men are also welcome. Sponsored by Code Pink Westchester and WESPAC. Information, ceilie@aol.com, (914) 654-8990.
Saturday, Dec. 19, ALBANY: Consumer societies are the target of a documentary that will be shown at 7:30 p.m. at the First Unitarian Universalist Society of Albany, 405 Washington Ave. The title is "Surplus: Terrorized into Being Consumers." According to the film notes, "Shot in the United States, India, China, Italy, Sweden, Hungary, and elsewhere, this very unusual 2003 film explores the superficial nature of what has become the major 'freedom' encouraged in many societies: the freedom to consume." A discussion will follow the free public showing. The event is sponsored by the Solidarity Committee of the Capital District, Bethlehem Neighbors for Peace, and Upper Hudson Peace Action. Information dbull4@verizon.net, (518) 426-0883 http://www.jflan.net/solidarity.
Subscribe to:
Posts (Atom)
